erat Seite ee i * “A “) Figs TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. VOLUME IX. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY : SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE; AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER-ROW. 1877. ‘ ae a oe & §& al a Ss “ 3 P 4 * oL> ghee 2 2 a; % Wins) q ? ‘ 2 7 a a anaes as . ; - ‘STO hegie CONTENTS. I. On the Dentition and Osteology of the Maltese fossil Elephants, being a Description of Remains discovered by the Author in Malta between the years 1860 and 1866. By A. Tawa Anite, 0B. PRS, PGS. . . . . . «ss +s. pagel Il. A List of the Birds known to inhabit the Philippine Archipelago. By Arruur, Viscount WALDEN, F.R.S., President of the Society . . . . . . . . 128 III. On Divornis (Part XX.): containing a Restoration of the Skeleton of Cnemiornis calcitrans, Ow., with remarks on its affinities in ‘the Lamellirostral group. By PratcssomOwenmeas ZS, C0 eS! oe St. ee = a, a 3 208 IV. On the Curassows now or lately living in the Society's Gardens. By P. L. Scuaver, DEAL Pie Ds hs, Secrevary to the Socely Aspe eet oe kT V. On Aigithognathous Birds (Part 1.). By W. K. Parxer, PAS. BZS. 289 VI. On the Myology of Opisthocomus cristatus. Ly J. Beswick Perrin, Demonstrator of Anatomy in Owens College, Manchester . . . . « » « + + « « 888 VII. On British Annelida. By W.C. M‘Intoss,CUZ.8. . . . . . . . 371 VIL. On the Annelida of the ee Pe a 1869 and 1870. By W.C Milywosn, CIEZS. 2 “ Pa aR tenes 395 IX. On the Osteology of the Marsupialia.—(Part V.) Fam. cre Genus Macropus. By Professor OWEN, C.B., FBS. F.ZS.,&e. . . . $ Met ar ae X. On the Avifauna of the ome Migs By Ossert Satvin, M.4A., JELTP AS. 7 Sa erm : Co pide ena XI. Revision of the Heterocerous Lepidoptera of the family Sphingide. By Arran Garpiver Botier, /.L.8., 7.Z.S., &e., Senior Assistant, Zoological Department, JOE OS iar a a a. a a ee we es EL lv CONTENTS. XII. On the Rhinaceroses now or lately living in the Society's Menagerie. By P. Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society . . . . . . . 645 Tast, of the Papers cantained'in Vel. UX... ae eee ae ee, c= GGL Index ofSpectes ie: gy yu ony ae ae Ck eS, ee ThAN S&C EO N's OF Pee Zoe LOG TCA LT Sori? y. I. On the Dentition and Osteology of the Maltese fossil Elephants, being a Description of Remains discovered by the Author in Malta between the years 1860 and 1866. By A. Lerta Avams, W.B., F.RS., F.GS. Read June 24, 1873. [Puates I. to XXIT.} I. IntRODUCTION. THE discovery of remains of large quadrupeds in a fossil state in the superficial deposits of the island of Malta has been recorded by one of its earliest historians’; and subsequently the geologist Dolomieu’ detected teeth of Hippopotamus; but no further attention seems to have been given to the subject until of late years, when the contents of other cavern- and fissure-deposits disclosed remains of extinct species of elephants, also exuvie of large rodents and aquatic birds, descriptions of which are contained in the sixth volume of the Society’s Transactions*. Associated with the above were reptilian remains, with indications of the presence also of Carnivora, which, however, were represented only by traces of fierce gnawing on several elephants’ bones from the Zebbug cave. The geological conditions in connexion with the animal exuvie from Zebbug have been fully detailed‘; it only remains to describe the reptilian bones thoroughly, so as to complete the osteology of the Maltese fossil fauna collected by Admiral Spratt, C.B. In the following I will attempt to define the characters and relations of the teeth 1 Abela’s ‘Della descrittione di Malta? 1647. 7 Appendix to St. Priest’s ‘Malta.’ ° Pages 119, 227-307. 4 « On the Bone-caves near Crendi, Zebbug, and Melliha in the Island of Malta,” by Capt. Spratt, R.N., C.B., E.RBS., F.G.8., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xxiii, page 283. VOL. IX.—PART I. November, 1874. B 2 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF and bones of the fossil elephants discovered by me during five years explorations in the caves, fissures, and alluvial deposits of these islands’, My collections comprehend remains of several hundreds of elephants of all ages, from the unborn calf to the aged. Although the large bones are for the most part imperfect, such is not the case with the small bones and teeth, many of which are entire and in good states of preservation. Although the following descriptions are strictly anatomical, it appears to me important that some notice should be furnished also in relation to the physical aspect and localities where the remains were discovered, seeing that frequent allusion will be made to parti- cular deposits where certain specimens were found. The accompanying map, therefore, shows the surface formations and names of all the ossiferous caves, fissures, and alluvial soils hitherto recorded. These may be arranged in the following chronological order. The Cave or Me.uma (see Map No. 1) was discovered accidentally in 1840. It existed in the Upper Limestone, and contained remains of Hippopotamus pentlandi and perhaps a much smaller species. ‘The teeth and bones were contained in a conglomerate formed of blue marl and much-rounded and water-worn fragments of the parent rock. The Ganp1A Fissure (No. 2) was first discovered (accidentally) in 1857, and was reopened by me in 1865. It was a gaping rent in the calcareous sandstone, and con- tained the red soil of the surface intermixed with fragments of the parent rock, among which were numerous entire and broken teeth and bones, chiefly of the largest elephant, with a distal extremity of the radius of Hippopotamus*®, a few bones and teeth of Myoxus melitensis, and large bones of birds, evidently Anseres and other aquatic forms. All were huddled together without any order whatever. The Matak Cave (No. 3) was discovered (also accidentally) in 1858. It seems to have been a cavern opening only horizontally. The deposits on its floor were of precisely the same character as those of Melliha, with the same description of animal remains, and the addition that a solitary molar of one or other of the elephants was discovered by me in the conglomerate, which was composed of blue marl and fragments of the Lower Limestone in which the cavern was formed. Many of the above-mentioned remains had been much injured from rolling; but many molars of Hippopotamus pentlandi and H. minutus were perfect. On the top of this deposit lay several inches of red soil and cayern-earth infiltrated by calcareous drippings ; and profusely intermixed were abundant remains of Myoxus melitensis, birds’ bones, and entire recent land-shells. Here there were none of the pronounced indications of turbulent aqueous action which are seen in the substratum ; and a line of demarcation divided the two formations. The Zespue Cave (No. 4) was discovered by chance in 1859. It was situated in the calcareous sandstone, and contained red and blue clays, with numerous remains of the various species of elephants and birds described by Falconer, Busk, and Parker in the " The geological details are described in my work, ‘ Natural History and Archeology of the Nile Valley and Maltese Islands,’ p. 161; Edmonston and Douglas, 1870. * Pl. XI, fig. 21, THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 3 sixth volume of these Transactions. There were, besides, reptilian remains, which have not yet been described. The Mippie Cave (No. 5) was discovered by me in 1862. It was a horizontal tunnel without any roof-communication, and opened on the same terrace, and was within a few yards distance of the Malak Cave. The parent rock was the Lower Limestone. The cave was packed to the roof with about sixteen feet of red soil, showing distinct bands of stratification and a gradual process of filling up. At various horizons (evidently different cave-levels) I found remains of Myorus melitensis in conjunction with teeth and bones of an Arvicola not apparently distinct from the Bank-Vole, besides bones of large birds, small frogs, and recent land-shells, the last absolutely identical with species now living on the islands. The Mnarpra Gap (No. 6) was discovered by me in 1863. It was a large opening in the Lower Limestone, within a few yards, and only a few feet above the level, of the Middle Cave. It was filled to the top with red earth and blue clay intermixed with masses of the calcareous sandstone, more or less rounded and waterworn, with a super- ficial drift of a calcareous red earth. From top to bottom, but chiefly in the deeper parts among the stones, were discovered portions (indeed, apparently entire skeletons) of Elephants, in conjunction with enormous quantities of the bones of Myoaus melitensis and of large aquatic birds, including the Cygnus falconeri of Parker, also fragments of Chelonians', with recent land-shells belonging to Helix, Clausilia, and Bulimus. Among the surface-deposits of the Marak Fauur (No. 7) I discovered in 1863 remains of the largest form of Elephant, including a much mutilated skull with penul- timate true molars. The upper limestone of this depressed portion of the coast-line is covered by a surface-deposit many feet in thickness, composed of fragments of the parent and other rocks mingled with red soil, and indicating water-action, as if the scourings of the surface had been washed “ pell-mell” over the cliff on which the Malak, Middle, and Mnaidra remains were deposited, and formed a talus now nearly eaten away by the waves. The Gap or Beneuisa (No. 8) was found by me in 1864. It is situated in the cal- careous sandstone and is almost level with the sea. It is a triangular-shaped hollow about thirty-two feet in height, facing the sea, which is rapidly disintegrating its contents. Here, among blocks of the parent rock and red soil alternating with bands of pebbles and fine red loam, lay remains of Elephants, but more especially of the smallest form, which seems to have greatly predominated. The geological conditions here are eminently suggestive of the aqueous forces that hurried the exuvie into the gap. The bones and teeth of the Myorus, and bones of a large fresh-water Tortoise, and a small Lizard were also discovered, besides recent land-shells of species now residing on the island. The Lzonarpo Fissurz (No. 9) was discovered by me in 1864. It existed in the * T haye described these remains in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxii. p. 594. BQ 4 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF calcareous sandstone, and contained red soil and angular fragments of the parent rock intermixed with calcareous infiltrations. Here portions of a skeleton of the smallest form of Elephant, containing the last true molar én situ, were exhumed. The Suantun Fissure (No. 10)! was discovered in 1870, accidentally, when quarrying the calcareous sandstone. It was situated within a short distance of Gandia Fissure, and seems to have contained precisely similar deposits, with remains (as far as I can make out) almost if not entirely belonging to the largest form of Elephant, with traces also of the Myoxus’. The importance of the discoveries made in the caverns and alluvial deposits of the Maltese Islands during the last fifteen years have been fully appreciated by competent authorities; and here I feel it a duty to record, as far as my own researches are concerned, that the prosecution of my explorations in Malta and the illustrations of this communi- cation haye been materially assisted by liberal grants accorded from time to time by the British Association for the Advancement of Science. Il. Dentition. General Remarks. The contour and direction of the incisors of the Maltese elephants do not appear to differ from each other, nor from what obtains in recent species ; and the characters are alike. A transverse section shows the same “‘engine-turning,” whilst the removal of the external lamine displays distinct “longitudinal channelling,” as seen in Pl. XI. figs. 11 & 14. The latter is perhaps more pronounced than usually noticed in other species. The transverse section varies between elliptical and round, the former being usually observed near the sheaths, the latter towards the middle and distal extremity. When a fully developed molar of any of the Maltese fossil elephants is sawn longitu- dinally and vertically, it will be found to present the usual succession of compressed and elevated ridges, thinning towards their summits, which, in the colline*, are made up of several digitations. These vary in number and size according to the circumstance whether they happen to belong to thick or thin plated ridges ; in the latter they pre- dominate. The ridges of the upper molars are usually straight and upright, and remarkable, as in Hlephas antiquus, for their great height, being more than double the breadth of the crown. The lower molars, even the last of the series, have their ridges sometimes much retroflexed, as for example in Pl. VIII. fig. 9; but this is by no means ‘ This rock-cavity was explored by Dr. Caruana, F.G.S., and discovered since I left Malta. See Quart. Journ. Geol, Soc. vol. xxvi. p. 434, and Author’s work on Malta, p. 169. * During the formation of a dock at Valetta a few years since, fossil remains of Cervus dama, and teeth of Horse and Fox were discovered in a rock-fissure, and were determined by Mr. Busk, F.R.S. * As several terms will be used in the sequel with reference to the enamelled ridges, it is advisable that they should be at once known. “ Colline” is applied to the unworn ridge, whether talon or plate. “Ridge” includes all the enamel lamine. “ Plate” excludes the “ anterior” and “ posterior talon.” THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 3) constant, whilst also, as seen in the same figure, instead of being erect, several of the last plates and posterior talon are reclinate, a condition common enough in the last true molars of other species. ‘The external surface of a plate when denuded of cement, presents, as seen in Plate II. figs. 3 & 5, perpendicular ridges more or less parallel, and always situated towards the middle of the plate, their number varying in plates of the same molar ; however, as seen in fig. 3, they are more or less concurrent with the central digitations. Their outline varies considerably, being either rounded or sub- angular; but there is usually one much larger than the others, with its inner surface hollow and triangular, so as to form “the angulation,” which is a prominent feature of the disk when ground down below the digitations. Besides these prominent ridges there are numerous small and finely defined ribs separated by inosculating channellings, which converge and become faint towards the digitations, as seen in fig. 5. Again the outer surface of the enamel is marked by transverse wrinkling or wavy puckerings, which are extremely fine in germ molars ; whilst in teeth in wear they become rough and granulated, in order that the cement may be firmly attached to their surfaces. The figs. 4 & 4a display the interior surface of a plate, against which the ivory is packed. Here the only feature on the enamel is a series of vertical strie like the external channellings, with the above-mentioned ‘angular expansion” forming a furrow with abrupt sides, sometimes extending up and down in an unbroken or an irregular manner. It is situated, in upper molars, about the middle; and in lower, from the arcuation of their crowns, it is usually ex-central. Its abutment on the macherides of the enamel not only increases the triturating capabilities of the crown-surface, but, as just remarked, it forms a conspicuous feature on all well- worn disks. These channellings, puckerings, and angular expansions vary considerably ; the latter, however, are always present at some time or other during the attrition of a plate, their absence being usually noticed in newly invaded crowns, which, when half worn, often display the “angulation” in a pronounced degree. ‘The transverse section, as in fig. 7, shows a granulated outline on the cement side of the enamel, which is caused by the above-mentioned rugous channellings and wavy lines. These, in descriptions of the disks, are named by Falconer “ false or spurious crimping.” I shall allude to the condition frequently, using the expressions “false” or “faint” crimping according to the nicety or obscurity of the appearance. It is evident therefore that the irregularities of the macherides of worn disks are owing to the above conditions, whilst the digitations and their obliquity, together with their intervening sulci, furnish the irregular and often excessive festooning of newly invaded crowns. Whenever the enamel is very thick its surface-roughness is not so well developed ; and even in thin-plated molars it is not always pronounced. Besides these characters there is, especially in lower molars, a central expansion of the disk, which increases when the wedge is being ground down to a@, as may be supposed 6 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF from fig. 6. It varies likewise in individual instances and in upper and lower molars, sometimes being scarcely apparent, as observed in fig. 7. The parallelism of the disks of fig. 7, and of all crowns like it almost worn to the enamel-reflections, is in consequence of the angle at which the ridges are placed, thus diminishing from above downwards the interval between them, which, as shown in fig. 6, is greatest towards the summits. Thus fig. 7 might represent a transverse section of a crown at a of fig. 6. From the curving of the lower molars these disks of wear show their horns directed somewhat forwards, the anterior macherides being slightly concave, whilst the posterior are slightly convex: see PI. IV. fig. 5. The outlines of the crown vary; the upper molar, however, is generally broad in front, narrowing rapidly towards its posterior; whilst the contour of the lower teeth displays discrepancies, which, in combination with other data, go to establish characters which will be pointed out in the sequel. The above are seemingly more or less common to all the Maltese fossil Elephants, to wit :—first, great height of plates, which differ in thickness of their ivory, cement, and enamel; second, mesial expansions and angulations of worn disks, with fine or faint crimping of the macherides. In some points they resemble the crown-patterns of the African Elephant and Z£. antiquus, only that the rhomb outline of the disk is by no means so pronounced as in the former; and whilst they assimilate in the height of ridges, mesial expansions, and angulations to E. antiquus, there is the absence of the great crimping of the enamel plates so generally characteristic of this species. As regards the numerical estimate of their ridges, collectively, they belong to Falconer’s subgenus Lowodon, and yield a formula almost analogous to that of Elephas meridionalis ; and whilst differing from one another, they equally, irrespective of the usual character of the milk- and true molars, display thick- and thin-plated varieties, which require careful study and comparison in order not to magnify or underrate their values. I therefore made it an object beforehand to collate all evidence on this head with respect to other known species of this genus. An excellent example is shown in the so-called Elephas priscus, which Falconer, deceived by the incompleteness of specimens and their thick plates, placed in the first instance in his subgenus Zoxodon ; but he subsequently regarded the condition as only a form of Elephas (Euelephas) antiquus'. Again, in the usually thin- plated molar of the Mammoth there are considerable discrepancies. Mr. Davies, of the British Museum, than whom yery few have had a greater experience in manipulating teeth of fossil Elephants, more especially of the above species, has furnished me with the following pertinent observations on the subject in question. ‘ From an examination of numerous molars of Elephas primigenius, found in England and elsewhere, I have long thought that there are two distinct varieties, which are easily recognized, the molars of one being formed of thin plates, separated by narrow intervening layers of cement, the other composed of thicker plates and having wider interspaces. This last form is more * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiii. p. 319, and Palzont. Memoirs, vol. ii. p. 251. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 7 common than the first; and the inward dimensions are partly due to a thicker enamel, but more so to the thicker dentine of the plates. “This conclusion as to the varieties is not derived from the worn surfaces of the teeth, but from the space a given number of plates occupy in any portion of an antero-posterior line midway between the grinding-surface and the base of the molar. ** As an illustration I send you the measurements of the spaces which eight plates occupy in six upper ultimate molars of corresponding size, and of small individuals. inches. oP TOTHBEISCUSCHONZ sae fs eae el -| ees 2°8 | 2. From Ballingdon, Herts. . . . . . . . . 2-9 7Thin-plated. a. Exon cavern near Welly .°*.- 0. 2 ws. 29) Pa LITE cell eel ater el me a a aed 3°6 | Eyer UTel SIEGE, gees ht alah pe ASN A ales, at el aaa at if Thick-plated. 6. Erith . 4-0) “Tn a very large tooth of this species, dredged off Happisburgh, the same number of plates fill a space of 4:7. “But the teeth of fossil Elephants are so variable in size and character, that it is impossible to draw a line by measurements between the thin-plated and the thick-plated varieties ; I distinguish them more by general appearance and character of the teeth, than by the assistance of compass and rule. All the thin-plated molars are shorter, and the setting of the plates much more compact. I believe, from my personal experience, that the varieties are local; but I cannot positively assert it.” What has been designated the “talon-complication” is, as regards the molars of the Maltese fossil Elephants, quite as embarrassing as in other species. The varieties of form and shape assumed by the first and last ridges prove, at all events, the necessity of invariably including all enamelled laminz in the ridge-formula, whether springing from the body of a plate, or in common with it arising from the base at the reflections. Sometimes, however, they are rudimentary, forming small digitated splints, or enamelled eminences, or a talon-shaped ridge, so that it is difficult to decide whether or not such should be included in the estimate; and this, as regards certain molars, is of considerable importance with reference to specific distinctions, as will be shown presently. Dr. Falconer lays much stress on the number of ridges, combined with their characters, as diagnostic of species of Mastodon and Elephant; indeed, as regards the latter, he has founded the subgenera Stegodon, Loxodon, and Euelephas entirely on dental features. It must, however, I opine, be generally admitted that, invaluable as are such data when taken as characteristic of types or forms, both the characters and ridge-formulas are apt to vary, not only in allied species, but, as just observed, in members of the same species. Indeed, to arrive at even an ordinary estimate, it is necessary to examine a much larger assortment of materials than come usually within the reach of a single observer. 8 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF 1. Milk-incisors. No specimen of the milk-tusk was discovered by me similar to the very perfect and characteristic tooth (Pl. I. fig. 1) from the Zebbug collection, which I have reproduced from Dr. Falconer’s drawing’ to show the contrast between it and a much smaller specimen (fig. 2). The figure 1 was supposed by Dr. Falconer to represent the milk- incisor of Elephas melitensis. It is of the same dimensions as the tooth in two uterine skulls of African Elephants, 7087 and 7087 in the British Museum. But the pulp- cavity in the two last and in fig. 2 extends almost to the crown ; whereas it is obliterated in fig. 1, excepting a small foramen at the proximal extremity for nutrient vessels. As regards relative dimensions, the tooth is rather smaller than that of the recent species, and therefore, as surmised by Mr. Busk*, may have belonged to the largest form, which ordinarily seems to have been under the average size of the African and Asiatic Elephants. The crown has an investing shell of enamel on the top, which thus shows, as far as yet known, a peculiarity confined to the forms of the Maltese Elephants and the African. The almost entire incisor (Pl. I. fig. 2) from Mnaidra Gap represents what I opine is the milk-tusk of a very small form of Elephant. The outline is cylindrical, with a gentle curve; it is rather compressed towards the proximal, and somewhat truncated at the distal extremity, with a defined dark stain on the enamel 0°5 inch from the tip, possibly the alveolar impression. The outline of the hollow pulp-cavity is nearly a perfect oval, with the larger end upwards. Like the last it is not only tipped, but entirely enveloped in a remarkably fine shell of glistening enamel, which, although partially rubbed off on the part that extended beyond the gum, is well seen elsewhere, as also the minute surface-channellings running lengthways. ‘The dilated blunt point seen in fig. 1 is here wanting; and, but for attrition of the enamel, it would be difficult to believe that it ever resembled the other in form. But I find that the shape of the milk-incisor varies considerably, as does the permanent tusk, in the Asiatic Elephant, being often misshapen and stunted, especially in females. It is difficult, therefore, to surmise to what form of the Maltese Elephants the above belonged. From its small dimensions I should be inclined to place it with the smallest- sized teeth to be described in the sequel. 2. Permanent Incisors. Tusks, sometimes entire, but generally in fragments, accompanied bones and molars, more especially wherever there were indications of entire skulls having been conveyed into the gaps and fissures. Indeed, from the quantities of ivory found wherever molars were plentiful, and the numbers of short and straight specimens, it may be surmised that the tusk was always fully developed in adults, and existed also in both sexes. It * Paleontological Memoirs, vol. ii. pl. 11. fig. 3,a&6; Trans, Zool, Soc. vol. vi. pl. 53. fig. l,a &b. * Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. p. 284 (foot-note). THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 9 seems impossible, however, to attempt to classify the smaller fragments; I shall there- fore proceed at once to a consideration of the largest. Two of the latter, of about the same dimensions, were discovered in Mnaidra Gap lying close to the last true molars (Pl. VIL. fig. 2, and Pl. VIII. fig. 7), and belonged to different individuals. The more perfect tusk showed an unbroken length of 4 feet 2 inches from the apex of the pulp- cavity, where the girth was 15 inches, the average circumferences of the other tusk being 13-5 inches at the alveolus and 13 inches at the fractured distal extremity (a section of which is shown, Pl. XI. fig. 12), thus representing a tusk which could not originally have been under 5 feet in length. The curve was gradual, sweeping gently downwards, forwards, and inwards. A somewhat smaller incisor is shown by the fragment, fig. 11. Another fragment of a large tusk from the same situation gives a girth of 15 inches in front of the alveolar opening; but the largest fragment was discovered by Dr. Caruana, F.G.S., in Shantiin Fissure’. It was 21 inches in length, with a circumference of 17 inches. A skull containing what I consider to be the first true molar of the largest form (P1. VIII. fig. 5), held also an entire tusk, which measured 2 feet 2 inches in length, with a maximum girth, just in front of the alveolus, of 7 inches. Sections of a// the permanent incisors in my collection (and they are very numerous) display well-marked “ engine-turning,” and “surface-channelling” more pronounced than I have observed in those of either of the recent species (see Pl. XI. figs. 11-15). Although tusks as criteria of the size of the Elephant are at best fallacious’, it is clear that the owners of the largest of the above equalled the dimensions of an Elephant at least from 6°5 to 7 feet in height. The latter, as far as I can make out from my own collection, was about the greatest height attained by the largest form of Maltese Elephant. The tips of the tusks, large and small, seemed, as in the living animal, to have varied considerably, as will be seen from the representations on Pl. XI.; perhaps the obtuse points belonged to females. The termination of the pulp-cavity is seen at a, fig. 14. An instructive specimen, showing the permanent tusks in place, is represented in Pl. I. fig. 18; both are entire, with a fragment of the left molar in situ. The latter, for reasons stated in the sequel, is, I apprehend, the last of the milk-series, and as such would represent the same stage of growth as observed in the recent species, but in a much smaller Elephant. The right incisor (2) has been displaced; but the left may be said to be in place, or nearly so. The fragment in the alveolus, figured and described by Busk*, would seem to have belonged to a somewhat younger individual. The portion shown, Pl. XI. fig. 13, was presented to me by the owner of the property where the Zebbug cave exists, from which it was obtained. The specimen gives about 7:5 inches of the central portion of a tusk, the maximum girth of which is 6 inches, and from the curvature indicates a full-grown animal, and no doubt also of the 1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxvi. p. 435. 2 See Baker’s ‘ Nile-Tributaries of Abyssinia,’ p. 533. 3 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. pl. 52. fig. 46. vou. 1x.—Part iI. November, 1874. Cc 10 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF same small form. In this specimen all the characters of the Elephant’s tusk are well shown, the “ engine-turning ” being especially distinct. 3. First or Preantepenultimate Milk-molar ; Second or Ante- penultimate Milk-molar. In all known species of the genus Hlephas both the first and the second milk-molar, theoretically, have two divergent fangs ; the only exceptions apparently are among the Maltese fossil Elephants, which show a functionally developed second tooth with only one straight fang, as seen in Pl. I. fig. 6, and others referred to by Falconer, and published in the sixth volume of the Society's ‘ Transactions”. With reference to the theoretical first or preantepenultimate milk-molar, rarely developed in either fossil or recent species, there is one very interesting specimen in the British Museum. The African skull containing this condition is No. 7086 of the osteological catalogue. It is the same referred to in the ‘ Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis,’ pl. 14. fig. 4, left side, @, and by Blainville in his ‘ Ostéographie,’ pl. 9. figs. 1, 2. The appearances of the dentition are as follows:—The milk-incisor and its enamelled tip is just protruding beyond the sheath, with a club-shaped -point as seen in the Zebbug fossil (Pl. I. fig. 1), the former being 1:4 inch in girth. In the Upprrr Jaw the second or antepenultimate is in full wear, with one ridge of the next tooth invaded. ‘The former is 0°8 by 0°7 inch, and composed of three plates and two talons; the latter is 2°3 by 1 inch, and is composed of five plates and two talons; behind all is the empty alveolus of the last milk-tooth. The Lower Jaw (Ricur) contains the antepenultimate and penultimate molars. The former is in full wear, with three ridges of the latter invaded. The antepenulti- mate is 0°8 by 0°4 inch ; its fangs are furcate, with a pronounced depression or pressure- mark below the crown posteriorly, as in the fossils to be described presently. The penultimate is 2-2 inches by 1:1 inch, and made up of six plates and two talons. The Lert Lower Ramus contains the first or preantepenultimate, composed of two plates and two talons ; the length of the crown is 0°65 by 0-4inch. The antepenultimate is also composed of two plates and two talons; its length is 0-85 by 0°6 inch. The fangs in both are divergent; but the posterior of the preantepenultimate is more divergent than either of the antepenultimate, and absolutely crosses the anterior fang of the latter, which, like the other root, is inserted more perpendicularly. The penultimate is of the same dimensions as that of the right ramus; and the same number of ridges are invaded. Vo septum divides the pre- from the antepenultimate, and the latter and the penultimate ; so that the grinding-surface on the left side is not more extensive than on the opposite. Indeed the three successive teeth are close together, whereas there is a septum between the ante- and penultimate teeth in the right side. Thus the additional tooth takes up the space of the ordinary septum. * Page 286, and pl. 53, fig. 2; see also Paleeont. Mem. vol. ii. p. 297. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 11 The highly interesting portions of upper and lower jaws (Nos. 91, 90, Pl. IL. figs. 1, 2) are unfortunately by no means perfect. By good luck, however, a small part of the upper jaw in front of the third or penultimate molar has been preserved. Here, close to the tooth and somewhat internally, at 4 is a distinct and rounded fang with a smaller central canal. A little further down at c there is another, but considerably smaller, ivory stump sticking in the ramus, the distance between them being about 0°6 inch. There is no appearance of an alveolus, such as obtains in the last-named and other species. The posterior root seems to be the largest; and both are standing quite erect ; so that unless the tooth they upheld had two perpendicular instead of divergent fangs ; I see no way of explaining the condition than by the hypothesis that instead of one there were two separate molars in place at the same time, each with single erect fangs; z. é. the first and second milk-molars were developed in the upper jaw, which, as far as I know, is an anomaly. However, these are the facts, look at them how we may ; Mr. Busk, who examined the fragment of jaw referred to, is of opinion with me that it holds indications of the entire milk-series, as will be reverted to frequently in the sequel. As to the lower jaw in this instance, I am unable to state whether or not the same condition obtained, as the anterior portion has been removed close to the third milk-molar, leaving it and the collines of the last milk-molar in place. However, from the very young and uterine lower Zebbug rami described and figured by Busk’, it would appear that the first milk-tooth, as in recent and other extinct species, was often, if not as a rule,suppressed. At the same time, from what is shown by the African instance, it may, when developed, have performed its function in common with the second. 1. The entire upper second or antepenultimate milk-molar (No. 105, Pl. I. fig. 3) I discovered in a fragment of jaw, with the penultimate in germ behind it. The latter was composed of eight ridges, and equalled in size the penultimate milk-tooth (fig. 13) attributable to the largest form of Elephant. The crown of fig. 3 is composed of four collines. The anterior is triangular and short, and occupies the inside front; the third is the highest and broadest, with its digitations very slightly touched by wear, showing the owner was not unborn. All the ridges rise from the common base, the first two being modified with single digitations. The fang has been broken off close to the crown; its hollow base is still evident. The ridges are thick. The length of the crown is 0°5 inch. There is no possible likelihood of any additional ridge having existed in this specimen, which might be said to hold three plates and an anterior talon, just as anatomists may choose to look on the latter. 2. No. 67, fig. 5, is entire, with the recent loss only of a figment of the second ridge. The first is placed like the preceding, and is of the same pyramidal shape. There is a distinct posterior talon appendage adhering to the last ridge. The crown has the tips of the second and third ridges just touched by wear; it is narrow in front and broad ' Trans. Zool, Soe. yol. vi. p. 276, pl. 52. figs. 42, 43, & 45. 12 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF posteriorly. The single hollow fang has been recently broken off about 0-4 inch below the crown. ‘There is a pressure-hollow 0°3 inch broad on the upper and posterior side of the fang. The tooth is made up of five ridges, or three plates and two talons. Here the first and last ridges may be called modified ridges; at all events the posterior fairly claims to be considered a talon. The crown is 0°55 inch in length. The ridges are moderately thick, but not quite so large as in the last. The above is probably a lower molar, and does not seemingly differ in character from the last. The anterior ridge also rises from the common base, but is not quite so large as in fig. 3. 3. Specimen No. 103 (fig. 4) might, from the figure, be considered a good deal larger than either of the foregoing; and this is the case to a trifling extent; but from injury some time or other there is a lengthening of the crown which is not natural. The enamel also of the posterior talon has been denuded, and the single hollow fang was broken off recently at about 0:5 inch below the crown. ‘The pressure-hollow, 0:3 inch in breadth, and a scar are well seen on the back part of the fang. There is no indi- cation of wear on the crown, which from its narrow front might have belonged to the lower jaw. The first and last ridges claim the character of talons, being simple splints. It contains the same ridge-formula as the last. The length is about 0°6 inch. The ridges in this and fig. 5 are almost the same thickness. From its breadth the above may have been an upper tooth. 4. No. 109 (fig. 6) is a well-worn crown. There is seemingly a trace of an anterior ridge which had been worn out, possibly by pressure or attrition, leaving the enamel of the next bare and rough. The flat, single, straight, solid fang is entire. It is com- pressed laterally, with a small opening at the extremity for the nutrient vessels, and is 0:8 inch in length. The enamel on the posterior ridge has been denuded, and there are two caries-like erosions, one immediately under the crown behind, and another in front. Although only three ridges remain, it may be there were two more. The length of the crown is 0-4 inch, and, although well worn, shows no pattern of any value for comparison with succeeding teeth. The enamel of the plates in this molar is not seemingly so thick, nor are the plates as in any of the preceding; and altogether the tooth would appear to have belonged to a smaller animal. Mr. Busk has kindly allowed me to compare Admiral Spratt’s collection of Zebbug molars, figured and described by Dr. Falconer, with the above; and seeing that, com- bined with my own, they comprise all the first or second milk-teeth of the Maltese Elephants yet discovered, I must briefly refer to them also. The similarity between the lower tooth described by Falconer! and the last is very striking, even in the caries-like erosions just under the crown, posteriorly, where a * Paleont. Mem. vol. ii. p. 297 and pl. xii,; Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. yi. p. 53. fig. 2. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 13 second fang would ordinarily diverge. But it is clear that if any thing of the kind did exist it must have been of very diminutive size, and came off at right angles to the main root, which here, as in my specimen, is flat. It has three worn ridges, with a posterior talon. The crown is 0°4 inch in length. There is a less perfect specimen in the collection, showing a crown on the point of being shed. Here the base of the fang presents indications of having been single; and although only three ridges are left in a space of 0°5 inch, there are traces of a lost ridge on the fore and on the hind plate, also well-marked pressure on the base posteriorly. It seems clear therefore that the single straight perpendicular fang of the Maltese elephants supported all the ridges, and had no divergent fang. This has been further confirmed by Falconer and by Busk; the latter discusses the subject in a note in his monograph’. He is of opinion, moreover, that the fangs were connate; and certainly on the flat side of fig. 6 there is a slight tendency to a central depression lengthways, as if the two had grown together. It is scarcely necessary to indicate the small dimensions of the above teeth as com- pared with other known species of elephants. I may state, however, that among a large series of instances of antepenultimate molars I find the smallest specimens of the Asiatic are 0°6 inch in length, whereas none of the African are below 0°8 inch, and the majority are fully 1 inch in length. As to their specific characters, it would be difficult, excepting on the score of size, to make out that they belong to more than one form of elephant. However, on account of the larger dimensions and seeming thickness of plates, it might be that the molars (Pl. I. figs. 3, 4, & 5) belonged to a larger form of elephant than fig. 6 and the two Zebbug specimens. As to their claims to be considered either first or second milk-molars, it is clear that fig. 3 belonged to the latter, although holding a ridge less than figs. 4 & 5. This being the case, the probability is that they are likewise second or ante- penultimate milk-teeth. At all events, whether first or second milk-molars, there can be but one opinion as to the unusually small size of all their owners. 4. The Third or Penultimate Milk-molars. Of all the dental materials of the Proboscidea discovered by me in Malta the majority are referable to this member of the series. Besides several specimens from Gandia Fissure, collected by Dr. Caruana, Mr. Welch, and myself, and now in the Museum of the University of Malta, my own collection furnishes upwards of thirty examples of the penultimate or third milk-molar, the greater number being entire, or in conditions which admit of ready determination. Moreover. whilst furnishing valuable odontological data, they also supply grounds for speculation as to the causes which brought about the destruction and aggregation in small areas of so many very young and immature elephants as compared with the adult } Trans, Zool. Soc. vol. vi. p. 287. 14 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF and aged. This subject, however, has been fully discussed by me elsewhere’. I shall therefore proceed at once te a consideration of their anatomical characters. As regards dimensions the specimens constitute two series, graduating regularly from the smallest to the largest, the extremes of length in upper teeth being 1°6 to 2 inches, against 1-3 to 2-4 inches in the lower jaw. A Series—The smallest penultimate milk-molar in my possession—indeed, I believe, the most diminutive third milk-tooth of any recent or fossil species of elephant hitherto figured and described, is represented by the entire and beautifully preserved specimen of the left-side lower jaw No. 14 (PI. I. figs. 8 & 8a). The one described by Falconer? is not quite entire; and although apparently belonging to the same type, it is a little larger, seeing that with the loss of its anterior talon it contains six ridges in 13 inch, whereas fig. 8 holds seven ridges in the same space. The latter molar is well worn, so as to fully display the character of the crown-pattern, which is precisely like that of the other, and bears also a resemblance to the disk of Elephas antiquus and the African species. This character pervades generally all molars of Maltese fossil elephants, with faint crimping near the middle of the disk, which is expanded, and shows a small angulation, as in E. antiquus. On the anterior talon of fig. 8 there is a distinct pressure-scar, 0°2 inch broad, and the usual pressure-hollow posteriorly at 6. As regards comparisons, it is almost needless to state that the above is about half as long and one third as broad as even the smallest penultimate milk-molar of any known species of the genus. The somewhat imperfect upper molar (No. 2, figs. 7 & 7a) shows satisfactorily that it originally held the same number of ridges as the last in about 1°6 inch. Here the pressure-scar (fig. 7a, 4) is 0°6 inch broad, and indicates a succeeding tooth impinging steadily on the posterior talon. The fangs are consolidated, and the crown is con- siderably arcuated externally, seeing it is an upper molar. Although as far advanced in wear as fig. 7, the macherides are more crimped, whilst the central dilatation and angulations are also pronounced. The two perfect and very instructive upper and lower teeth (Nos. 91 & 90) belonging to the same skull have been already noticed in connexion with the foregoing members of the milk-series. They are represented in situ (PI. II. figs. 1 & 2). The upper penul- timate milk-molar in fig. 1 has a ridge less than any of the foregoing, just as obtains in the antepenultimate (Pl. I. fig. 3). It bears a close resemblance to the entire speci- men of the penultimate milk-molar of Falconer’s Z. melitensis*, only that it contains seven ridges in 1°4 inch, whereas fig. 1 holds six ridges in 1°5 inch; nevertheless these two teeth are very much alike, and contrast with the upper molar just described in their thick plates. The investing cement in Falconer’s molar has been denuded; but in fig. 1 it is present, and gives a thick-plated aspect to the crown. Immediately in front of fig. 1 there are ’ Nat. Hist. & Arch. of Nile Valley and Malta, p. 161. * Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. vi. pl. 53. figs. 4 & 4a. * Thid. figs. 6 & 6a, THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 15 the two stumps sticking in the jaw, as just recorded, besides a scar on the enamel of the anterior talon, internally, 0-4 inch in breadth; but the most suggestive part of the speci- men is the succeeding alveolus, in which the collines @ of the last milk-molar lie horizon- tally, furnishing a maximum breadth of one inch. The crown of the penultimate tooth is not sufficiently worn to show the pattern. The lower ramus No. 90 (fig. 2) has been broken across in front just clear of the tooth, which, however, has a deep scar on the enamel made by the antepenultimate. ‘The last ridges are not perfectly consolidated. The entire length of the crown is 1°8 inch, in which there are seven instead of six ridges in the upper tooth. The last milk-molar @ is seen in situ, showing a breadth ot colline of about 0-8 inch. As in the upper the antepenultimate and the first milk- tooth also were possibly in wear at the same time, seeing that the digitations of the first four ridges only areinvaded. ‘Lhe colline @ is nearly entire and well shown behind, presenting dimensions equal to those of No. 44 (PI. IV. fig. 3), which appears to belong to the last milk-molar of this pygmy form of elephant. Other teeth referable to A series are seen in my collection in the British Museum. For example, No. 1, holding seven ridges, is an entire upper molar, 1:7 inch in length, with a crown like figs. 1 & 2, just coming into wear, whilst No. 7 is more attrited, and No. 8 is of the lower jaw, with only the first three ridges slightly worn. All these teeth demonstrate the presence of an upper and lower penultimate milk- molar, holding seven ridges, or five plates and two talons. Intermediate in size between the above and B Series are a number of small lower teeth, somewhat larger than the former, with figmentary posterior talons raising the ridge-formula by one ridgelet. They differ, however, in no other particulars, and may be regarded as belonging to A type, with the usual variety of an additional ridge. The difficulty in deciding what should be called a plate and talon is shown in the lower molar, No. 75 (Pl. I. fig. 9). Here the first ridge is quite independent of the second, and the last is a mere triangular splint attached to the seventh ridge. Thus this molar might be said to contain seven plates and a posterior talon in a space of 1:7 inch. The rhomboidal tendency of the disks is here also apparent, with slight crimping about the middle; but the crown is not quite half-worn. Conditions precisely the same as in fig. 9 are shown by the ridge-formule in Nos. 3, 4, 6, & 10, which represent lower molars in various stages of wear, the half-worn crown of No. 6 displaying disks in no way distinct from those of Pl. I. fig. 8... These molars gra- dually increase in length up to No. 9 (fig. 15), which is 2 inches in length, with its seventh plate convex, and a triangular figment at @ constituting a posterior talon. A similar specimen of a lower molar is shown by No. 62, which holds seven ridges in 1°8 inch, neither of which, however, might be considered other than plates, the part of the surface of the seventh ridge which gave rise to the little ridgelet in the preceding 16 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF being hollow in this specimen. As these, however, are all lower teeth, the occasional addition of a ridge is not uncommon; thus it may be that the normal number is seven, or, in other words, five plates and two talons. They are, however, slightly larger than No. 14 (fig. 8), yet doubtless of the same form. B Series.—An upper molar holding eight ridges in 2 inches is well shown in crown No. 60(P1. I. fig. 13). It is worn not quite half down, so that the crimping of the mache- rides, as in fig. 7, is pronounced. It isa broader tooth, however, with very thick plates, each being as much as 0°3 inch; indeed their size gives quite a character to the ridges. The posterior talon is a broad digitated splint, rising about the middle of the seventh ridge, the anterior talon being semicircular, and worn to the common base. The fragments Nos. 89, 97, & 85, of upper molars just commencing wear, are referred to this variety. Of other upper molars of B Series, or what might be called the thick- plated type, No. 104 (fig. 16) represents eight independent ridges in a space of 2:2 inches, followed by Nos. 76, 82,.77, & 54 of my collections in B. M. The last, represented in fig. 14, is the largest penultimate milk-molar, and contains eight ridges in 2-4 inches. None, excepting No. 82, are worn sufficiently to fully develop their rhomboidal disk, which, however, is beautifully shown on its crown. In regard to its posterior talon- shaped ridge, so often dwarfed in A series, it is well developed in all of the largest penul- timate milk-teeth ; and although convex in the above, it rises for the most part from the common base with the other collines, so as to be classed as a talon only on account of its more curving outline. The largest lower molar (fig. 14) is as large as small instances of the penultimate milk-molar of the African Elephant, which ordinarily contains the same number of ridges. It does not differ, however, from the other large specimens in its ridge-formula and crown-pattern. Summary.—From the foregoing I think it must be inferred that they at least repre- sent two elephants differing in size :—one of dwarf dimensions, holding ordinarily seven ridges in its upper teeth; and another, larger form, with eight ridges. The likelihood of an intermediate form is not at all clear. As regards crown-patterns, the same appear- ances prevail throughout A & B series. In newly invaded crowns there is much crimping; but when half-worn in the smallest, intermediate, and largest, as seen in fig. 8 and Nos. 6 & 82, we find the rhomb-shaped outline, with the angulation of Elephas antiquus, but there is faint instead of pronounced crimping. The thickness of the plates does not seem, unless in the largest molars, to be dia- gnostic, as we find thick- and thin-plated specimens among the smallest and intermediate- sized teeth. In the largest, however, it would seem to be general, with rugosities on the enamel of the posterior talon, and which we shall find are also prominently shown in the largest last milk-molars. The fragment of the lower molar, holding six ridges in a space of 1°5 inch, shown in jaw No, 41 (Pl. I. fig. 12), and its profile view (Pl. VI. fig. 2), is by no means perfect THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. - if enough to enable me to decide as to its position in the series, further than by com- parison with tooth and jaw No. 91 (Pl. II. fig. 2). It is clear that the former belonged to a larger animal; nor, as will appear in the sequel, is the broad crown in keeping with the last milk-teeth attributed to the smallest form; but I find that the largest penultimate milk-molar (PL I. fig. 14) gives the same number of ridges in a like space, more especially when taken close to its enamel reflections posteriorly, which is the horizon displayed in fig. 12. It might therefore have represented the penultimate tooth of the largest form, nearly worn out, and the last of the milk-series coming into wear. Reference will be made to the jaw itself when I come to consider the cranium. 5. The-Fourth or Last Milk-molar—lirst True Molar. I shall now refer to several large and interesting series of molars, all of which are in the British Museum. They comprehend teeth differing widely in size and characters ; but in consequence of possessing the same ridge-formula, and having been more or less intimately associated in the same deposits, it appears necessary that they should be brought together, so that their distinctions may be more easily compared. The ridge- formulas in the following vary between ten and eleven ridges, or eight or nine plates and two talons; in one instance there are twelve ridges in a lower molar, where, how- ever, an extra ridge (or even two) is not uncommon in all known species of the genus. A Series—The small upper molar, No. 45, here shown, and its upper aspect in Last Upper Milk-molar. Nat. size. Pl. I. fig. 11, is unfortunately not quite entire, having lost in all probability two, if not three, of its posterior ridges, leaving eight ridges in a space of 1°8 inch. The pressure- scar is roughly shown on the enamel of the anterior talon, but not distinctly. It is, however, clearly defined on the front of the fragment No. 16, which, in all points, is of the same type. Here the scar is 0-4 by 0:5 inch. Now it is important, with reference to the position of these teeth in the dental series, to consider how far there is evidence to give them a claim to the position of a last milk-tooth. This is probably proved, not only by dimensions, as compared with the preceding, but from the circumstance of VoL. 1x.—pParTI. November, 1874. D 18 - MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF the breadth of the scar on the anterior talon, which, in virtue of its dimensions, could not have been caused by any of the antepenultimate milk-molars just described. The disks of the specimens not being sufficiently worn to display the pattern, little can be recorded on this point further than that the only full-developed disk of fig. 11 shows faint crimping. The dentine and cement are in about equal proportions; and the enamel is not thick. I am disposed to associate with the members of this series the fragment of an upper jaw, No. 46 (PI. I. fig. 18), containing the two permanent tusks and a morsel of an upper molar, already referred to. The tooth, although on the point of being shed, shows a large flat posterior fang, with two middle round fangs in front (a, a), which alone would incline me to the belief that this is a fragment of a last milk- instead of a penultimate milk-molar. The specimen, therefore, might have represented the last of the milk-series disappearing, with the first true molar almost in full wear, and the tusks protruding for some distance beyond their alveoli; it is just possible, however, that the fragment may be that of the penultimate tooth, where, however, the intermediate roots between the large anterior and posterior fangs are far more diminutive, especially in upper molars. ‘The development of the tusks would seem also opposed to this view. There is no lower molar in my collection allied, as regards size and other characters, to No. 45 (fig. 11) and its series; but the long narrow tooth considered by Falconer to belong to the last of the milk-series of Elephas melitensis’, might have belonged to the same type as No. 45. It holds ten ridges in 2°3 inches. ‘The disks, as regards pattern, are precisely like those of Pl. I. fig. 8, to which, as regards size and ridge-formula, it might fairly claim to be the successional molar. B Series—The two upper molars, Nos. 18 & 19 (Pl. I. figs. 10 & 17), are decidedly larger than the last, but not beyond the limits of variability observed in known species of elephants. The more perfect of the two (fig. 10) has lost its last ridge and fangs, with a considerable portion of the inferior aspect of the crown. The following profile view (fig. 2) shows its length, 2°6 inches, in which there are nine ridges. Fig. 17 has lost recently three of its central ridges, but was entire when dis- covered, and held ten ridges in a space of 3 inches. There are large well-defined pres- sure-scars on the anterior talons of both molars, more especially on the latter, where the impression is 0-5 by 0°6 inch. I would correlate with the above Nos. 17 & 12 of the Collection. The latter represents four well-worn disks, showing central expansions, ‘ Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. vi. pl. 53. fig. 5, and p. 589, This remarkable tooth, Dr. Faloner remarks, ‘is unique as regards the complexity of its crown conjoined with such small dimensions,” seeing that it contains ten ridges in the same space occupied by the eight ridges we have seen in the largest penultimate milk-molars just referred to. Certainly the posterior talon in the above is a mere figment, but neither more nor less than frequently obtains in all molars. Altogether the crown of fig. 5 is so long and so narrow that I have been sometimes disposed to consider it an instance of two extra ridges in a lower penultimate milk-molar. It is, however, equalled nearly by No. 44 (PI. IV. fig. 3), which, however, is a larger tooth. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 19 angulations, and faint crimping, which decrease towards the cornua. The ridge is remarkable for the profusion of its digitations, as seen in fig. 10. Last Upper Milk-molar. Nat. size. The colline (a) shown in PI. II. fig. 1 equals in breadth those of figs. 10 & 17, which might therefore fairly be considered the last milk-molars of the same pygmy form. There is a perfect upper molar, said to belong to the Zebbug collection, although, strange to say, it is not referred to by Falconer in his description of the teeth. It has, however, been figured and described by Mr. Busk in a note appended to Falconer’s Last Lower Milk-molar? Nat. size. memoir’. This specimen displays ten ridges in a space of 2°9 inches, and in characters agrees very well with the above. 1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. p. 290. I have examined the specimen carefully, and compared its exterior with other molars from Zebbug, and find they agree in mineralogical characters, only that the white incrustation on the cement is very much thicker in the aboye. Considering that the specimen must have been with Dr. Fal- coner when he wrote his description of the last upper milk-molar of Hlephus melitensis, it seems very strange that he should have selected a fragment of an analogous tooth when he had such a perfect specimen of the same type before him. p2 20 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF The entire lower molar, no. 44, of which the accompanying woodcut (fig. 3) and its crown view (Pl. IV. fig. 3) will give a good idea, contains eleven ridges in 3 inches. The talons here are mere appendages. ‘The crown, like that of the last milk-molar of E. melitensis (Falc.), is long and narrow, the disks are also rhomboidal, with little, even, faint crimping; the central angulations, however, as usual, are apparent. Indeed, in regard to dimensions, this tooth might fairly claim to be the lower molar of Pl. I. figs. 10 & 17, and of the upper tooth described by Busk. C Series.—The two left lower molars, No. 66 (PI. VI. figs. 5 & 5a) and No. 67 (Pl. V. fig. 2), are precisely of the same type. They differ, not only in size but in configura- tion and other characters, from any preceding lower molars. The entire specimen No. 66 (PI. VI. fig. 5) contains eleven ridges in 4-2 inches. Unlike No. 44 (PI. IV. fig. 3), the crown is much arcuated, and instead of being narrow in front is broad and rounded on the internal border and narrows posteriorly. The plates, moreover, are thicker, being 0-34 instead of 0°3 inch. Indeed, altogether the tooth has very much the aspect of a true molar. The crown, like the other, is long and narrow; and the discal pattern (Pl. VI. fig. 5a) shows the pronounced expansions and angulations’, with very little faint crimping and numerous digitations. ‘The enamel is not thick; but the plates are large as compared with No. 44 (Pl. IV. fig. 3). The septum (a, fig. 5) still remains; but as the crown was just being invaded, we should not expect the next tooth to have made great progress; however, the slope on the back part shows there was pressure being exerted. The entire and remarkable upper molar described by Falconer as either the first or the second true molar of his Elephas melitensis’, holds eleven ridges in three inches. At first sight one would be disposed to place it in the D series, with the molars referred to the last milk-teeth of the largest form, which it and the specimen in my collection, No. 24 (Pl. Il. fig. 9) closely resemble, but only in the crown-pattern’. The latter contains only seven of the anterior ridges, the remainder having been lost. As far as the specimen goes, however, it may be called a fac simile of the Zebbug tooth. They differ from the last milk-molar above mentioned in the greater breadth of crown and great height of ridges, which, however, are not nearly so thick, there being, for instance, five ridges in 1-4 inch in Pl. II. fig. 9, whereas there are only four in the same space in Pl. III. fig. 4. The profusion of the digitations is noteworthy, as they are especially plentiful on the collines of all the thin-plated milk- and true molars. Altogether these teeth appear to ‘ The central rib or ribs which give this feature to the crown are more pronounced in some specimens than in others, and more especially in those referable to the smallest form. See Pl. II. fig. 5, where these ridges are seen side by side in a plate of an analogous tooth to the above. ? Vol. vi. pl. 53. figs. 9 & 9a. * Compare my specimen (Pl. II. figs. 9 & 9a) and Falconer’s figures 9 & 9a with the disks of Pl. IV. fig. 2a and Pl. IIL. fig. 4. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 21 me to exceed other upper molars in both collections with regard to the following—viz. the greater height of the crowns, the length as compared with the breadth of the crown, and the thinness of the enamel and plates’. To what position in the dental series do they therefore belong? Are they the opposing molar to the narrow-crowned teeth (Pl. VI. fig. 5, and Pl. V. fig. 2) which we have just seen carry the same number of ridges in a space of 4:2 inches? In the thinness of the enamel and absence of crimping on the macherides of well- worn disks the two are precisely alike. The plates of the lower molars are much thicker. This, however, does obtain more or less in the lower jaw, just as the crown is narrower by a good deal. As regards relative length, it is nothing uncommon to meet with much discre- pancy in this respect between upper and lower first true molars, to even a greater extent than in the above. Lastly, in the short, stumpy outline of the upper Zebbug molar, with the pronounced pressure-hollow below its posterior talon, made by the advancing septum, we find precisely the same conditions in other species of Elephant, and in Pl. III. fig. 3, which I have assigned to the same position in the dental series of the largest form’. D Series.—The perfect and highly suggestive upper molar No. 61 (Pl. III. figs. 4, 4a, & 4b) contains ten ridges in 3:2 inches. There is a well-defined pressure-scar on the enamel of the anterior talon, 0°6 by 0°8 inch in breadth, which equals the base posteriorly of the largest upper penultimate milk-molar (Pl. I. fig. 13). The talons here are well shown. ‘he crown, just commencing wear, has not the pattern well developed; but in No. 65 (Pl. IV. figs. 2 & 2a), which doubtless belongs to the same series, we find a half-worn crown displaying decided mesial expansions, slight tendencies to angulation, with faint crimping extending even to the cornua. These characters are continued in the still more attrited crowns of Nos. 13 & 52 of the Collection. ‘The fangs are well shown in No. 65, Pl. IV. fig. 2; and the posterior pressure-slope (@) is also exceedingly clearly defined. The rugosities or digitations of the collines are excessive, extending to the posterior talon, as seen in Pl. ITI. fig. 44, where the investing cement has been purposely removed. “This latter character is common also to the largest penultimate milk-teeth, as shown by Pl. I. fig. 14. The lower molar referable to this type is, I apprehend, well shown in No. 49 (Pl. III. figs. 5 & 5a). As regards relationship I scarcely think there can be a doubt of the 1 The thickness of the enamel on the crown of Falconer’s figure (Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vi. pl. 53. fig. 9) is exaggerated. I have compared the actual specimens with Pl. II. fig. 9, with which its macherides agree very closely. 2 There is, moreover, this character, almost peculiar to first true molars: viz. the tooth is generally very much broader at the base of the crown than other members ; and although they vary much in size individually, the specimens collectively of all first true molars, upper especially, seem to be shorter and stumpier teeth than any other of the intermediate members. bo bo MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF connexion between it and fig. 4. Here we have ten ridges in 33 inches; for although the fore part of the crown is somewhat distorted in consequence of an ancient fracture, the measurement is not invalidated in any material way. As in the upper tooth, the same thickness of enamel and the very much digitated posterior talon (figs. 5a & 46) are present, just as, I repeat, obtains in the largest penul- timate lower milk-molars. Precisely the same characters are continued in the lower molar No. 63, the crown of which is not so far invaded as that of fig. 5; and although the anterior talon has been recently removed, there are nine ridges in a space of 3:2 inches. It will therefore be seen at a glance that the members of this series differ in size and characters from any of the foregoing. E Series.—The largest of the class of molars holding ten to eleven ridges is beauti- fully represented in the perfect crown No. 39 (PI. III. figs. 8 & 3a), which is an upper molar commencing wear. It holds ten ridges in a space of 4:3 inches. The pressure- scar on the enamel of the anterior talon is 0°6 by 1-2 inch in breadth. Another suggestive specimen of an upper molar of the same type, but belonging to a larger individual, is presented by the tooth No. 71 (Pl. VIII. fig. 5'). It shows a more worn crown, and is embedded in a portion of the jaw, to which reference will be made in the sequel. The latter is omitted in the figure. The tooth holds ten ridges in a space of 5°2 inches. Probably the first ridge is worn out, seeing that the large anterior fang which ordinarily gives support to three has only two ridges on it, and the first disk is ground down to the enamel reflections, with a pressure-scar in front. The lower molar No. 72 was found in a ramus close to the jaw which contained the above. It is entire, and contains twelve ridges, including a diminutive posterior talon, in a space of 5°5 inches. The crown, as usual in lower molars of this series, is much arcuated, almost like a bow, and similar to No. 37 (Pl. IV. fig. 4), which shows a well- worn crown entire. It holds eleven ridges in about 5 inches. A third lower molar (No. 51) is represented on Pl. IV. fig. 5. The contrast between it and the preceding is merely one of size, there being eleven ridges in 4-2 instead of 4:8 inches; consequently it is of the dimensions of the upper molar, Pl. III. fig. 3, just as Pl. 1V. fig. 4 consorts with Pl. VIII. fig. 5, both of which are a little larger. The characters of all the members of this and D Series are remarkably alike. As compared with the other teeth they have thick plates, with thick enamel, and the ridges are well apart, with abundance of cement between them. The lower molars of this series are all much arcuated, as usually observed in true molars, whilst there is little or no bending in D Series. This, however, is not always to be depended on. Again, the crown patterns show a repetition of the same characters in D and E Series. * The tusk found in the skull which contained this molar has been referred to at page 9. bo oo THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. There is central expansion and angulation, with irregular crimping in newly invaded, and fine crimping on the cement-side of the well-worn disk. Summary.—In the first place, from what has just and previously been stated, with respect to the molars I have assigned to the position of penultimate milk-molars, it seems to me evident that none of the foregoing can be referred to a more youthful condition than the last of the milk-series. Before, however, attempting to classify these complex varieties of molars, we must bear well in mind that there is a wide individual difference, as regards size, between specimens of last milk and first true molars in all known species of elephants. I find among the materials in the British Museum, and the fine collection of molars of the Asiatic Elephant in the Royal College of Surgeons, that this difference is remarkable. In the paleontological collection of the British Museum there are specimens of the last milk-molar of the Mammoth, holding the same number of ridges, with fully one inch difference in length; indeed, as stated by Falconer, “ often the antepenultimate true molar of a large variety may be nearly as large as the penultimate of a small one”'. Therefore slight differences in size, other points being equal, must be received with considerable caution. 1. Reverting to the fragments of jaws (PI. II. figs. 1 & 2) containing the penultimate and germs of the last milk-teeth, I find that the collines of the latter in both rami are slightly longer and broader than the largest plates of A Series, but agree exactly with those of B Series. Now, with reference to the members of A Series, although differing perceptibly in dimensions from B Series, they all maintain the same ridge-formula, the same crown- pattern, and thickness of plates; in fact they are distinct only as regards size. If a comparison between the upper molars Nos. 45 & 18 (Pl. I. figs. 10 & 11) is made, it will be found that their relative lengths are 2 and 2°8 inches; and the last lower molar of Falconer? and No. 44 (Pl. IV. fig. 3) give proportional lengths of 2°3 to 3 inches, which will be found by no means remarkable individual differences between teeth holding the same number of ridges, or one of which (as in the case of No. 44) has an extra ridgelet. I am therefore disposed to conclude that A and B Series represent the last milk-molar of a small form or species of Elephant, whose antepenultimate and penulti- mate milk-teeth are exhibited by Pl. I. fig. 6 and fig. 8. The ridge-formula, therefore, of its milk-molars would stand 5:7: 10-11, or, without talons, 3: 5 : 8-9, which, with the exception of an occasional extra ridge in the lower jaw, is precisely the same as that deduced by Dr. Falconer from the Zebbug collection. 2. The two upper and two lower molars comprising C Series are distinct from any other specimens in my collection; and being from different localities, there is no likelihood that their peculiar outlines are to be ascribed to casual or individual peculiarities. At all events they would appear to claim the position of true molars, each holding eleven ridges. As compared with the last milk-molars of the smallest form, they agree with 1 « On the Mastodon and Elephant,’’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol, xxi, p. 317. ? Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. pl. 53. fig. 5. 24 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF pa regard to the thin enamel and plates; but the comparisons as regards length present anomalies in the upper molar. ‘Thus the difference in length between the members of A Series and the Zebbug upper molar! is not by any means disproportionate; but the members of B Series are about the same length, although not nearly so broad, nor are their crowns so high. Nevertheless, allowing for individual differences, it might be concluded that this series represents the first true molar of the smallest form, which ordinarily held eleven ridges, or nine plates and two talons. 3. Reverting to the antepenultimate milk-molar (Pl. I. fig. 3) it has been stated that the jaw which contained it held also a germ penultimate milk-tooth of the dimensions of the largest specimens (to wit, figs. 13 & 14), which differ from the smaller penulti- mate milk-teeth (figs. 7 & 8) in size, ridge-formula, and development of the crown- constituents. The former moreover display a highly rugous and digitated condition of the collines, especially posteriorly, as seen in fig. 14. Now all these characters are repeated in the members of D series, viz. the upper molar (PI. III. figs. 4, 4a, & 46) and the lower (figs. 5 & 5a), whilst the proportion in length between the two sets stand, as regards upper teeth, as 2 to 32 inches, and in lower as 2:4 to 3:4 inches. Indeed these molars differ collectively so widely from their congeners in crown-pattern, plates, and size, that I scarcely think there can be a doubt as to their independent characters. The thickness of the plates and enamel as compared with other milk-molars, the less rhomboidal-shaped disk, and the presence of pronounced crimping of the macheerides on newly invaded, and faint crimping on well-worn crowns, seem to me to distinguish these much larger teeth from those of the smallest form. The ridge-formula, therefore, deducible from the above data would, as regards the milk-series of the largest form, stand as 5:8:10-11, or, without the anterior and posterior talon, 3:6:8-9, being one ridge more in the penultimate milk-tooth than obtains in the smallest form. 4. If we admit the members of D series to represent the last milk-molar of the largest form, there can be, I think, little doubt that E series will illustrate its succes- sional first true molar. Irrespective of size, which entirely excludes the latter from all the preceding, their relatively thicker plates and enamel claim for them the position of true molars. As regards the thickness of plates and cement and discal pattern, how- ever, they bear a close resemblance to the last milk-teeth just referred to, as may be seen by comparing Pl. VIII. fig. 5, and Pl. III. figs. 8, 3a, and Pl. IV. figs. 4 & 5, with Pl. III. figs. 4, 5, and the other well-worn crown of the latter (Pl. IV. fig. 2a). The relative proportions between the last milk-teeth and members of E series are, as regards upper molars as 3:2 to 4°3 inches, and lower as 3°4 to 5 inches. The ridge-formula, therefore, of the first true molar of the largest form of Elephant would stand as in its last milk-tooth, viz. ten to eleven ridges, or eight to nine plates and two talons. * Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. pl. 53. figs. 9 & 9a. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. bo ou 6. Second True Molar. I shall now describe three series of molars containing apparently twelve ridges, or ten plates and two talons. A Series.—The two rami Nos. 100 & 101 (Pl. V. figs. 1 a & 4), with their associated molars in situ, are very interesting. They are evidently the right and left of the same individual. The right has been rolled, thus giving a rotundity to it which is not seen in the other; on the contrary, the left has been flattened by pressure, and was also found in the gap of Benghisa, firmly impacted between blocks of stone. They thus well exemplify the geological conditions under which they were deposited. These I have fully described elsewhere’. Unfortunately both rami have been broken across at a short distance behind their teeth; but there are apparently data for establishing the position of the latter in the dental series. The more perfect of the left side shows clear evidence of twelve ridges in a space of 56 inches, irrespective of the oval-shaped fragment of dentine in front, which, judging from the opposite tooth, may have formed a base for a semilunar anterior talon, such as is seen in the last true molar(Pl. VI. fig. 1a). In Pl. V. fig. 1 there is no trace of a preceding tooth in front ; and considering that all the ridges, excepting the last three, were in wear, we should expect a succeeding tooth to be making advances, and the former to have been pushed further forwards, seeing that they extend for 23 inches behind the anterior border of the coronoid process, and nearly to the angle of the jaw. They are remarkably long and narrow; and taper gradually, with a small posterior talon at ¢ on the right tooth, the same having been lost on the opposite. Although the cement is not injured, there is a void behind as if it had held the germ of an advancing tooth; indeed this is so apparent that I am much inclined to regard the above as penultimate true molars. A fragment of a similar tooth is represented in PI. II. figs. 8 & 8a. B Series.—1. The molar No. 428 (Pl. XI. figs. 10 & 10a), in situ, is nearly perfect, having only lost its last ridge, probably by the same accident which cleared away all the jaw posterior to the tooth. The lost posterior talon, however, is preserved in the detached tooth (42) of the other ramus; but the crown of the latter is much distorted through injuries received when the molar was fresh. It is probable, from the gap 4g, fig. 10, that a fragment of the preceding tooth was in wear. I think, from the circumstance that the double anterior fang in 424 distinctly supports two plates and a field of dentine in front, with a macheris of what may probably form portion of its semilunar talon, we may very fairly surmise that this tooth held twelve ridges in a space of 6-3 inches. The question is, therefore, is this a penultimate or a last true molar? Unfortunately all the portion posteriorly is lost, so that there is no direct evidence of a successor ; but though all the ridges except the last two are invaded and there are no indications of ? Author’s ‘ Nat. Hist. and Arch. of the Nile Valley and Malta,’ p. 189. VOL. 1x.—PART I. November, 1874. E 26 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF severe pressure on the enamel of the last ridge, at the same time it seems pretty generally the case that the succeeding tooth does not commence to attrite the pre- decessor until the latter has about one third of the crown worn out. Again, the crown does not graduate, like last teeth, towards the posterior talon; moreover the heel is only about 2°5 inches behind the anterior margin of the coronoid, and the plates (see fig. 10a) are arcuated as in teeth that are being pushed onwards. These facts dispose me to regard the above as being penultimate true molars. The discal pattern displays the expansions and excentral angulations of a well-bent lower molar. ° The enamel is in no wise thick ; and there is scarcely a trace of crimping. The crown, as obtains in certain last lower molars, is broad in front and narrow posteriorly. 2. The almost worn-out fragment of an upper molar No. 50 (Pl. II. fig. 7) contains seven and a half ridges in 2°8 inches, and, from dimensions and consistence of enamel and discal pattern, might have belonged to this series, the crowding and parallelism of the plates being, as previously shown, a result of the advanced stage of wear. C Series.—1. The upper molar No. 38 (Pl. IL. fig. 1) represents a broader crown than ordinarily obtains, from the circumstance that the plane of attrition is oblique instead of horizontal. As to its claims to the position of second true molar I think there cannot be much doubt. ‘There is a broad pressure-scar on the posterior aspect. The double anterior fangs have been broken off close to the crown, and support only the first ridge, which is worn to the common base; therefore, allowing for the loss of one plate and the anterior talon, we are seemingly justified in concluding that the original formula amounted to at least twelve ridges. There are ten ridges in a space of 5:4 inches, which with those worn out would make up the length to fully 6:5 inches. The well-worn and perfect condition of the disks shows the decided pattern of the largest form as displayed in the well-attrited crowns of its preceding teeth. The contrast between the above and PI. II. fig. 7 is remarkable. Although the latter is almost worn out, it displays seven disks in a space of 3 inches, which is precisely the dimensions of another fragment of a similar tooth in germ (see No. 69 of the collection). 2. Another well-worn fragment of an upper tooth of the same type as No. 38 is shown in No. 80 (Pl. VIII. fig. 4). It contains six ridges in a space of 3:5 inches, which would make the original dimensions about the same as No. 38. Here the shallow disk, with the faint crimping on the cement-side of the macherides, and some arcuations of the plate with the pronounced angulations are well seen; whilst a vertical section of the opposite tooth of the same individual displays the thick intervening cement as com- pared with the breadth of the plates. 3. But a far more convincing proof of teeth analogous to the above being penulti- mate true molars is seen in Pl. VIII. fig. 2, where the last of the series is in situ, with a fragment («) of the penultimate also in place. ‘The latter holds six ridges in a space of 3°3 inches. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS, 27 4. The lower molar referable to this series is well shown in the fragment No. 81 (Pl. III. fig. 2). It has, like the others, a well-defined pressure-scar posteriorly. 5. There is another, posterior portion (No. 818) of evidently the opposite tooth of per- haps the same individual. This specimen shows a pronounced posterior pressure-scar 1-3inch in height by 1°6 inch in breadth. Here also the cement is in excess. Allowing for the displacement of the macherides by the longitudinal fracture in fig. 2, the expan- sions of disks, angulations, and faint crimping are very evident. The enamel is nearly 0:2 inch in thickness'; and had it not been for the clear indications of an advancing tooth, the two specimens might have been fairly considered to belong to the last of the series. Fig. 2 contains four plates in 2°5 inches, which would make the tooth to have been from 6°5 to nearly 7 inches in length. Summary.—It seems to me evident from the foregoing data that all the molars just described cannot fairly claim to be considered other than penultimate true molars. That they have no title to the position of antepenultimate true molars is proved, not only from the preceding molars, but from their ridge-formula, crown, constituents, and fangs. ; 1. I shall in the first place consider their individual affinities. As regards the dimen- sions of the molars in A & B series and their rami, it must be allowed that the contrast as regards both is seemingly at variance with any assumed specific relationship. The molars (Pl. V. figs. 1a & 5) contrast with that of Pl. XI. figs. 10 and 104, in respect of outline and crown-constituents, the ridge-formula and dimensions being equal. Thus the crown of the first is long and narrow, whilst that of the latter displays a broad rounded front, narrowing posteriorly after the manner of the last true molars (Pl. VII. fig. 2). Again, there are decidedly broader bars of cement between the plates in Pl. V. fig. 1 than in fig. 10; but they agree as regards the thickness of the latter, and enamel, and the pattern of the disks. 2. The rami differ also. Allowing that Pl. V. figs. 1@& 4 have been much injured, whilst Pl. XI. figs. 10 & 10a has lost a portion of its posterior border ; nevertheless the discrepancies in the dimensions, as will be seen when I come to consider them, render it extremely likely that, if both jaws hold penultimate true molars, the owners belonged to forms or species differing much in size, also in the configuration and crown-constituents of their molars. 3. As regards C series, there is a considerable difference in respect of size between its members and either of the other two series. With A series there is no affinity what- ever; and most assuredly a comparison between the two surfaces in wear, alone, at once proclaims them distinct in every respect. Again, as compared with B series, unless the latter is allowed to be a small variety or a sexual condition, I see no manner of arriving at any other conclusion than that these penultimate teeth represent three distinct forms of Elephant; and yet as regards length the members of B & C series * The enamel is broader than shown in the figure. E2 28 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF are alike. But the difference in the thickness of the plates and their enamel is cer- tainly very great; yet when the same elements in equivalent molars of the thick- and thin-plated varieties of Z. antiquus are compared we find more astounding differences. (1) Assuming A series to represent the second true molar of the smallest form, the length of the first molar would be to the second as 4:2 to 5°6 inches. (2) Allowing B series to belong to a variety of thin-plated molars of the largest form, and C series a larger thick-plated sort, their lengths, as compared with the first true molar, would stand as 6°5 and 7 inches to 4:2 and 5 inches. Now, as individual differ- ences in the size of first and second true molars in all other known species vary very much, there is nothing in these discrepancies very discordant as compared with them. In the African Elephant the first true molar often varies in the upper jaw as much as an inch in individual molars holding the same number of ridges; and the like is the case to a greater extent in the Asiatic, whilst teeth referable to the second true molar of the Mammoth, and holding eighteen ridges, I have found to vary as much as 2 inches. 7. The Third or Last True Molar. The last of the dental series is well represented in my collection by several entire specimens, which therefore fix in certain instances the dimensions, ridge-formula, and characters of this important molar beyond reasonable doubt. At the same time there are conflicting data in regard to the characters of specimens; and, as in the penulti- mate milk-molar, they form a series graduating from what is evidently a very small last molar up to a large one; and this progression is so gradual that I find it difficult to separate the intermediate from either of the extremes, which, however, differ widely in characters as well as dimensions. Although certain types held 14 to 15 ridges, or 12 to 13 plates and 2 talons, it is not evident that all I have considered last true molars contained so large a ridge-formula. A Series (thin-plated).—1. In the first place I will select as a type of this series the finely preserved molar considered by Falconer to represent the last upper molar of the Elephas melitensis’. This tooth I have carefully compared with similar specimens in my own collection, more especially No 28 from Mnaidra Gap, with which it agrees very closely; indeed so similar are they in general characters that, were it not that both belong to the right side, it would at first sight be difficult to discriminate the differences, which, however, are important. No. 28 has an additional ridge; and a portion of its posterior talon has been recently broken off. In front there is a field of dentine, where doubtless another ridge or ridges existed; and whilst ten ridges are contained in 4 inches in the Zebbug specimen, there are eleven in 4°4 inches in No, 28. Dr. Falconer has pointed out that in the former the large front fang and its ridges have disappeared by ab- sorption and attrition; and as this root usually upholds three ridges, it is fair to surmise that the Zebbug molar may have originally been about 5 inches in length, perhaps a ‘ Zool. Trans, yol. vi. p. 296, Palaont. Memoirs, vol. ii. p. 292, pl. xi. figs. 1 & la, THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 29 little more; and this is precisely the estimate to be aimed at by computing the loss in the same way in No. 28. In upper last true molars of the African, Asiatic, Mammoth, and E. antiquus, and, indeed, in all representatives of the genus, there is a decided graduation of the ridges towards the last, or posterior talon, which is commonly dwarfed in size. Moreover the usual flattening just below the latter, invariably present in other members of the series when well worn, is as a matter of course not observed in the 3rd true molar. Now as regards these distinctions I must state that, whilst the Zebbug molar and No. 28 display a pronounced similitude to the pyramidal-sided outline of the last of the series, there is a flattening at the base of the posterior talon in both, which, with all due deference to ‘Dr. Falconers’s opinion to the contrary as regards the former, I submit is not unlike a pressure-hollow made by the septum of an advancing tooth. Again the difference in length and breadth between the last plate and hind talon in both gives an abruptness posteriorly which, as far as I have seen of recent and fossil last upper true molars, seems to me exceptional’; but at the same time I am willing to admit considerable variations on this head. In respect of general characters the foregoing, although smaller, agree in a remark- able manner with the following, and more especially in the pattern of the worn disks, which, I repeat, are well shown in the Zebbug specimen figured and described in the ‘Paleontological Memoirs’*. ‘The crown-constituents are pretty evenly distributed ; the plates are not thick; and the enamel, dentine, and cement are not in excess. The disk widens towards the middle, with abrupt angulations and faint crimping on the cement-sides of the macherides, I feel therefore much disposed to associate these two specimens with the penultirhate lower molars, Pl. V. fig. 1, and reckon that the Zebbug molar has lost a plate and a talon, and No. 28 the latter only; so that their original lengths would have been about 4°8 inches. 2. The upper jaw of my collection, No. 86 (Pl. IV. fig. 1), containing two molars in situ, presents several important characters. It will be observed that all the ridges are invaded, and yet the teeth occupy a very large expanse of the jaws. ‘The last ridge on the right side is preserved, and behind it a considerable fragment of the back portion of the alveolus; there is no abrasion of even the cement of the posterior talon a; nor is there the pressure-slope usually present when a tooth comes to be so far attrited. Irrespective of the masses of dentine in front, and the single macheeris, ) 5", the 1 Mr. Davies has inspected the Zebbug specimen, and agrees with me in this opinion. As regards the anterior fang, which is not in the specimen, it must be stated that it is very rarely found in upper molars unless when far advanced in wear. 2 Vol. ii. p. 292 and pl. xi., and figs. 1 and 1a, Zool. Trans. vol. vi. p. 296. I have ascertained all data in connexion with this tooth from repeated careful examinations of the specimen, the profile and crown-view of which is well seen in Paleont. Mem. ii. pl. xi. fig. 1a. 30 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF remainder of the ridges (nine) are contained in a space of 4:2 inches; so that by making the same allowance for the lost portion as in the cases of the Zebbug molar and No. 281, there would have been fourteen ridges in about 53 inches, 7. e. supposing the teeth to have been last true molars. At all events it is clear that their ridge-formulas eaceeded ten plates and two talons. ‘This is further shown by the following, which re- presents the palatal region containing a fragment of the left and almost the entire right molar im situ. 3. The specimen in the B. M. (No. 87) has been much injured, and the posterior talon has been recently lost. The crown is not nearly sofar advanced in wearas the last, the four posterior ridges being intact. There is a small field of dentine in front, 0°5 inch, and sufficient to have maintained an extra ridge. As the tooth stands, there are thirteen ridges in 5:5 inches; and from its state of wear it may be said to be entire, with the exception of the loss of the last ridge. In crown-constituents it repeats precisely the characters of the preceding, and from its long graduating crown indicates at all events the usual contours of the penultimate and last upper true molars. ‘The crown-pattern in Pl. IV. fig 1 and No. 87 are precisely alike, and also correspond with the two pre- ceding. Now, in comparison with No. 28 and the Zebbug molar, it will be found that the two just described contain an extra ridge in a given space; thus the two former hold seven ridges in the same space occupied by six ridges in the two latter. 4, One of the most characteristic and instructive specimens in my collection is the portion of a right lower ramus, No. 95 (Pl. VI. fig. 1), containing an entire molar (fig. 1a) which has been detached and is represented of the natural size in order to show its outline. Here we have the character not rare in last true molars of recent and fossil species when the posterior ridges become reclinate, so that the posterior talon ¢ (fig. 1a) is nearly horizontal. The tooth in this instance fills the ramus, so that its base posteriorly reaches to 4 (fig. 1), or in other words, within a short distance of the opening of the dental foramen. ‘There is an indication of the bony alveolar septum behind ; so that, to all appearance, the only conclusion we can come to is that the molar is the last of the dental series. It contains fourteen ridges in about 6 inches. Excepting the ten disks in wear, the remainder of the collines are more or less hidden by the investing cement; but their tips are determinable. It will be seen from fig. 1a that the ridges are crowded, and that the enamel is decidedly thin as compared with the upper teeth; there is faint crimping, however, with central expansions and angulations on the well-worn disks. It may be here observed that the surface in wear represents the entire attrition-plane, as no fragment of a pre- ceding molar is noticeable. From this circumstance, therefore, and the space occupied by the tooth, it seems to me to afford conclusive proof of its being a last true molar of a very small species of elephant. ’ I have invariably estimated the average width of the ridges by measurements taken at the base of the crown, so as to overcome the errors likely to arise from measuring disks in various stages of wear. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 31 B Series (thick-plated)—The series I shall now describe comprehends several teeth remarkable for their small size and the thickness of their plates and enamel. 1, The most suggestive instances have been figured and described by Falconer as the last lower true molars of his E. melitensis’. Two of his specimens (figs. 12 & 13) display the fan-shape or reclinate aspect of the last few ridges, as seen in Pl. VI. fig. 1 of A series, and one of them a peculiarity, or rather a diseased condition of wear, observed occasionally in domesticated elephants. The most perfect, however, is shown in fig. 11. This long narrow and very thick-plated molar holds eleven ridges in 4 inches. The front fang has evidently been ground away, and with it not only three ridges but pos- sibly part of the succeeding ; thus, allowing for their loss, it was surmised by Falconer that the crown originally held twelve or thirteen ridges, in a space, I calculate, of about 54 inches, which brings the molar nearly to the dimensions of Pl. VI. fig. 1. And also, like the penultimate molars (Pl. V. fig. 1), it displays a very long and narrow crown, with the plates separated by much intervening cement. Three molars equivalent to the above are represented in my collection by the right and left specimens of the same individuals Nos. 35 A & B (Pl. IX. figs. 1, la & 2, and Pl. II. fig. 10). None of these, unfortunately, is entire. The first shows a tooth in place, and the fellow of the other ramus detached. ‘The lower jaw which held them lay close to a portion of the vertebral column (PI. XI. fig. 9), of which two of the vertebre are seen also in Pl. IX. figs. 3 & 4. The fragment of the molar No, 15 (Pl. II. fig. 10) was also discovered along with the above. Whether or not these molars are referable to the last of the series of a dwarf elephant, there can be no question whatever as to the matured state of the vertebra, seeing that all their epiphyses are completely consolidated, as will be further noted when I come to describe them. Reverting to the right ramus, Pl. IX. fig. 1, it is unfortunately imperfect, but sufficiently complete to show that the molar extends far back near to the angle of the jaw; the septum ¢ is well seen in the figures. On the inner aspect the dental canal has been laid open, showing a fragment of the triangular-shaped plug running up towards its opening. The infiltration of calcareous matter into this porous osseous substance, however, has considerably obscured the original character; but no capsule or hollow cavity is apparent therein, such as obtains in alveoli of all intermediate teeth, even when-the crown of the molar in its immediate front is commencing wear ; and considering that here only four of the last collines are entire, I think, under the circumstances, there should have been indications of a succeeding molar in the above situation.. It is impossible, however, to be positive on this point, in consequence of the loss of substance. Reverting to the molars, the more perfect (figs. 1 & 1a), I calculate, holds ten ridges in 4°5 inches; it will be seen that the first disk on fig. 1 @ is worn to the enamel- Zool. Trans. vol. vi. pl. 53, figs, 11, 12, and 13. 32 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF reflections with a field of dentine in front ; perhaps a fragment of the preceeding molar may have been in use at the same time. The anterior fang has been broken off or is worn out, and has left no indications of its presence on the lower surface of the crown ; it is difficult therefore even to surmise what may have been the original length and ridge-formula of this tooth. But supposing Dr. Falconer’s estimate of the above ' correct, this specimen, provided it held fourteen ridges, would have been originally about the same dimensions. They agree moreover in their characters; but figs. 1 & 2 are narrow-crowned as compared with the Zebbug teeth; yet the same thick plates, thick enamel, central expansion, abrupt angulations without even faint crimping, are common to all. Indeed, as regards the thickness of the enamel, it may be stated that the average of the larger plates in the Zebbug (fig. 11) and the above is 0:5 inch, which is excessive as compared with the lower molar of B series. 2. The fragment No. 15 (PI. II. figs. 10 and 10 a) shows what appears to me to be a left lower molar commencing wear. It is displayed chiefly with the view of indicating the outline of the crown in front, thickness of ridges, and the fore fang, which is here quite traceable and gives support to two plates besides a diminutive anterior talon. All these molars show considerable arcuation of the crowns—more, however, in the above and the Zebbug specimens than in PI. IX. figs. 1 & 2. It is apparent therefore that there is no evidence whereby the precise ridge-formulas of these teeth can be ascertained. Dr. Falconer, reasoning from analogy, as in the upper molar® just referred to, gave the lower molar fourteen ridges. And I think his hypothesis is now much strengthened if we allow the members of this series to be only thick-plated varieties of A series; and considering what has been already shown, and what will be further displayed in the next series, it seems to me a fair deduction that the above are only varieties of the same molar represented by the entire thin-plated tooth, Pl. VI. figs. 1 & 1 a, where we have fourteen ridges, C Series.—1. The reclinate condition of the last ridges, pointed out in Pl. VI. fig. 1, is repeated in the thick-plated molars 43 A & B (right and left), the former of which is represented in Pl. VIII. fig. 9. It is one of a pair found im situ. The left is much injured; but fig. 9 is fairly entire, having lost recently a few of its anterior ridges supported by the long front double fang. The fan-shaped expansion of the last five ridges prolongs the length beyond what would have obtained had they been erect. Allowing -for the loss of the three ridges ordinarily borne on the anterior fang, we may fairly surmise that this tooth held originally fourteen ridges in a space of certainly 7 inches, The graduation of the posterior ridges must always add to the length of a tooth. The disks here, as usual, show the central expansion, with angulations and faint crimping ; and, as compared with B series, this may be also called a thick-plated molar ; ? Zool. Trans. vol. vi. pl. liii. fig. 11. * Pal. Mem, vol, ii. pl. xi. fig. 1, THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 513) but although its enamel is not so thick as that of B series, it is altogether a much larger tooth, with a different configuration. As to the position of No. 43 A & B (fig. 9) in the dental series, had it not been for the posture of the last ridges, the pronounced retroflexion of the central plates would naturally indicate the pressure of a succeeding molar ; but considering these facts and that all the ridges except the last five are touched by wear, and there are no traces of pressure on the posterior talon, I can see no more feasible conclusion to arrive at than to consider the above to be a last true molar of an elephant larger than any of the owners of the teeth in A or B series, from which it differs in configuration as well as dimensions and crown-constituents, although the outline of the disk is much alike in all. 2. Two beautiful and highly suggestive examples of what must be considered last true molars, are represented by the entire specimens Nos. 64 & 59 (Pl. VII. figs. 1& 2 & 2a). The former, an upper tooth, shows fourteen ridges, including the pygmy digitated posterior talon @, in a space of 7 inches. Attached in front, although not shown in the figure, are two plates of the penultimate molar. As the crown is just being invaded, of course its pattern is not developed ; the macherides are therefore well crimped, and the plates and enamel thick. The next, No. 59 (figs. 2 & 2a), is a much arcuated lower molar : the last ridge, although rounded and finger-like, rises like the others from the common base to the same level as the penultimate. There is a slight flattening on its base internally, but no trace of what could be called a pressure-mark. ‘The crown is broad in front, tapering steadily posteriorly. The anterior talon is large and semilunar ; and the anterior fang seems to support it and the succeeding plate only. Here we have fourteen ridges in 6°5 inches. The crown-constituents are precisely the same asin the last. The disks show central expansion. with angulations and faint crimping. Another pair of upper molars, Nos. 70 & 58 (Pl. VII. figs. 2 & 3), are larger than No. 64, but only slightly; and as their posterior ridges were not quite consolidated, they have become somewhat displaced and are encased (fig. 2) in a fragment of the jaw. This tooth holds, in front, the fragment (a) of a penultimate molar already noticed. The figs. 2 & 3 contain each fourteen ridges in 7°3 inches; none of the digitations of the four ridges in wear being obliterated, there is of course excessive looping. Their crowns are rather narrower as compared with Pl. VII. fig. 1, just as the lower molar No. 56 (Pl. VIII. figs, 8 & 8a) compares with the crown of No. 59 (PL-VII? fig: 2), The molar, Pl. VIIL fig. 8, is markedly narrow throughout, and held, no doubt, an extra ridge, as there are fourteen in the space of 7-4 inches, and clear indications of the loss of one or more posteriorly. ‘The last three ridges, however, were broken off and reunited; so that there may be a slight excess thereby given to the length. The re- markable feature in this molar and the two preceding is that their enamel is not so thick as in Pl. VII. figs. 1 & 2; but the difference is not very material. This is also evident in a very much worn upper molar, No. 79, where the crown VOL. 1X.—ParT I. November, 1874. F 34 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF is almost ground down to the top of the penultimate ridge with the rudimentary and digitated posterior talon at its base. Here fourteen ridges are held in space of 7°2 inches ; there is much parallelism of the disks, and a comparative thinness of plates; and their enamel is quite in keeping with the last. Possibly these may be only sexual differences. In all the above teeth the discal pattern is alike, showing very faint crimping of the macheerides in well-worn crowns, with the central expansion and angulation. Less perfect molars of the same dimensions are represented by Nos. 57 and 40 of the Collection. The nearly perfect upper molar No. 93 (Pl. VIII. figs. 1 & 1 a) contains fifteen ridges in 7°5 inches. It differs from the foregoing only in the presence of an extra ridge. The posterior talon here is only a diminished ridge rising from the common base with the others. A fragment, No. 68 of the Collection, is referable to the same type. A mutilated lower molar, No. 36, with several of its ridges depressed from an injury when the tooth was fresh, is no doubt on this account considerably lengthened, from the infiltration of matrix at the seat of fracture. The last ridge here is of the same character as in Pl. VIII. fig. 2, with the same flattening internally at its base. The cement has been removed by accident from the tops of the last three collines, which alone are unworn; therefore the tooth is far advanced and under all circumstances should have maintained indelible marks of pressure on its last ridge, which is not the case. Probably No. 36 did not exceed materially the dimensions of any of the foregoing, to which it assimilates in all particulars; only the enamel is, if any thing, thicker. The worn disk shows the faint crimping and pronounced central angulations. D Series (thick-plated).—The members of this series are unfortunately very imperfect ; but what remain transcend in dimensions any of the foregoing. 1. A fragment, No. 78, shows six and a half of the posterior ridges of an upper molar in a space of 4°3 inches; so that if the tooth held fourteen ridges, like the pre- ceding, it must have been fully 9 inches in length. It is remarkable for the massive appearance of the plates; and although the crown is considerably abraded, its disks are well shown. ‘The three anterior pretty well indicate the original dimensions of the plate; the first, being the broadest, was no doubt one of the central ridges. It is 2°5 inches in breadth, and 0-5 inch in thickness, which would equal the same in the second true molar of Hlephas antiquus. The last three ridges display large circular digitations in pairs, which are from 0°5 to 1 inch in breadth. The parallelism of the plates is of course pronounced, seeing that the section is close to the base. There is distinct faint crimping of macherides and abrupt angular expansions; the latter, however, are not very conspicuous, but quite as much so as obtains in the members of C Series. 2. The fragment of a lower molar, No. 55 (Pl. VIII. fig. 7), was unfortunately all that could be saved of an entire tooth after having been knocked about by the workmen. It was found close to the last, and, indeed, may have been the opposing tooth of the same 2 THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 55 individual. Here the last six ridges are contained in a space of 4:6 inches, and the average of each plate is about 0:7 inch, which, supposing it held fourteen collines, would have made the original length about 9:5 inches. - The breadth of the central plate, a, is about 25 inches. The posterior talon is firmly attached to the last plate, which displays four large circular digitations (not three, as rendered in the figure); and yet, although thus far worn, there is no indication on the talon of the presence of an advancing tooth. ‘The disks show well-marked faint crimping and disposition to central expansion and angulation, with an abrupt bending forwards of their horns. The tusk found along with this tooth has been already referred to at page 9. It may be stated, as regards relative dimensions with the other last true molars, that the marked discrepancy between the members of C and D Series as regards thickness of plates is fully as great, if not more conspicuous than between the members of A and B Series. Summary.—1. Whether or not all the members of A Series represent the last true molar, it is clear to me that they belong to the same type or form. At all events it would appear clear that the upper molars, Nos. 86, 87 & 95, claim to be considered as belonging to the last of the dental series. ‘The latter, however, as compared with the teeth (Pl. V. fig. 1) which I have assigned to the second true molar of the smallest form, give a very small proportion indeed for second and third true molars; but considering that the enamel and plates of No. 95 are remarkably thin as compared with the upper teeth, it is just possible that it belonged to a small individual, male or female. 2. The teeth represented in B Series have certain claims to be separated from the foregoing. In dimensions and outline they agree. I must, however, allow that there is a remarkable difference in the thickness of the plates and enamel, as in the absence of sculpturing on the latter; but otherwise it would be difficult to draw distinctions. The only likelihood that they belong to the same form as A Series is by discarding the thick plates as a cause of separation, which Dr. Falconer’ has done, believing that the upper Zebbug molar referred to in A Series and the lower Zebbug teeth of B Series are indi- vidual instances of what he considered to be the upper and lower last true molars of his Elephas melitensis. In this opinion as regards the thin and thick plates I am disposed to concur, applying the rule to them that obtains in the case of the Mammoth and Elephas antiquus. Consequently the last true molar of the smallest form may have ranged between 5 and 6 inches in length and held ordinarily fourteen ridges, 7. e. twelve plates and two talons—which in comparison with the Asiatic Elephant would place them with its last milk-molar, which holds the same ridge-formula in about the same space. 3. The materials of C Series being for the most part entire renders the determination of their ridge-formula and crown-constituents a comparatively easy proceeding. If No. 42 (Pl. XI. fig. 10) is to be accepted as a penultimate true molar, there is every pro- bability that it was the predecessor of C Series. * Trans. Zool. Soc, yol. vi. p. 291. 36 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF The configuration of the latter varied, no doubt, individually, as obtains in all known species, some crowns being longer and narrower and holding an additional ridge. The worn disk, however, might have always been much the same; and although the enamel was thick as compared with the penultimate molar, it was in no way, as regards C Series, remarkable, the ridge-formula of which seems to have varied from fourteen to fifteen ridges or twelve plates and two talons, which were contained in from 65 to 8 inches. 4. The two imperfect but highly suggestive members of D Series seem to stand to those of C Series as the thick- and thin-plated molars of A and B Series, only that the latter do not show the decided larger dimensions we find between D and C Series. Again, just as the second true molar, Pl. XI. fig. 10, was correlated with the last true molars of C Series on the score of dimensions, so we find a proportional agreement between the large molars of C Series and the large upper and lower penultimate molars, Pl. III. figs. 1 and 2. Now such discrepancies suggest the question as to whether we are to assume the previous existence of two forms of Elephant, a small and a large, each displaying cha- racters in last true molars similar to what obtains in other species of Elephant, or to consider the wide differences of the plates specific characters. If we adopt the latter, then the forms indicated by the last true molars would be doubled, which, considering the ridge-formula and crown-constituents, cannot be well admitted. Hypothetically I am disposed, from a consideration of the molars and what obtains in other members of the genus, and from what will appear when I come to consider other portions of the skeleton, to believe that the C and D series and the largest penultimate true molars, Pl. ILL. figs. 1 and 2, belonged to full-grown individuals of the largest form, and that in dimensions their teeth equalled and sometimes exceeded the ordinary dimensions of the penultimate true molar of Elephas antiquus, which usually held the same ridge-formula in from about 8°5 to 9°5 inches. From the foregoing data the ridge-formulas of the molar series are deducible apparently as follows ':— Large Form. Milk-Molars, True Molars. d:8:10-11. 10-11 : 12:; 14-15. Small Form. s Milk-Molars. True Molars. Oe flO = lle HO=01 : 12); 14. III. Cranium. I have no evidence of the configuration of the dome of the cranium in any of the Maltese fossil Elephants. Besides abundant remains of fragments of the skull, including the petrous portions of the temporal bone which contained the internal ear, there is a condyle of the lower jaw (Pl. VIII. fig. 6). It is of the right side, and evidently belonged The two talons are included. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 37 to a full-grown individual. As compared with recent species it shows measurements slightly less than that of an Asiatic Elephant, with the last milk and first true molar in wear. I shall now proceed to describe the maxille of the molars just referred to; but beforehand, by way of comparison between the same points in recent species, it may be stated that the lower maxilla in the Asiatic and African Elephants appears to differ in the following particulars :— 1. Commencing at the condyle, we find a decided neck in the Asiatic, whereas in the African the slope is continuous more or less to the angle without any sudden constriction at the condyle. 2. The outline between the angle and condyle bulges out, or is more convex, in the Asiatic than in the African, where the margin is narrower; so that, if a line be drawn transversely near the base of the coronoid process, it will furnish a relatively greater breadth in the former. 3. The rostrum is more pointed in the African, and the chin and upper jaw are more produced, whilst the diasteme, from being nearly perpendicular in the Asiatic, is at a much lower angle in the African. 4. The coronoid generally is more erect in the African, whilst it is higher, and its apex overhangs more or less in the Asiatic, forming a concave anterior border. This, however, is not constant, as demonstrated by the specimen No. 2846 of the lower jaw of an African Elephant in the Royal College of Surgeons. 5. The dental foramen is larger and more gaping in the Asiatic, and opens out just under the condyle, whilst it is situated lower down in the African. 6. The mentary foramina are usually two in the African, and situated just below the front of the tooth in wear, and invariably at some distance from the border of the dia- steme, near which they are placed in the Asiatic. 7. The symphysial gutter is generally more open and shallow in the African than in the Asiatic or in the Mammoth. The only entire portion of the brain-case is a left exoccipital from Benghisa Gap. It is almost. if not quite, identical in size, and has also many characters in common with one described by Busk'. Its dimensions are:—extreme height 2 inches; breadth at the constricted part above the condyle 1-1 inch; condyloid articular facet 1 by 0:4 inch; surface of the ex-basioccipital synchondrosis 0°6 by 0:4 inch. The cerebellar fossa is very concave, with no well-marked hollow for the lateral sinus. The opening of the paramastoid cells is seemingly not so large as in the Zebbug specimen, and is separated from the cerebellar fossa by a ridge which slopes gradually, not abruptly as in the Zebbug bone. The posterior aspect is flat, especially internally. The margin of the jugular sulcus is very sharp, above which is the thickest part of the bone, it being 0-4 inch. The surface close behind the edge of the jugular sulcus is even, as in the other, and the ex-basioccipital synchondrosis projects well in front. With scarcely an ? Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. p. 272, pl. 52. fig. 42’. 38 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF exception it will be found that this specimen and the other agree; and moreover, as he has pointed out, the same obtains in the African. As to the age of the individual, from the large paramastoid cells it would appear that the owner was not an unborn calf, and probably the penultimate milk-tooth of the smallest form was in use. 1. The portions of left upper and lower jaws, Nos. 91 & 90 (PL. II. figs. 1 & 2), to which reference has been made in the preceding account of the milk-series, are too imperfect for any comparative purposes of importance. The ramus of the lower jaw gives the following :—The depth of the jaw at the middle of the third or penultimate milk-molar and from the alveolar border is nearly 2 inches, and the maximum thickness at the same point is about 1-3 inch; in a ramus of the Asiatic Elephant’ presenting the third milk-molar in full wear (here it is just being invaded), the former is 2-4 inches, and the latter 1-6 inch. 2. The suggestive fragment of a left ramus, lower jaw, No. 41 (Pl. I. fig. 12, and its reduced profile view in Pl. VI. fig. 2), is a cast of a specimen I found in Gandia Fissure with other remains ascribable to the largest form. It contains a nearly worn-out milk- tooth ; the left ramus has been broken off close to the symphysial canal, which, however, is entire and extends posteriorly through the socket of the succeeding tooth, which must have been nearly in full wear. There is no trace of the preceding molar, whilst the con- cave anterior aspect of the alveolar socket of the successor is preserved, giving a depth of 2-3 inches, and indicating, by the breadth of the pressure-scar (0°8 inch) on the posterior aspect of the fragment of the tooth in position, that the former was rapidly replacing it. The following are the dimensions of the jaw :—Height of the ramus at the alveolar border in front 2°7 inches; height at the last ridge 2°5 inches; from the edge of the tooth in front to the middle of the gutter 2°2 inches. The diasteme inclines nearly vertically, with a sharp undulating border curving outwards. Although the rostrum has been broken off, it is quite apparent that it never could have been prominent; and there- fore as regards these two characters the jaw presents a resemblance to the Asiatic. The symphysial canal is broad and shallow, and therefore more like the African Elephant’s. The antero-posterior length of the gutter above is 2°5, and the inferior junction 2 inches. The mentary foramina, as in the African, are large, and situated about half an inch from the free margin of the diasteme. The comparison with recent species gives these instructive data. The dimensions of the lower maxilla of a very young African Elephant agree with the above almost to a nicety, only that the diasteme in the former, although of the same length, is by no means so perpendicular. The stage of growth is represented by the permanent incisors Just appearing at the entrance of their alveoli. The antepenultimate milk-tooth is worn to its common base ; and six ridges of the succeeding molar are in use, the breadth of the base of the skull at the occipital condyles being 4 inches, which would indicate an individual as large as the owner of the atlas, Plate XIII. figs. 1 & la. ‘No. 2668, Osteological Catalogue, Royal College of Surgeons, THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 39 Now the youngest possible stage of dentition ascribable to fig. 12 is that where the penultimate is rapidly disappearing, and several ridges of the last milk-tooth are in full wear. This condition is closely represented in No. 2667, Royal College of Surgeons, showing the cranium of an Asiatic Elephant where the eight anterior ridges of the last milk-molar are in wear, with a fragment of the preceding still remaining. A condition similar to the last is further shown in the well-articutlaed skeleton No. 1602 in the University Museum, Oxford, to which I shall have occasion to allude frequently in the sequel. This specimen gives a height of 3 feet 8°5 inches at the shoulder. In the first the diasteme is 4°3 inches, and height of the alveolar border in front 3-8 inches, thus indicating a jaw of much larger dimensions than fig. 12. There is an interesting comparison to be drawn between the above and the fragment (No. 21310) of a lower ramus of the Elephas antiquus in the Palzontological collection, British Museum. The penultimate milk-molar is in full wear, holding eight ridges in a space of 2-7 inches; evidently the last milk-tooth was also invaded. The height of the ramus at the alveolar border in front of the former is 3°3 inches. From the front of the penultimate molar to the middle of the gutter 2:7 inches, height at the middle of the molar 2-9 inches, thickness at the same point 1-8, length of the cylindrical canal 1-9, height of the alveolus of the three milk-molars 2°8. The diasteme is apparently not so perpendicular as in the fossil. Supposing Plate I. fig. 12 is of the same stage of growth, it represents a still more advanced stage of attrition, and therefore the ramus would be progressing in size; yet in depth and thickness of the jaw, length of diasteme and symphyslal gutter, the former is considerably the larger, but not more so than should obtain in two Elephants differing considerably in size. The comparison, however, does not make the owner of Plate I. fig. 12 a pygmy as compared with that of 21310, B.M. 3. The left lower ramus No. 96 (Plate VI. fig. 4) has lost its condyle ; and the diasteme is broken off close to the front socket a, which is nearly 3 inches in length, with a septum, 6, 0-6 inch thick, dividing it from a posterior alveolus, ¢, about 3°6 inches in length. The greater portion of the coronoid is wanting; and the jaw in general has been considerably denuded; so that there are few reliable measurements obtainable. The contour of the lower border is decidedly like the African Elephant, and precisely like figs. 1 & 3, to which reference will be made presently. Whatever molars may have occupied the empty pits, it is clear, from the great thickness of the septum 6, that the posterior was in germ. ‘The breadth of the jaw, about the middle of the front alveolus, is 1-6 inch, thus greatly exceeding Plate II. fig. 2 ; indeed, as regards the dimensions of the alveoli, the ramus, Pl. VI. fig. 4, might have represented an advanced stage of growth to any of the foregoing, and such as would accommodate the last milk-molar of the smallest form in full wear with the first true molar not yet appearing above the jaw. In all points possible for accurate determination, the above and jaw No. 2668, Royal College of Surgeons, above noticed, come close. Here the penultimate is in full wear, 40 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF with none of the collines of the last milk-molar invaded. I can well believe, therefore, that fig. 4 belonged to a more advanced stage of growth in a much smaller Elephant. Moreover, from the alveoli being dong and narrow, it is also probable that the jaw would not have held the last of the milk-series of the largest form. The posterior portion of the ramus is not sufficiently entire to show whether or not the sulcus (I shall refer to it presently in the old jaw of the smallest form) was present; and the lower anterior portion is far too much injured to allow of comparisons. It would seem, how- ever, that, like the Asiatic, the dental foramen opened immediately under the condyle, as we shall see presently obtainsin the aged jaw, Pl. VI. fig. 1, which, like the one in question, is from Benghisa Gap, so fruitful in remains of the smallest form. 4, The portion of a left ramus, No. 85 (Pl. VI. fig. 3), containing a fragment of a true molar of the smallest form, has unfortunately been injured at the part where a great amount of interest is centred. The jaw altogether is much mutilated. The cylindrical canal is partially preserved, and about 2 inches of the right ramus. The diasteme, however, is destroyed, and the ramus broken across in two places; and although it has been reunited, there is evidently some loss of substances, so that the distance between the alveolar border in front and the gutter is uncertain. What remains of the tooth comprehends the last six ridges. The alveolus, however, is entire; and at its front are the pits for the insertion of the two-pronged anterior fang, and behind them a single hole for the root of the fourth plate, as usually observed in penultimate and last true molars. Altogether the socket of the tooth gives a length of about 6 inches. The posterior talon is flat and concave, showing evident marks of pressure; whilst behind is a large cavity on the floor of which are traces of the dentine and fragments of enamel of agerm molar. All the ridges of the molar, excepting the last, were in wear. The following are the dimensions of the jaw :— The extreme length from the posterior margin of the ascending ramus to the edge of the symphysis is very little over 9 inches. This is allowing for a slight loss at the fracture near the latter. Length of the alveolar border, from the anterior margin of the ascending ramus to the diasteme, 4°8 inches. Height of the alveolar border at the outer edge of the ascending ramus 3 inches. Height of the alveolar border in front, near the diasteme, 3 inches. Transverse diameter at bulge of ramus, below the coronoid, 3 inches. The mandi- bular portion has much of the straight prolonged outline of the African ; and from what remains of the ascending ramus, its outline seems to have been much after the latter and figs. 1&4. The symphysial gutter is shallow, and the chin truncated, with only a very small rostrum. Most probably, from the fang-sockets in front of the alveolus, there was a fragment of the first true molar also in wear. As compared with Pl. VI. fig. 1, this jaw and its molar socket might fairly represent the second true molar of the smallest form in full wear. The measurements of the jaw accord well with that of an Asiatic THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 4] Elephant holding the fragment of a third, and having nine ridges of the fourth milk- molar invaded. 5. [have stated my views as to the teeth in rami Nos. 100 & 101 (PI. V. figs. 1a & 4) being considered penultimate true molars. Both rami are broken oft just in front of the diasteme and at the angle behind. Their coronoid processes were also removed, and the contours of the jaws very much destroyed by the rough usage they received when first deposited in Benghisa Gap; consequently they present few, if any, very reliable measurements. From the base of the coronoid to the commencement of the diasteme is 4-4 inches, which is rather greater than Pl. VI. fig. 3, and equal to that of the jaw (Pl. VI. fig. 1) holding the last true molar. The fragment of diasteme, especially on the left, and the rapidly incurving of the chin would indicate a steep slope to the former, and a truncated aspect to the latter. At the angle posteriorly on the right side there is a deep sulcus, which may be the termination of the sharp border and hollow we shall see is pronounced at 6, Pl. VI. fig. 1. This, however, is not to be looked on as a reliable character as far as Pl. V. fig. 1 is concerned, seeing that the specimen has been severely injured just at the angle of the jaw. 6. The right ramus, No. 95 (Pl. VI. figs. 1 & 1 a), when discovered was nearly entire ; although from rough usage received when fresh, the condyle had been removed, and the jaw fractured, and its fore part bent inwards, so that there is a void between the molar and the alveolus anteriorly. The diasteme was injured; and the symphysial canal was imperfect, in consequence of the opposite ramus having been broken off close toit. The molar, however, as before noticed, is entire ; and there are no traces in the jaw of a pre- decessor or successor; indeed so crowded is it by the long narrow crown, that the pos- terior portion of the latter reaches almost to the entrance of the dental foramen, leaving no space for the capsule of a germ molar. The following measurements of the jaw were procured immediately after the mandible was removed from Benghisa Gap. Since then, from the exceedingly friable nature of the specimen, the greater portion of its anterior extremity has been destroyed during transit from Malta. The extreme length, from the posterior margin of the ascending ramus to the edge of the symphysis, is about 10-6 inches. This admeasurement is somewhat vitiated in con- sequence of the fracture. Length of the alveolar border, from the anterior margin of the ascending ramus to the diasteme 5:5 inches. Breadth of the ascending ramus in a line with the alveolar border 4:5 inches. Height of the alveolar border at the outer edge of the ascending ramus 3°5 inches. Height of the alveolar border in front near the diasteme 3°8 inches. Length of the diasteme 5:8 inches. Vertical height of ascending ramus to the neck of the condyle 6 inches. Transverse diameter at bulge of ramus below the coron‘id apophysis 3°5 inches. VoL. Ix.—PART I. November, 1874. G 42 MR. A. L, ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF Length of crown surface in wear 3°2 inches. Length of the symphysial gutter 2:2 inches. The injuries unfortunately have materially destroyed many important characters of this instructive jaw; however, the following are apparent. In the outline of the lower border, with reference to the ascending ramus and prolonged fore part, there is a decided resemblance to the jaws, figs. 3 & 4 of the same Plate, and, consequently to E. antiquus and the African Elephant. The diasteme not being preserved, we can only surmise from the fragment ¢, in front of fig. 1, that, like the Asiatic, E. antiquus, and - fig. 2, it was nearly vertical. The symphysial canal is shallow; and the chin is trun- cated, without a trace of a beak or rostrum of any size, just as we have seen obtains in all the preceding. The coronoid apophysis rises perpendicularly, with slight beetling over of its crest; and the dental foramen opens just under the neck, which is also a general character of the Asiatic species. In Mr. Busk’s description of the characters of the jaw of his Elephas melitensis, lie points out a shallow sulcus’ on the narrow posterior border of the ascending ramus behind the dentalforamen. ‘This character is well seen in the African skull, 2845 Royal College of Surgeons, forming a sharp border along the margin of the ascending ramus, and is also very apparent at 0, fig. 1, forming a pronounced hollow on the posterior margin. Unfortunately none of the other jaws I have referred to the small form of Elephant, excepting Pl. V. fig. 14, have the portions of their ascending rami preserved, so as to confirm the character; but the fact of its presence in a ramus from Zebbug and Ben- ghisa Gap would seem to place beyond a doubt that it is a regular condition, at all events in the smallest of the Maltese Elephants. With reference, therefore, to the comparative characters of the above jaw, there is apparently a strange commingling of the characters of the Elephas antiquus and the two recent species, which is further illustrated by the bones to be described, As regards relative dimensions—in length, thickness, depth along the alveolar border, and height of ascending ramus, the above and a lower jaw of the Asiatic Elephant, No. 2667 in the Royal College of Surgeons, come very near each other. The latter contains the last milk-molar in nearly full wear, with a fragment of the preceding still in use, which, according to the ordinary specimens, would indicate an individual not over 5 feet in height, if quite as much, and of the dimensions of the Hlephas melitensis of Falconer and Busk’. 7, The very interesting but, unfortunately, imperfect lower ramus No. 36 (Pl. IX. fig. 1), the molar of which I have doubtfully referred to the last of the dental series of ' Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. p. 236. * As regards Dr. Falconer’s estimate of the height of the pygmy fossil Elephant of Malta, he says “it stood between a large tapir and the small unicorn rhinoceros of Java” (Paleont. Mem. vol. ii. p. 299). Mr. Busk computes the height of his intermediate-sized dwarf Elephant at about 55 inches (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. Table y. opp. p. 306). THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 48 the smallest form, is in such an imperfect condition as to scarcely admit of any very accurate measurements. The breadth of the ascending ramus, in a line with the alveolar border, is neue 2°6 inches. The height of the alveolar border at the outer edge of the ascending ramus is 2°8 inches. The vertical height of the ascending ramus, to the neck of the condyle, is 4:5 inches. There is one point, irrespective of size, in which this jaw seems to differ from any other specimen in my collection, viz. in the bulging of the ascending ramus posteriorly so apparent in the Mammoth and Asiatic. This is very evident by comparing the above with Pl. VI. figs. 1 & 4. The jaw, moreover, in comparison with the short narrow tooth, is very deep—much deeper, indeed, than that of the recent species, where the penulti- mate milk-tooth is in full wear, and the individual is fully 4-5 feet in height; whereas another (No. 28, 114) in the Royal College of Surgeons, with the antepenultimate and part of the penultimate milk-molars in use, is also proportionally very much smaller, although the height of the animal is said to have been 3 feet. 8. The fragment of a left lower ramus, No. 42 (Pl. XI. figs. 10 & 10a), containing a penultimate true molar, referred to the largest form, has been broken across imme- diately behind the coronoid apophysis, and obliquely in front of the tooth, but in such a way that a fragment of the posterior part of the cylindrical canal remains just as observed in the rami Pl. V. fig. 1. The anterior border of the coronoid has been recently spared’ but there is no diffi- culty in supplying the deficiency; so it will be apparent that the process is high, rising fairly erect, with some overhanging of the front, which is thick as in the recent species. The diasteme (Pl. XI. fig. 10a) is decidedly almost vertical. The lower and ‘side por- tions of the jaw have been much injured; and therefore the following may be somewhat less than had obtamed. The height of the jaw at the commencement of the diasteme is 5:8 inches, at the base of the coronoid process in front 3°7 inches; height of the coronoid process 3°35 inches. The surface of attrition is 4-6 inches; but it is just possible that a small fragment of the preceding tooth was also in wear. 9. The first upper true molar of the largest elephant (Pl. VIII. fig. 5) was found in a skull which had also the lower jawand teeth in place. Unfortunately the latter were destroyed during the process of removal. I ascertained, however, beforehand, that the height of the ramus in front of the lower molars, as compared with the same in the jaw in Pl. VI. fig. 1, stood as 4°5 to 3:8 inches. Consequently the former belonged to the largest form, as further borne out by the ridge-formula and other characters of the teeth; whilst Pl. VI. fig. 1, we have seen, held the last true molar of the pygmy elephant. G2 44 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF The fragment No. 74 of the collection, of a lower jaw, contains portion of a last milk- tooth in use, and the germ of the succeeding one in place: both are imperfect ; but from the height of the collines of the latter, I should be inclined to regard this specimen as representing the above stage of growth. The fragment furnishes no useful measure- ments as far as the jaw is concerned. 10. The portion of a cranium No. 86 (PI. IV. fig. 1) holds what appear to be the two last true molars of the smallest form. As far as comparisons go, it is slightly larger than No. 87, another but less perfect portion of a skull found close to it in Benghisa Gap. The former has been considerably injured and rolled; and, excepting the relative distances between the molars, and a fragment of the left jaw showing the malar attach- ment of the zygomoid process and a portion of the floor of the orbital and temporal fosse, there is nothing of importance to record excepting the dental characters, which have been fully discussed. The molars are placed obliquely, approximating in front and diverging behind. The intervening space in front is 1-4 inch, at the middle 1°3 inch, and posteriorly 2:5 inches, the extreme breadth of the jaw at the middle of the crowns being 4:7 inches. From the roof of the palate to the crown surface of the teeth is 2 inches. The length of the palate is 7-5 inches. The height of the jaw from the alveolar border to the floor of the orbit in front is 2 inches. The roof of the latter is not clearly indicated. 11. No. 87 furnishes no important data beyond its teeth, the fragment of the skull having been much injured. The breadth of the jaw across the crowns at the middle is 4 inches. From the posterior nares to the front of the right tooth is 4°3 inches. The dimensions of these two jaws, as compared with recent species, are precisely in accord with the lower, No. 95 (Pl. VI. fig. 1); so that the upper jaw of 2667, Royal College of Surgeons, holding a fragment of the penultimate, with six ridges of the last milk-molar, in wear, not only gives almost identical measurements as regards the breadth of the jaw, but shows the same surface in wear. They differ, however, to a marked extent in regard to the “distance between the floor of the orbit and the alveolar border,” which is 3°3 inches in the recent specimen. Now, seeing that there is a very pronounced difference in the two recent species in this respect, just as they differ in the contour of the calvarium; it might therefore be assumed that the pygmy Maltese Elephant partook of the shorter admeasurements of the African, and, like it, presented a more prominent upper maxilla, as evinced by the relatively shorter measurement in the above situation. 12. A fragment of the jaw of a large elephant from Mnaidra Gap (No. 107, collec- tion) is unfortunately of very little value for comparative purposes, unless to show that the owner was a fair-sized elephant, the proportions roughly estimated being about THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS, 45 equal to those of an Asiatic Elephant’s lower jaw holding the second true molar in full wear. Summary.—The above data with regard to the cranium support the inferences drawn from a study of the molars. As regards characters, it seems that the posterior contour of the lower jaw, in the smaller form at all events, partook much of that of the African, but was similar to the Asiatic in the chin, which was truncated, with a high diasteme, and scarcely any rostrum. As regards dimensions, if the comparison between the jaws and recent species is of any value, it appears that the lower mandible of the smaller form attained the dimensions of that of the Asiatic where the last milk-molar is in full wear, and that the lower mandible of the largest form often equalled that of a full- grown but small individual of the recent Elephants holding the second true molar, which would ordinarily give a height of nearly 5 feet to the former, and about 7 feet to the latter. III. Sryio-Hyo1p. A remarkably interesting specimen, to all appearance of an adult state of growth, is represented by Pl. XV. fig. 10 (natural size). It is the left stylo-hyoid of a very small elephant, and was found in Benghisa Gap.. As compared with similar bones of the recent species in the British Museum and Royal College of Surgeons, the above differs widely in dimensions. Of a skeleton of the Asiatic Elephant, No. 707/ of the Osteo- logical Catalogue of the British Museum, where the last milk-molar is in full wear, and the tusk protruding 7 inches beyond the alveolus, the entire length is 5-5 inches; the cranial facet is 0°5 by 0-2 inch, the latter in fig. 10 being 0:5 by 0°3 inch. The greatest breadth of fig. 10 at a is 0-7, that of the above being 1 inch. Altogether in comparison there is a marked difference in dimensions; and when we know that fig. 10 could not have belonged to a fcetal individual, it will be conceded that its owner must have been a diminutive form of Elephant. ‘The specimen differs from the two instances above recorded in the prominence of the ridge at a, the relatively shorter neck at 6, a larger cranial facet, and the rounding of the long arm, which is flat in the Asiatic Elephant. IV. VERTEBRAL CoLuMN. The mature bones referable to the vertebral column are divisible into two groups easily determinable on the score of size. I shall describe only such as indicate by the complete consolidation of epiphyses that they belonged to adult, if not aged, elephants. 1. The only specimen of an atlas is represented in Pl. XIII. figs. 1, la, & 16, which, in comparison with the fragments in the Zebbug collection, assigned by Busk to the Elephas melitensis and E. falconeri, gives the following data. I have also placed in the Table measurements of the atlas of a very young Asiatic Elephant, by way of contrast, - to show the diminutive dimensions of the owners of the Maltese atlases. 46 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF Antero- Anterior | Posterior | Vertebral | Odontoid | posterior | Breadth Height. | Breadth.| facet. facet. canal, canal, | of trans- | of condy- verse | loid cup. process. inches. | inches. inches, inches. inches, inches. | inches. | inches. E. melitensis (Busk) ........ 3°5 (2) 25x 1:8 2-4 (Tr. Z. 8. vol. vi. p. 238.) E. falconeri (Busk) .....--- 3:0 5:0! |16x0°8)|15x1:0 1:04 33 (Tr. Z. 8. vol. vi. p. 251.) Plate KLE fie Utes cheats ret ig 38 62 |21x1:3)18x1:0)1:3x1:3)0-7x11} 2:3 4-2? Nos29723; Ri @288 2.2.0.5: 38 6:0 1:9x1:4}16x 1:5 2:0)1:0x1:3 45 (Asiatic.) The three views of the atlas (PI. XIII. figs. 1, la & 6) are given chiefly with the inten- tion of showing the mode of insertion of a, the upper arch of the transverse process, and also the general contour of the lower border, and outline of the vertebral and odontoid canals, the same being observed in £. antiquus, also in the African Elephant, as pointed out by Busk in connexion with the fragments from which he established characters referable to his E. melitensis in contradistinction to the fragment* he has assigned to the E. falconeri, which, he considers, displays the peculiarities of the Asiatic. In con- sideration of the difference in size between fig. 1 and the fragments ascribed to E. meli- tensis and E. falconeri of Busk, were it not for the obstacles just stated, I should be inclined to attribute the discrepancies to individual differences in size, seeing that rela- tively there is less difference in dimensions between the extremes than obtains in indi- viduals of the recent and other fossil species. The portion of a spinal column (Pl. XI. fig. 9) was found close to the jaw and molars (Pl. IX. figs. 1 & 2, and Pl. II. fig. 10). Here seven of the upper dorsal verte- bree are included in a space of 9 inches, and present all the characters of an aged indi- vidual. Unfortunately they were much injured during the process of removal, from the very stiff stalagmitic matrix in which they were embedded, their neural arches being lost; the bodies, however, are fairly preserved, of which the first and fourth dorsal are shown (natural size) in Pl. IX. fig. 3 & 4. These and the other vertebre in Pl. XI. fig. 9, as compared with the far more perfect seventh cervical and middle dorsal de- * Are computed. > There is a skull of an Asiatic Elephant in the Royal College of Surgeons, London, showing the penultimate milk-molar nearly in full wear, with a breadth from the outer margins of each condyle almost identical with fig. 1. * Unfortunately the skull of this very young elephant has not been preserved; but, by computations made from the long bones, I reckon its height to have been about 4 feet at the shoulder, The atlas has the centre of the arch unossified, and the lower arch, with the two centres of ossification, joined by cartilage, with no epiphyses on the transverse processes, the vertebral foramen for vessels being incomplete. This atlas is slightly larger than that of the articulated skeleton in Oxford University Museum, with its third and fourth milk-molars in use, the height at the shoulder being nearly 4 feet. * Trans. Zool, Soc. vol. vi. p. 253. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 47 scribed by Busk', give rather smaller dimensions, but nothing in any way remarkable. I have, moreover, bodies of detached yertebre, mostly from Benghisa Gap, somewhat larger than the Zebbug specimens, whilst that of Pl. X. fig. 5 is considerably smaller than any of the above. hibs.—The heads of the ribs (Pl. IX. figs. 6, 6a, & 7) offer several very cogent proofs of the small dimensions of one form of the Maltese elephants. ‘The articular epiphyses in fig. 6 are completely consolidated. The same parts, with the tubercle, of fig. 7 have been injured; but a fragment of the former remains, and shows sufficiently, in common with the second rib, that both belonged to adult, if not aged, elephants. The comparison between fig. 6 and the same rib of Elephas melitensis of Busk? furnishes the following data :— (1) Largest diameter of head (fig. 6) 0°8 inch: Zebbug (fig. 8), 1 inch. (2) Short diameter of head (fig. 6) 0-7 inch: Zebbug, 0°85 inch. (3) Distance between inner border of head and outer surface of the tubercle (fig. 6) 1:7 inch: Zebbug, 2 inches. The two agree in outline, with the exception that the neck of the Zebbug specimen is longer. As shown in fig. 6a, there is a deep pit, which is also present in the Zebbug and the Asiatic, and mayhap in the African, but not so pronounced. As regards a rib of a very aged individual of the Asiatic in the Royal College of Surgeons, this fossa is relatively smaller. With reference to other characters, in comparison with the second rib in recent species the same narrow anterior margin is common to them; but I think, as far as fig. 6 is concerned, that the outer surface of the tubercle is broader than in the Asiatic Elephant. With reference to fig. 7, its nearly horizontal neck is cha- racteristic of the third rib, to which I have little doubt it belonged. Moreover there is every evidence of its claims to be considered not only the bone of an adult, but, as far as the description and figure go, I am much inclined to associate it with the equally imperfect specimen ascribed by Busk to his E. falconeri*. Both display pre- cisely the same characters; and the absence of the pit and rotundity between the head and tubercle is only what obtains in other species. The particular characters assigned to the Zebbug specimen are precisely what obtain in the above, and, in con- junction with the decided horizontal neck, seem to me to place both together. I would therefore consider them either the third or fourth ribs; and as far as the dimensions of fig. 7 are concerned, all might have belonged to the same individual. Mr. Busk does not give the dimensions of the Zebbug specimen; but, judging from the figure, I should imagine that it is slightly smaller than fig. 7‘. 1 Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. vi. pl. 46. figs. 9 & 10. * Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. pl. 45. fig. 8. 3 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. pl. 51. fig. 37. * The second and third ribs of 2723 n, Royal College of Surgeons (referred to with the atlas) haye no epiphyses, but, as far as dimensions go, are about the same as figs. 6 & 7; and its dorsal vertebre are of about the same dimensions as those of fig. 9, Pl. XI., only all the epiphyses are easily detached. . 48 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF 2. The largest vertebre in my collection represent the cervical (Pl. XI. fig. 7) and the first dorsal, shown in Pl. X. fig. 1. The upper cervical of fig. 7 is possibly the third, and has the body more or less perfect throughout, with the loss of every thing else save a portion of the transverse process. It is convex anteriorly and concave posteriorly, and gives the following measurements :— inches. Heéightyof body: »-. psitg, peres ies epee gedee Breadthwof body | 1x) ‘egies eee. TS aes 48 Thicknessof; body: io% \ ofe! tet (sent se AR eG Breadth across at the transverse processes . . . . 90 The other is somewhat larger, and may be the fourth or one of the succeeding vertebre of the neck; its body only is preserved, and affords about the same admea- surements as the last. The first dorsal (Pl. X. fig. 1) has only its body and the costal facets preserved. It shows the same characters as the above; only the posterior aspect is less concave: indeed, as proportions go, the three may have belonged to the same individual ; more- over they were found close together. The dimensions of the first dorsal vertebra are as follows—height 4:2 inches, breadth 4-5 inches, thickness 1°8 inch. Three middle dorsal vertebre of an elephant of about the same size are shown in Pl. XI. fig. 8. Here the transverse processes and intervertebral substances are completely ossified, and show the owners to have been aged elephants. As compared with recent species, these cervical and dorsal vertebra equal specimens of the Asiatic Elephant in the Royal College of Surgeons, the Guy’s Hospital Museum, and the Army Hospital Museum at Netley, the heights of which skeletons vary from 6°5 to 7 feet at the withers. My collection displays other detached vertebre of adult elephants somewhat smaller than the above, with an average height of 3 inches, breadth of 3-5 inches, and thickness of about 1°8 inch. Pl. X. fig. 4 represents, possibly, a middle dorsal vertebra, showing a rather pecu- liar triangular-shaped body, with its rib-facets and transverse processes entire. The anterior costal facet is 1:7 by 1 inch, the posterior 1:7 by 1:5 inch, and thickness 1:6 inch ; the spine is 55 inches. Supposing this to be the ninth dorsal, as it appears to be, it would represent an Asiatic Elephant of the height of the skeleton 2677 a, Royal College of Surgeons, which is computed to have been about 6 feet in height. Several caudal bones in the collection agree with the relative dimensions of the vertebre. hibs.—The two heads of ribs (Pl. X. figs. 2 & 3) well represent aged individuals. The former is most probably a fifth, and displays the two facets « and 6, which, as far as dimensions are concerned, might have articulated with the vertebre Pl. XI. fig. 8. The other (fig. 3), with its single circular facet, evidently belonged to a posterior THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 49 dorsal vertebra. There is another single facet on a head of about the same dimensions, besides fragments of the bedies of ribs; all are in keeping with the largest vertebra. V. PEtyis. Although abundant fragments of pelvic bones were met with in the ossiferous deposits, in conjunction with spinal vertebre and long bones, showing in several cases that entire carcasses had been introduced, it was difficult to obtain portions sufficiently preserved for determination. For example, the femurs from Mnaidra Gap (Pl. XIV. figs. 1 & 2) lay apparently in situ, as their acetabula were found close to the heads; and the same was observed in other situations, more particularly in Benghisa Gap, which produced so many remains of the smaller forms. After numerous failures, however, I at last succeeded in saving the portion of a left os innominatum, represented in Pl. XV. figs. 9 & 9a. It was found in the latter deposit in conjunction with what had evidently been at least the greater part of a skeleton. The fissures crossing the acetabulum indicate fractures occasioned during removal, and, being in a weak part of the bone, have more or less followed the course of the original lines of junction of its three elements. When the above has been carefully compared with the specimen figured and described by Mr. Busk* as portion of the pelvis of Z. falconeri, the following differences will appear in their dimensions. 7 Zebbug ilium. SEY SEA a |(Tr.Z. 8. a = pl. 50. fig. 31.) inches. inches, Wiadthy of/acetabnlumy) (inside) ita cltcnrreya bts vare ds «dctemters) The fragment of skull (PI. I. fig. 18), the fore-foot bones (Pl. XXT. figs. 1 to 7), also scapula (fig. 8), humerus and ulna (figs. 9 & 10), the fragment of vertebral arch (fig. 11), the rib (fig. 12), tibia (fig. 13), larger tibia (fig. 14), and radius (fig. 15) were all found jammed together under a large stone in Benghisa Gap. Sce my Work on Malta, page 189, * Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. p. 280, pl. 47. figs. 18, 19. * Thid. p. 281. no. 19. * Thid. p. 281. no. 18. * Thid. fig. 40, p. 277. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 57 The young ulne of thé collection (Pl. XXI. figs. 10, 16, & 17) furnish a few important differences individually, and also in relation to the above and the Zebbug specimens. I think there is every liklihood that the humerus and forearm-bones (figs. 9 & 10) belonged to the same individual. The olecranon-ridge, like that of the much older bone (Pl. X. fig. 9), is remarkably sharp, like the Asiatic, whereas the same in figs. 16 & 17 is blunt and rounded as in the African; and, considering relative dimensions, they seem to point to specific characters. With reference to the ulna fig. 10, which, with the exception of its distal epiphysis and the usual morsel on the top of the olecranon, is entire, com- pared with the uterine ulna of the African Elephant’ just mentioned it is half an inch shorter. With reference to the humeral aspect (fig. 10 @) it will be observed :—1st, that the curve for the head of the radius is not quite so shallow as in the African; 2nd, that in proportion the outer facet is much smaller than in either of the recent species and Mammoth, but more like that of Pl. X. fig. 9a and the same part in the Z. meli- tensis of Busk*. Altogether, with the exception of the anterior hollow for the shaft of the radius, so pronounced in fig. 9, the two are much alike. With reference to all these young ulne, including the Zebbug bones referred by Busk to E. melitensis and E. falconeri, there are several important comparisons to be drawn, which appear to me to point towards the presence of at least two different forms. 1. The posterior angle of Pl. X. fig. 9 and Pl. XXI. fig. 10 is sharp, whereas it is rounded in figs. 16 & 17. 2. The anterior aspect of the shaft in Pl. X. fig. 9 is hollowed out down the middle, which is not the case in any of the others excepting Pl. XXI. fig. 16. 3. The radial pit is very deep in Pl. X. fig. 9, and comparatively shallow in all the others. 4. Just under the pit from which the radial sulcus proceeds in the matured bone, we find the same part concave at ¢ in fig. 16 and flat in figs. 10 and 17. 5. The external humeral facet is not remarkably small in Pl. X. fig. 9a; but it is relatively small in Pl. XXTI. fig. 10 a, and perhaps in figs. 16 and17. In none, however, is it so much aborted as shown by Busk to be the case in his L. falconeri’. 6. But fig. 16 seems to differ from all in the radial sulcus (¢) running more obliquely down the front of the shaft, whilst its distal epiphysis (16 @) indicates a much larger articular surface than that of the foetal African Elephant just referred to. Again fig. 17 is a still larger bone than either. In conclusion, it is just possible that figs. 16 and 17 may belong to the large, and fig. 10 to the small form; at all events, as compared with each other and much older bones, they apparently add to the proofs of the existence of two species of Maltese fossil Elephants, which is further shown by the older small and large radii and ulne, which, ‘ Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. p. 275. no. 36. Its length is 4-1 inches and breadth of head in front 1-2 inch, the antero-posterior length of its internal side being 1:5 inch. ? Ibid. vi. p. 245, 3 Thid. pl. 49. fig. 28 a. VOL. IX.—PART I. November, 1874. I 58 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF considered on the score of dimensions and characters, seem to go hand in hand with these young bones. VIII. Femur. The differences between the femurs of the African and Asiatic Elephants have been pointed out by Mr. Busk in respect of their connexions with the Maltese forms’; the only question becomes how far a series of specimens of the African Elephant would substantiate the characters represented by the only available instance in the British Museum. The prominence or otherwise of ridges dependent on age must of course be always taken into account, and also the length of time the individual has been in captivity. I apprehend, moreover, that the age for the consolidation of the epiphyses (of the extremities in particular) is much influenced by conditions of life. The African Elephant’s skeleton (7084) in the British Museum, although that of a full-grown animal, with the penultimate true molar in wear, has the epiphyses of the long bones detachable, although the individual is said to have been killed in its native haunts ; the same obtains in the case of the Chuny ; indeed it would seem that even in a wild state the consolidation is not ordinarily completed until the last true molar cuts the gum ; consequently the bones I am now about to describe must in general be considered as belonging to aged individuals. The specimens of femurs of adult Elephants in my collection seem to me to be capable of division into two series. A Series—The larger is represented by several specimens, differing somewhat in dimensions, as follows :— Specimen @ showed a portion of the upper part of a right femur found in Mnaidra Gap, the head of which gave a circumference of 15 inches, with a breadth across the latter and great trochanter of 9°5 inches. Here the epiphyses were completely con- solidated. Specimen 4, right side, from the same situation, was found entire, but unfortunately came to be disturbed and broken before I could take the exact length of the bone, of which the head and lower condyles are shown in Pl. XI. figs. 5 & 6; however, I sur- mised it may have been about 33 inches, or, in other words, of almost the precise mea- surements of that of the Sumatran Elephant in the British Museum. Thus the diameter of the head (fig. 5) was 4:2 inches, least transverse diameter of the shaft 2-9, antero- posterior diameter at the same point 2°3, least circumference 9, transverse diameter of head with trochanter 9, transverse diameter at the line of the lower epiphyses (fig. 6) 5:8, transverse diameter of condyles 5, middle of patellar sulcus 2:4 inches. Specimen c. The next, as regards dimensions, are the portions of right and left femurs, of evidently the same individual, shown in Pl. XIV. figs. 1 & 2. The head of fig. 2 is not shown in the Plate; and the lower condyles and portion of the shaft of fig. 1 were not discovered. Close to the above lay the entire tibia (Pl. XV. fig. 1), with its ‘ Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. p. 248. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 59 astragalus (Pl. XVI. fig. 1) attached to the distal extremity by calcareous matter ; so that by almost actual measurement I computed the aggregate length of these two limb- bones to have been about 41 inches—that is, supposing them to belong to the same individual. Reverting to Pl. XIV. fig. 1, although the epiphysial junction is traceable on the head and trochanter major, still the bone, on comparisom with the same in recent species, must be considered to have belonged to a full-grown individual; indeed the epiphyses are far more consolidated than obtains in the African specimen (708 h, B.M.) and the Chuny. Besides what the representation affords, the following measurements refer to fig. 1 :— circumference of the head 12 inches, girth of neck 9°5, girth at a 12, at 0 7:7, and at ce 8:5 inches; transverse diameter of articulating surface of head, by tape 6-7, and by compass 4 inches. Specimen d, the right lower extremity (Pl. XIV. figs. 2 & 2a) enables us to determine the probable length of the femur fig. 1. The one in question was entire, but was broken across within eight inches of the distal extremity during removal. The antero-posterior length of the outer condyle (by tape) is 7°8 inches, and of the inner 8-6, the girth at the epiphysial junction a being 14°5, and at 6 8°8. These three femurs are identical as regards characters, although they differ considerably in dimensions; fig. 1, in all its measurements, equals the same parts of 707A, B.M., with the last milk-tooth in wear and all the epiphyses of the long bones disunited. Thus, from fig. 1 upwards to the largest, there are gradations representing three feet difference in the height of individuals; and yet, after all, other points being equal, that is no remarkable disparity as compared with individual differences in recent species. But although agreeing in all these respects with immature bones of the latter, it is highly probable, as will be shown presently, that the Maltese fossil Elephants showed relatively broader bones than in either of the living Elephants and the Mammoth. B Series.—The right femur (Plate XIV. figs. 3 & 3a) was discovered in Benghisa Gap. The shaft had been greatly crushed and flattened by compression between blocks of stones when deposited in the gully; but the condyles are not much injured, and, with the exception of the head and neck, its length is entire. Mr. Busk computes the femur of his Elephas melitensis to have varied between 18 and 20 inches; I have just surmised that the thigh-bone of the largest form attained a length of 33 inches. Making allowances for the loss of the proximal end, we may believe that the one in question, which is 20°5 inches as it now stands, was 22 or 23 when entire. Now these differences in dimensions in old bones make the extremes differ very much in size, more especially the largest and smallest, the latter of which, according to Busk’s computation, showed a femur of only 1 foot or 13 inches in length’. As regards fig. 3, there can be no question whatever that it belonged to an aged individual, seeing that the condyloid 1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. p. 265, and pl. 50. fig. 30. As far, however, as I can make out, the determination of the femur of this very diminutive form rests entirely on specimens by no means entire, and without their epiphyses. 12 60 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF epiphyses are completely consolidated ; moreover the solution of continuity at its upper extremity is through solid bone. The inner and posterior aspects of both condyles are somewhat abraded, so that the outer condyloid pit or fissure appears, in fig. 3a, a little wider than natural. Unfortunately the shaft has been too much crushed to permit of any reliable data being obtained. The antero-posterior length of the outer condyle (by tape) is 6°5 inches, and the internal 7:4; girth at the epiphysial junction a, 11-5, and breadth 4:2; transverse diameter of condyles 3:6. Summary.—A comparison between the members of A Series and the same bone of the African and Asiatic afford the following characters :— 1. The saddle-shaped depression between the trochanter and head, and the length of the neck, in the Mammoth and Asiatic Elephant as compared with the large trochanter major and short intervening hollow of the African are remarkably apparent in Pl. XIV. fig. 1, just as the character of the intercondyloid pit and convergence of the condyles more resemble the African than the Asiatic’. Again, the digital pit, which is deep in the Asiatic and the Mammoth, is shallow in fig. 1, and also in the African. The condyles of the two latter also agree in being more unequal in length and having a narrower interspace than the Asiatic and EL. primigenius, whilst a section across the condyles of the Maltese specimens at the epiphysial junction displays a concave base and large heavy internal angle (Pl. XI. fig. 6) of the African as compared with the more equilateral sides of the Asiatic. 2. Turning to the shaft, like the African our fossil has the posterior aspect of the shaft flat; however, the rudimentary trochanter minor on the posterior and internal angle is quite developed, the same being apparently wanting in the African; there is, moreover, a decided rudimentary third trochanter. Altogether the femur may be said to partake, as regards its head, of the Asiatic, whilst the trochanteric pit, shaft, and condyles resemble the African. (B Series.) With reference to the femur (Pl. XIV. figs. 3 & 3a), unfortunately there is little in a sufficient state of integrity to admit of accurate comparisons, excepting the condyles. These do not seem to differ from the large form and E. africanus; the patellar sulcus (fig. 3a), however, would seem to be deeper than 2a. Again, in the large form and also the Asiatic and Mammoth, the anterior surface, just above the condyles, is narrow as compared with the African; and the femur (fig. 3) suddenly deepens at the point , forming a digital pit and flat surface, whereas at bin fig. 2 it is shallower with a rounded surface. Young and immature Femora. 1. The specimen shown by PI. XXI. fig. 18 represents the proximal extremity, and, as far as characters are concerned, seems to me an exact resemblance of the adult femur Plate XIV. fig. 1. * See these distinctions in Cuvier, Ossem. Fossil. pl. xi., and Blainyille, Osteograph. vol. iii. pl. vi., and British-Museum specimen 708 h, THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 61 Although the head and great trochanter are wanting, it is apparent that the contour of these parts, as in the above, resembles the Asiatic Elephant rather than the African, as seen by the relative breadth of the head and the shallower digital pit. Again, like the African, it is flat on the posterior aspect; and the rudimentary trochanter minor a, as in the old bone, forms a rough prominence on the posterior and internal border. Further, looking at the epiphysial surface and its outline as compared with those of EZ. falconert of Busk', it seems to me that the pronounced hollow caused by the pre- trochanteric fossa in them has no such character in fig. 18, which, in the outline of its head at the same point, resembles the adult bone Pl. XIV. fig. 1, and the feetal African femur in the British Museum, figured by Busk’. As to the outline of the same part in HL. melitensis (Busk)*, the bone in question is still more dissimilar, except that both have their anterior surface rounded. Therefore, whatever form Pl. XIV. fig. 1 belongs to, the same type, I apprehend, is Pl. XXI. fig. 18. 2. The next specimen represents about three and a half inches of the distal end of a left femur belonging to a larger individual than the last. It has the rounded shaft and general characters of a young bone. Instead of having the flat surface anteriorly close to the epiphysisat 4,as shown in Pl. XIV. fig. 3, it is rounded as at 6 in fig. 2 of the same Plate; whilst the lower epiphysial surface shows a longer outline for the internal con- dyles, as obtains in the adult and in the African. I therefore cannot disassociate this fragment from that of Pl. XIV. figs. 1 & 2 and the last, or, in other words, from the large form. TX. Tisia. The materials for determination under this head are confined entirely to the large form. 1. The almost perfect left tibia (Pl. XV. fig. 1) most probably belongs, as just stated, to the femur Pl. XIV. fig. 1, inasmuch as both lay close together, and when approxi- mated to the condyles of the right side (Pl. XIV. figs. 2 & 2a) they fit exactly, so as to lead to a belief that a skeleton was deposited in the flesh. The specimen (PI. XV. fig. 1) is entire as regards length, but was injured during removal, yet not to the extent to prevent the preserving of the following data:—Breadth of upper condyles is 5-3 inches, breadth of external depression 2:5 by 2-4, breadth of internal depression 3-1 by 2°5, girth at middle of shaft 7. The astragaloid aspect is 3:2 by 2°6. The latter is somewhat injured and imperfect; but fortunately the distal extremity of the right tibia (figs. 2 & 2a) supplies the defect. 2. The latter represents a profile and lower view, to which was attached in the same way as in fig 1 an astragalus of precisely the same dimensions; indeed, in all probability, all belonged to the same individual. 3. Fig. 3 represents the proximal articulation of a right tibia somewhat smaller than 1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. p. 267. * Ibid. p. 277. no. 38a. * Thid. p. 267. 62 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF the two just noticed. There is a recent transverse fracture of its shaft, by which about an inch has been broken off; however, I ascertained the following admeasurements beforehand—entire length 13 inches, girth of middle of shaft 5°6, breadth of lower articulating surface 2°8. These three tibiz belonged unquestionably to adult elephants; and it will appear that the largest (figs. 1 & 2) belonged to an individual somewhat larger than that of fig. 3. From the closer proximity of the femoral condyles in the African than in the Asiatic and Mammoth, there is consequently a smaller intercondyloid fissure ; we should therefore also expect a corresponding convergence of the tibial cups, and that the dividing ridge will be narrower. Now all the characters of the African are apparent in the fossils just described. Moreover, in comparison with the Asiatic, it would appear that the tibia of the African is relatively shorter, at least as far as the single skeleton in the British Museum is compared with an Asiatic of about the same relative age. A small concavity between the spine and external cup, close to the head, is apparent in certain specimens of the Asiatic, but is wanting in the single African and in the fossils. As to the distal extremity, excepting a greater obliquity of the fibular facet in the African and the fossils than in the Asiatic, there do not seem any marked differences in the outlines of the astragaloid surface, further than, perhaps, that the African has it more oval than the Asiatic, whereas the surface fig. 2@ has an outline intermediate in form and more like that of the Mammoth. The spine is rounded, and the anterior angle of the shaft is barely traceable to the inner malleolus; consequently the middle and lower third in front are well rounded. On the posterior aspect there is a deep concavity below the head; and both outer and inner angles are pronounced on each side: the former can be easily followed to the outer malleolus, whilst the latter is scarcely so well defined, but still traceable. These peculiarities I shall revert to presently in discussing the characters of the young bone: they are present in the Asiatic tibia; but, if any thing, the internal is the more defined. As compared with the same bone in the following, it would seem that, although much less in length, its facets are even larger than those of the Sumatran, B.M. By com- parison, I find the tibia of the latter and the admeasurements of Plate XV. figs. 1 & 2 to stand thus :— | Antero- Antero- eT Breadth posterior | posterior | Girth | breadt c Length.| across | diameter diameter | at mid-/| and antero- Beng head. |and breadth | and breadth| shaft. | posterior 4 lof outer cup.|of inner cup. diameter. oe Sere —E—————EE ES inches. | inches.| inches. inches. inches. inches. inches. Sumatran, BSMy is. /2: samen. tie 21 55 | 20x25 | 30x25 | 7:5 | 32x24)] 2x8 Maltese (Pl. XV. figs. 1 & 2) ....| 14:2 5:8 | 2:°2x2:5 | 32x25 72 | 33x26 2x1 Even the youthful specimen (707/, B.M.) with which the fossil is exactly comparable THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 63 as to length, has much smaller articular surfaces ; and therefore the former, belonging to an adult, would represent a somewhat small elephant, which the largest Maltese form was unquestionably ; indeed I doubt much if it exceeded 7 feet in height, at least as far as the data I have collected indicate. Young and Immature Tibie. Of these my collection presents four specimens, besides a very perfect left tibia from Zebbug, presented to me by the owner of the property in which the cave was discovered. ‘The specimens vary considerably in dimensions, and evidently not only represent different stages of growth, but also distinct forms. A Series.—The two shown in Pl. XXI. figs. 13 & 14, as before noted, were found close together in Benghisa Gap, under a large flat block of sandstone, and impacted among red soil with the associated remains shown in Pl. XXI. from fig. 1 to fig. 15 in- clusive, all of which clearly evince that the exuvie of no less than three distinct indi- viduals were huddled together in a small space not over 2 feet square. The Zebbug and larger Benghisa specimens (P]. XXI. fig. 14), the smaller (fig. 13) being much eroded externally, agree in every respect, excepting that the former is much larger; both evidently belong to young individuals. 1. They agree with old bones just described in having a deep concavity posteriorly below the upper epiphyses (PI. X XI. fig. 14) with the outer and inner ridges well shown ; but whilst the internal is traceable to the inner malleolus, the outer is lost near the middle of the shaft, making the lower and external portion of the latter rounded. 2. There is a distinct flattening on the inner side of the head in all the specimens; but the outer side in these two is also much flatter than in the old bones and in the two next to be considered. As to the outlines of the epiphysial aspects (fig. 14a), I refrain from expressing any thing like a decided opinion, further than that the upper seem to me to have somewhat broader surfaces for the external condyles than obtains in the two other young bones; at the same time it would seem that the outer is relatively broad also in the adult, as seen in Pl. XV. fig. 3. Should this be the case, the above would be like the African, and the following like the Asiatic. B Series.—The two next young bones are unfortunately imperfect, there being only the head and a portion of the shaft. But although the one is nearly twice as large as the other, they agree in characters which are distinctly different from the two just described. 1. The pronounced point in their diagnosis is the broad shallow hollow posteriorly below the head. 2. The ridges, although distinct, are not prominent as in the above and the old bones. 3. The external ridge terminates just below the concavity, whilst the internal would appear to be continued further down, probably to the ankle. 64 MR. A. L, ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF 4. There is a very decided flattening of the inner side of the head, with a far more rounded and convex external aspect, both of which are very apparent when the four bones are placed side by side. With respect to the two latter features it may be stated that the same obtains in the adult bones (Pl. XV. figs. 1 & 3), which, however, in regard to the hollowing below the head behind are distinctly more like the former. 5. The external condyloid aspect is seemingly narrower than in the former; but I feel, in the absence of more perfect materials, that I should be verging on hyper- criticism to pronounce a decision on a point which gives so distinctive a character to the same parts in the two recent species. As compared with the immature bones described by Mr. Busk, I find that the two former agree with his pl. 47. figs. 16 & 17, and the latter with his figs. 15, 20, & 21. He alludes to the nutrient foramen being placed higher up in the latter, This there is no means of proving, from the loss of the parts in which it exists; but in the Zebbug specimen in my possession, equivalent to Pl. XXI. fig. 14, it is placed in the lower third, and therefore in the position assigned to it by Busk. X. FIBuna. 1. The largest specimen of this bone is represented by the distal extremity (Pl. XV. fig. 4), As regards dimensions, it is in accord with the tibia (figs. 1 & 2) and astragalus (Pl. XVI. fig. 1), so much so that in all likelihood all belonged to the same individual, as they were found together. This distal end of the fibula has much the character of the African, the lower margin being slightly concave. Here the obliquity on the tibia just indicated is repeated on this fibula. 2. The smaller distal extremity (Pl. XV. fig. 5) is one of two perfect specimens (right and left) found near each other in Mnaidra Gap; they do not differ whatever in dimensions, and probably belonged to the same individual. Here we find the lower margin deeply notched as in the Asiatic. The tibial facet is not shown in the figure, but is well defined on the bone, and is scarcely so oblique as in the last, and measures 2:3 inches in breadth by 0°8 inch. Both figs. 4 & 5 represent the characters of old bones, although the latter has been broken across at its lower epiphysis. The former represents an individual of the largest dimensions above stated; the latter, one having an astragalus of the dimensions of Pl. X. fig. 10, which will be shown to have some characters in common with the Asiatic and Mammoth rather than the African. 3. An entire detached fibula was discovered in Benghisa Gap, belonging doubtless to the smallest form; the epiphyses were completely consolidated ; and, like the others, it displayed all the characters of an old bone. The entire length was 8°6 inches, girth of the proximal end 2°5, girth of the mid-shaft 2, girth of distal end 4:4, breadth of distal end 2°6. A detached distal end of another fibula from the same situation measured 22 inches in breadth. Summary.—Supposing, as Mr. Busk computes, the femur of Falconer’s Elephant to rc THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 65 be 13 inches in length, the above would be much too large; and if we allow femur Pl. XIV. fig. 3 a length of 22 inches, the proportion would be in excess on the side of the femur. The femur and fibula of the Oxford-University and King’s-College Museum specimens are 21 & 10 inches respectively; so that the maximum femur of L. falconeri, being given at 13 inches, would in proportion allow of only 6 inches to its fibula; and seeing that neither of the former was quite 4 feet, I am inclined to think Mr. Busk’s estimate may be low for the femur of this pygmy, which, however, may have had shorter thigh- and leg-bones in proportion, just as I have pointed out in the tibia of the large form. Patella. A Series—1. Four specimens referable to the larger form were discovered in Mnaidra and Gandia, and one belonging to the pon form in Benghisa Gap. With reference to the former, the patella Pl. XV. fig. 8 ‘is of the left side; the maximum breadth of its inner facet is 1-8 inch, and of the outer 1°3, the greatest thickness being 2:2. 2. Another of the same side is more oval in outline; its length is 3-7 inches, breadth of inner facet 1:6, and outer 1-4, the greatest thickness being 2. Both these and a third in the University of Malta, from Gandia Fissure, as compared with any of the femurs above described, seem to represent animals equivalent to the owners of the largest bones in my collection, ¢. ¢. to an elephant fully 7 feet in height. As compared with that of the Sumatran (British Museum), they are rather larger, seeing that its patella is 3°6 inches in length, the outer facet being 1-3, and inner 1°65. 3. The right and left femurs (Pl. XIV. figs. 1 & 2) had their patelle evidently attached when deposited in Mnaidra Gap, seeing that between the condyles and the heads of their tibie there lay two patelle, of which the right is shown in Pl. XV. fig. 7, and displays the same sharpness of the outer border as compared with the thickening of the internal, and thus characteristic of the last described, whilst the left, like fig. 8, is oblong. Its articular facets show, the outer 1-2 inch in breadth, and the inner 1°5, thickness 1-9, which are about the dimensions of the patella of the elephant in Guy’s-Hospital Museum and in the Netley Hospital, both representing the adolescent stage and indi- viduals about 6:5 feet at the shoulder. I am aware that this comparison does not tally with the relative lengths of the respective femurs; but the data furnished seem to show that the large Maltese form had altogether shorter and stouter extremities than, at all events, the Asiatic species. B Series.—The perfect little patella fig. 6 being found so close to femur Pl. XIV. fig. 3, in Benghisa Gap, and being also of the right limb, renders it highly probable that they belonged to the same animal. The breadth of its external facet is 0°8 inch, and internal 1:1, thickness 1-4. The characters of the patella in the two recent species are not different; but, as far as materials extend, it would appear that the bone is relatively broader in the African. VOL. 1X.—PARTI. November, 1874. K 66 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF If this should turn out to be the case, at all events the last described is more like the Asiatic ; but perhaps the left is never so broad as the right. XI. Carpus. Scaphoid.—In an articulated skeleton of a youthful Asiatic Elephant in the Mu- seum of the Army Hospital, Netley, the first true molar is coming into wear, and about 1 foot of the incisor is protruding beyond the alveolus. The height of the animal seems to have been about 6°5 feet at the shoulder. The scaphoid in this instance shows distinctly the two points of ossification separated by a central mass of cartilage, the length ofthe bone being 2°8 inches. Again, in a disarticulated Ceylon Elephant (707h, B.M.), showing the last milk-molar in full wear, and a computed height of 5 feet at the withers, we find precisely the same condition of the scaphoid, which is 2°6 inches in length. Thus, whilst showing the unossified stage in the recent animal, they offer comparisons in this respect with the Maltese scaphoids, which, although of the same dimensions, show no traces whatever of the foetal condition. A comparison between the same bone in the African and Asiatic furnishes the following data, at least as far as a single instance of the former enables me to determine. The outlines are different as regards the contour of the posterior border, which forms a hog’s-back outline in the African and Mammoth, and is more or less perpendicular in the Asiatic, where it is relatively narrower at its middle. Again, the radial facet, as shown by Blainville’, is nearly perpendicular in the latter and Mammoth, and nearly horizontal in the African. The trapezoidal and magnal facets form a triangle in the African, and are slightly concave. In the Asiatic and Mammoth the same are apparent on the magnal aspect; but the entire articular surface is quadrilateral and slightly convex about the middle, and oval at the summit, which is rather concave. ‘These facets in both recent animals and Mammoth rise up the side of a protuberance on the lunare aspect, forming in the African a continuous articular surface where the facets of the different bones are not so defined as in the Asiatic and Mammoth. In my collec- tion there are two adult scaphoids somewhat differing in size, outline, and arrangement of their facets. . 1. The largest (Pl. XVII. fig. 10) is entire, with the exception of the anterior portion of the radial and almost the entire lunare facets, also a portion of the posterior inferior angle. The specimen has also sustained two fractures obliquely across its middle, which, however, do not interfere with the outline of the bone. The importance of this integral part in the motivity of the foot is calculated to be influenced by the animal’s habits, as would of course the more anterior long bones; hence the necessity of a careful survey of these portions of the extremities. ‘The following are the dimensions of the one in question :—Entire length 3-2 inches, greatest breadth (at the middle) 2:67; * «Ostéographie,’ Atlas, iii. pl. v. * This specimen agrees with the dimensions of the scaphoid of the youthful skeleton (26774, R. C.8.), the dimensions of the Sumatran (B. M.) being 3-7 by 2:5 inches, THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS, 67 the breadth of the radial facet is 1 inch. The distal articular surface in this specimen differs from any of the recent and the next specimen in the following particulars :—The conjoined surfaces for the trapezoid, trapezium, and magnum form a single rounded facet, which is 2°1 inches in the antero-posterior diameter to 1 inch in length. Unfortunately the antero-posterior measurement is somewhat vitiated in consequence of the posterior angle being broken off; but I apprehend it was nearly, if not quite, 2:1 inches; and there being no line of demarcation between the facets, it is impossible to define each. The pronounced eminence on the lunare or external aspect, and its large articulating surface, being absent, we might surmise that this scaphoid, owing to the diminished size of the magnal facet, was more erect than obtains in both recent species and in the Mammoth. I find, however, on comparing this surface in old and young bones of the Asiatic that the relative differences between the length and breadth are reversed, so that, as a character, the above is not to be relied on. The upper lunare facet is too much abraded for description; the lower lunare, however, is well defined anteriorly, forming by its sharp and prominent angle an articular surface 1:8 by 06 inch. The maximum thickness of fig. 10 is 1 inch. Now, as regards its connexion with recent species, in outline it is like the African and Mammoth’s; but in the form and direction of the radial surface it seems more like that of the Asiatic and Mammoth; whilst it differs from the three in the contour and extent of the distal facets. ; 2, An almost perfect right scaphoid from Benghisa Gap is shown in woodcut fig. 4, which represents a smaller Elephant, but still an adult. It differs from fig. 10 in the following characters :—The radial surface (7) has the horizontal aspect of the African ; K2 68 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF but the contour of the posterior border (4), instead of (as in fig. 10, the Mammoth, and African) forming a hog’s back, has a hollow at ¢, and the margin is much thinner. Again, like the Asiatic, there is a flattening at @, which is round in the others; and the lunare facets (//) are larger in proportion than in fig. 10. But in the lower border being rounded and the facets covering the side of an eminence in the form of a triangle (¢), as in the recent species and in the Mammoth, with a decided determinable facet for the trapezoid and magnum, we obtain features which at once distinguish this scaphoid from fig. 10. The following are the dimensions of the woodcut—entire length 2°8 inches, extreme breadth 2°4, radial facet 1:3 by 0°8, aspects for trapezoid and magnum (by tape) 2:2 by 1:4, upper lunare facet 0°8 by 0:5, lower lunare facet 0-9 by 0°9. The relative dimensions of this scaphoid as compared with recent species would show an animal a little over 5 feet in height; the specimen being somewhat larger than that of 707h/ (British Museum) just referred to. Lunare.—This bone is represented in my collections by fowr entire specimens, which differ in size and characters as follows :— 1. The largest (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1) is equal in size to that of the Sumatran Elephant (British Museum). Its dimensions are—maximum length 3:8 inches, breadth 3:3, thickness 2, radial facet 2-5 by 2°5, ulnar 1:4 by 0°7, cuneiform facet 1-6 by 0°5, upper cuneiform facet 1:2 by 0:2. The scaphoidals are abraded; the magnal is 2-7 by 2°6 inches. 2. Another (B), somewhat smaller, of the right foot, from Benghisa Gap, has its length 3-6 inches, breadth 2:9, thickness 1:7, radial facet 2:4, ulnar 1 by 1, cuneiform (abraded), scaphoidal (upper) 1:4 by 0:4, lower 0:8 by 0:3, magnal 2-7 by 2°6. Although these two lunaria are closely allied, as regards size and in proportion they might have fairly appertained to the two scaphoids just described, inasmuch as each pair were found close together in two separate localities; indeed, moreover, as the sca- phoids differ, so do the former to some extent. ‘[hus fig. 1 differs from B in its ulnar facet being more perpendicular, the radial and magnal surfaces are not so concave, the latter surface is also narrower. Fig. 1 has consequently an African’s character, whilst B is decidedly more like the same bone in the Mammoth and Asiatic. I doubt, however, if these discrepancies are altogether maintainable throughout a series of each ; and therefore, although noteworthy, they are to be considered merely provisional ; it is strange, however, that two lunaria so nearly of the same dimensions should differ in characters to the extent observable in the two Maltese bones just described. 3. The next lunare (represented, Pl. XVIII. fig. 4) is very like the last described, but it is much smaller, and bears a very close relationship in this respect to the distal ends of the radius and ulna Pl. XIII. figs. 2 & 3, not only in size, but in the con- figuration of their articular surfaces, just as the less shallow and less convex radial aspects of Pl. XVIII. fig. 1 consort with the opposing surfaces of radius Pl. X. fig. 6. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 69 It is noticeable, however, that in Pl. XVIII. fig. 4, there is a protuberance at the apex of the bone internally, which is not nearly so prominent in the preceding lunaria. The determined hollowing of the upper surface of this specimen resembles that seen in full-grown individuals of the Asiatic—to wit, the Sumatran. The dimensions of fig. 4 are—maximum length 3 inches, breadth 2-5, thickness 1-4, radial facet 2°2, ulnar facet 1:3 by 0:6, cuneiform facet 0-9 by 0:3, lower magnal 2°3 by 2:1. The ulnar facet is oblique. 4, The diminutive lunare Pl. XXI. fig. 1 will be described with the other members of the same foot; suffice it at present to say that in the particulars just stated it is of precisely the same type as Pl. XVIII. fig. 4. CunElrorm.—Of this important element of the carpus my collection affords no less than seven specimens, which differ considerably in size, and for the most part in characters. A Series.—1. The largest is represented in Pl. XVIII. fig. 2. It is a right cunei- form from Gandia Fissure, so prolific of the remains of the largest form of Elephant. The extremity is wanting, including nearly all the pisiform and external portions of the ulnar and unciform surfaces; the body, however, is preserved, and gives the following admeasurements—extreme breadth 3-1 inches, thickness 2 inches, ulnar facet (antero- posterior) 2°3 inches, upper Iunare 1°5 inch, lower lunare 1-6 by 0°5 inch, antero-pos- terior of unciform 2°7 inches. This cuneiform, although of the opposite side, and from a different situation, might, as regards dimensions, have belonged to the owner of the lunare Pl. XVIII. fig. 1. 2. The left cuneiform shown in Pl. XVIII. fig. 5, although considerably smaller than the above, is, as far as I can make out, identical in character, and may therefore be supposed to belong to a much smaller individual of the same form. It has lost about the same parts as in fig. 2; but the following measurements are procurable: the extreme breadth is 2°4 inches, thickness 14 inch, ulnar facet (antero-posterior) 1°8 inch, upper lunare 1-1 inch, lower lunare 1:4 by 0°3 inch, unciform facet (antero-pos- terior diameter) 2-1 inches. 3. Another, but still more mutilated, fragment of a left cuneiform from Gandia Fissure, of the exact dimensions of the last, completes the list of specimens attributable to the same type. In comparison with the same bone in recent species, figs. 2 & 5 are relatively much’ thicker, more especially at the external margin of the pisiform facet, where the maximum grossness usually obtains; and seemingly the latter is greater in the Asiatic than in the African. The above have narrow upper and lower articular sur- faces, with large concavities and conyexities, as obtains also in the Asiatic and not, to all appearance, in the African. The lunare facets, like all the small lateral attachments of the foot-bones, are subject to considerable irregularities, sometimes occupying the entire margin, in others a portion only. The latter is the case in these fossils; but in the African (708 h, B.M.) and the cuneiform of an old Asiatic Elephant (no. 2543) in 70 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF the Royal College of Surgeons it covers the entire lower margin. It is probable there- fore that the three belonged to one species, the largest being that of an adult, the two smaller being immature bones; and this is borne out to some extent by the smoothness of the exterior of the latter as compared with the rugosities and irregularities of fig. 2*. In all apparent differences between the cuneiform of the Asiatic and African Ele- phants, such as the greater breadth of the ulnar and cuneiform surfaces of the African as compared with the narrow aspects of the Asiatic, there is a remarkable contrast between those just described and the following, which display the characters of the African. Moreover, by the much narrower internal border at a, figs. 7, 8, & 9, the lunare face is diminished in height, so that when placed side by side with figs. 2 & 5 there is no difficulty whatever in distinguishing the former from the latter. Whether it isa regular point of distinction or not, on examining various cuneiforms of all ages of the Asiatic Elephant, I find that the fifth metacarpal facet near the extremity is not observed, excepting in bones of aged individuals. Unfortunately none of the largest specimens are sufficiently preserved at the apex to show this surface; however, it is preserved in fig. 8, and even in the very diminutive cuneiform, fig. 7. B Series —1. The largest specimen (fig. 9) shows the ulnar surface of a right cunei- form. The apex has sustained a recent injury, and the lunare facets are abraded ; other- wise the specimen is entire, and affords the following :—extreme length (about) 3 inches, breadth 2°5 inches, ulnar surface (antero-posterior) 2:2 by 2 inches. The pisiform facet is in the form of a right-angled triangle, with the base uppermost; height 1 inch, breadth 1 inch, unciform surface (antero-posterior) 2:2 by 2 inches; thickness at the middle of the pisiform facet 1°4 inch, and at middle of the lunare side 1 inch. 2. An imperfect bone of the same side, showing only a portion of the ulnar surface, is of the same or slightly larger dimensions. ‘The smaller right cuneiform (fig. 8) has its pisiform facet and point considerably abraded, preserving, however, the body entire, with, as just stated, the fifth metacarpal facet on the border of the apex. This speci- men, although probably of the same type as the two preceding, has relatively a rather deeper concavity at a, on the internal ulnar surface; indeed so contracted is the height of the bone in this situation that there is no room for the lunare facets ; and the margins are sharp instead of even; but with these exceptions it agrees with fig. 9. The following are its admeasurements :—entire length 2°5 inches, breadth 2; ulnar sur- faces—antero-posterior diameter 1:6, transverse 1-9 ; unciform aspect—antero-posterior diameter 1-9, transverse 1:8; thickness at middle of pisiform facet 1:1, thickness at middle of lunare side 0-4. 3. Like the preceding, fig. 7 was also found in Benghisa Gap, so prolific of remains of the smallest form. Here the pisiform facet is abraded; but the fifth metacarpal impression is very distinct, and the extremity is completely ossified—a feature of im- * These cuneiform bones agree in characters with specimens in the Paleontological Collection, British Museum, referable to the Mammoth and Elephas antiquus. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. (a portance, seeing that it is rarely entire in recent species until the milk-teeth are shed’. The entire length is 2 inches, breadth 1°4, ulnar surface (antero-posterior diameter) 1 by 1'5, unciform (antero-posterior diameter) 1-3 by 1-2, thickness at middle of pisi- form facet 0:8, thickness at middle of lunare aspect 0°4. The narrowness of the border scarcely allows space for an articulating facet. The characters, therefore, of this dimi- nutive wedge-shaped bone are precisely like figs. 8 & 9. It may be remarked that the cuneiform in the very young skeleton in the Oxford University Museum is 2°5 inches. Thus, in proportion, the owner of the above must have been very little over 2 feet in height, and as compared with the very small, yet perfect, foot-bones (Pl. XXI. figs. 1-7) shows a still smaller Elephant. The claims of fig. 7 to be considered a mature bone rest, as just stated, on the ossification of its apex and the determined outlines of its facets, neither of which is ever seen in young bones; and most assuredly in no other instances of such a small cuneiform are their characters preserved ; indeed, in examples of those of recent species of double its size we find the surfaces and apex quite detachable. Summary.—F¥rom the above it would seem that they represent at all events two distinct forms of cuneiform—one, the larger, assimilating to characters referable to the Asiatic, whilst another has several points, seemingly, in common with the African, the two forms showing much variability as to dimensions. Pistrorm.—In the skeleton no. 2677 a, Royal College of Surgeons, to which many of the bones just described bear relative proportions, its pisiform equals the largest (Pl. XVIII. fig. 3), but with this difference, that the former has the distal epiphysis detachable, and the same is not only completely consolidated in the fossil but also in the much smaller pisiform, fig. 6. Blainville figures this bone in the African and Asiatic Elephant? as showing the cuneiform facet triangular and the ulnar horizontal in the former, whilst in the latter, he states, the first is oval and the second oblique. These distinctions do not appear in the recent specimens I have examined, where the differences are confined to the general outline of the bone, the Asiatic being more spiral, with a large concavity on its posterior aspect—which character is common also to all the Maltese pisiforms, amounting to four perfect and two imperfect specimens. The two largest (right and left), possibly portions of the same animal, were found in con- junction with lunare fig. 1 in Mnaidra Gap. 1. The left is shown in fig. 3. The cuneiform facet is relatively narrower than obtains apparently in either recent species ; and the outline of the bone is more like the African than the Asiatic, especially in being less hollowed out posteriorly. Again, the ulnar facet is more oblique than in any of the living Elephants. The cuneiform surface is flat and oval, its length is 1-1 inch, and breadth 1, the ulnar (antero-posterior diameter) being 1-1 by 0°5. This specimen is also about equal to that of the Sumatran in the British Museum. 1 The apex of this bone in the skeleton no. 707h, B.M., is cartilaginous, the bone being 3 by 2°6 inches. ? Atlas, vol. iii. pl. 5. 72 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF 2. The pisiform of a smaller Elephant is fairly represented by two perfect cuneiforms (right and left) from Mnaidra Gap. They were found close together, and probably belonged to the same individual. In outline and facets they seem to agree with the last, differing only in their smaller size. The right is shown, Pl. XVIII. fig. 6, with its distal epiphysis completely consolidated. The distal half of another specimen, of the same size, and a third, a little larger, display the same character, only that the external surfaces of all are smooth, and do not show the rugous appearances which characterize the large specimens and old pisiforms of the recent species; the cuneiform facet of fig. 6 is 0°8 by 0°6 inch, and the ulnar 0°6 by 0:4. This bone equals that of the young elephant 707 h, British Museum, and therefore may have been equivalent to the cuneiform, fig. 9, whilst, I repeat, it differs from the recent specimen in having its distal epiphysis completely consolidated, whereas in the above it is detachable ; indeed the latter obtains even in the pisiform of the Asiatic, with its first true molar in wear. These two pisiforms therefore represent a large and a small Elephant, in accordance with the preceding foot-bones. Trapezoip.—No trapezium turned up; but an entire right trapezoid was found in Mnaidra Gap, and unfortunately was much injured during attempts to remove it from the hard stalagmite. Pl. XVII. fig. 11, shows its second metacarpal (a) and trapezial facet (6). The scaphoid facet, which is convex in the African and somewhat concave in the Asiatic, is seemingly more concave in the fossil, and might suit the pronounced concavity pointed out in the smaller scaphoid. ‘The second metacarpal facet is 1 inch in breadth, the trapezial is 0:8, the second metacarpal is 1°2, the magnal 1-1. The extreme thickness of the bone is (about) 1-5 inch. The specimen is in keeping rela- tively with the scaphoid shown at p. 67, and therefore belonged to a small elephant. Maenum.—This bone is represented in my collection by no less than five specimens, some of which, however, are but mere fragments. All are remarkable, as compared with recent and fossil species, in being relatively narrower laterally, as will appear from the following comparisons between them and magna of nearly the same length in the Asiatic species. In the first place they admit of being divided into two series, on the score of dimensions and characters. A Series—1. The largest magnum (Pl. XVII. fig. 15) shows the trapezoidal aspect. It has been considerably abraded on the dorsal surface, and also externally, but is otherwise pretty entire. 2. Another of the right side, and of the same dimensions, has lost part of the lunare surface. B Series.—1. With the exception of the loss of the lower internal angle, the speci- men shown in fig. 14 may be said to be almost entire. 2. Another specimen, differing little in size from the last, is also of the left foot. Its anterior surface is completely destroyed; but the posterior articular aspect is pre- served, and furnishes the data requisite to complete the loss of substance in fig. 14. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. =I oo Table of comparisons between the magnum in the Maltese and recent Elephants. | | Second | Third ; | Lunare Unciform | Trape- Extreme y Length. cases aspect. ae ners tae facet. zoidal | thickness. | | | inches. | inches. | inches. inches. inches, inches. inches. inches. | Sumatran (adult) .......... | 3d 2°38 |2:6x25|2:3x1-7|2:-4x1°7/2°3x1°5 | 2:4 1:0 2-4 (Brit. Mus.’). | | A Series (Pl. XVII. fig. 13) . | 3-4 18 |2°8x1°8| 2-2 1-2) 2-5x1:5 | 2°3x1:0 24 | | (Maltese.) | | | B Series (Pl. XVII. fig. 14) ..| 2:7 14 |2:3x1-4/1-:7x0-4/1:9x1:3) 1:7 x 1:0) 1-9 x 1-2 2-0 (Maltese. ) | | Besides the narrow lateral dimensions, in which all the Maltese magna seem to differ from recent or fossil species, there is a small protuberance on the posterior margin (fig. 14, a) of the second metacarpal facet, which is common to all and also the African, but not apparently to the Asiatic. But the members of A and B series consort with their respective lunaria, inasmuch as the large lunare (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1) has a shallow magnal aspect as compared with the deeper concavity on fig. 4, and just precisely we find equivalent opposing surfaces in Pl. XVII. figs. 13 & 14. At all events, looked on as mature bones, we are justified in accepting them as representatives of a large and a small form. Uncirorm.—This bone is represented in my collection by five nearly perfect and one fragmentary specimen. These are divisible into small and large, and seem to agree with the preceding, as far as relative dimensions are concerned. A Series.—The largest specimens amount to three, which are about the same size. One is represented, Pl. XVII. fig. 12, and might, as far as the dimensions of its cuneiform aspect extend, have belonged to the same individual as the largest cunei- form (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2). It is about equal also to that of the Sumatran (B. M.) and the unciform of the articulated skeletons in the Museums of the Army Hospital at Netley and Guy’s, London, all of which show the same dental conditions, and are between 6°5 and 7 feet in height. The articular aspects of the fossils show slight differences in the degrees of convexity and hollowing out; and the inclined surface for the apical portion of the cuneiform is not so abrupt in them as in the Asiatic; neither would it appear that the surfaces for the third and fourth metacarpals are quite so concave as in the Asiatic. In these respects they are more like the African’. 1 The magnum (16065 in Brit. Mus.), referable to the Mammoth, from Miss Baker’s collection, made in North- amptonshire, is even smaller than the Sumatran ; and although doubtless belonging to a young Elephant, the facets are bold and well defined. Had the bone been subjected to calcareous infiltration, it would assuredly have been undistinguishable as regards characters and dimensions from the largest Maltese specimen referable to adult individuals. 2 Blainville (vol. iii. p. 42) states that the unciform in the Asiatic has no facet for the third metacarpal, and in consequence it differs from the African. As far as 708 h (African) in the British Museum, and many Asiatic and Mammoths’ ossa magna, also the Maltese are concerned, this facet is present. VoL. 1X.—PART 1. November, 1874. ii 74 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF B Series.—1. A smaller-sized unciform, differing also in character, is shown in fig. 9. It is of the left foot, and its upper surface is abraded; and a transverse fracture when the bone was fresh had displaced the metacarpal surfaces, so that little more than its general dimensions can be relied on safely. At a glance it will be seen that it is broader relatively than fig. 12. Now, as we have seen that the smaller cuneiforms (Pl. XVIII. figs. 7, 8, & 9) show this peculiarity as compared with the largest (figs. 2 & 5), the above may be regarded as belonging to the same type or form. 2. Another left unciform (8) is considerably smaller than fig. 9, but displays the like broad cuneiformal aspect. It is important to show their differences in comparison with each other and recent species; I therefore give the dimensions in the following Table :— : Table of comparisons between the unciform in the Maltese and recent species. f Length Guneifasn Fifth Fourth Third Marnal : i nd . |metacarpal| metacarpal | m rpal ena. 8. Earners breadth. BUND: ae fee ; ae facet rae inches. inches. inches. inches. inches. inches. inches. Large (Maltese) ......-.....000% 34% 3:2 | 3-4 x 26 1°5 | 2:2 x 2-2 | 2:3 x 0°7 | 2:6 x 1-2 2:5 Large (Maltese), Pl. XVII. fig. 12. .| 3-3. x 3-2 | 3:3 x 2:4 | 2-2 x 1:4| 251 x 2:2} 23x 0°7 | 255 x 1-2 2-4 Tiaroet(Maltese) Mts) ie. cis ons 6 3-4 3-0 BRS Nnr 6 aren 2:0 x 1-1 2-4 Small (Maltese), Pl. XVII. fig.9 ..|2:5x2-4)2-4x%2-4/1-8x1-0/1-8x1-4/ 1:8x 0-4| 2:2 0:8 2:0 Small (Maltese) ...........0.00 | 2:1 x2:0/1°8x1:8/ 1:3 x 0:7 | 1-4 11S 540 25 lees 15 2677, R. C. 8. (Asiatic) ........ 3°4 x 3°3 | 3:0 x 2-4 | 2:2 x 1:4] 2-2 x 2-2 | 2-4 x 0-6 | 2-7 «1:5 2-7 Sumatran Elephant (B.M.) ...... 3°7 x32 |3°5 x 2-4 | 2-016 | 2-5 x 1-8 | 18x 0°6 | 23x 1:5 2-4 It will be seen in this Table that the largest Maltese unciform represents an animal nearly as large as the Sumatran (B. M.); whilst the smallest would indicate an Elephant somewhere, as Dr. Falconer has remarked, about the height of a large Javan one-horned Rhinoceros, with characters differing as regards the configuration of its cuneiform and unciform from the larger form. Portion of a Left Fore foot found in situ. Among the very variable materials discovered by me in different localities, one of the most heterogeneous assemblages of Elephantine remains are those figured for the most part in Pl. XXI. They were discovered in Benghisa Gap, firmly packed in red soil, and below blocks of water-worn stones, and lay in a space of not more than 2 feet either way. Along with the bones shown on Pl. XXI. figs. 1 to 15, were also the skull and tusks (PI. I. fig. 18). The suggestive conditions in which the remains were found have been discussed at some length in my work'. I shall therefore proceed to the description of a portion of a left fore foot found along with the other bones. The following specimens raise the question at once, whether or not they are to be con- sidered full-grown, immature, or young bones. » + «Nile Valley and Malta,’ p. 189. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 75 When the lunare, unciform, first, second, fourth, and fifth metacarpals shown in P]. XX1., are compared with the foot-bones Pl. XVI. fig. 3, Pl. XVIII. fig. 7, Pl. XIX. figs. 6, 7, & 9, and Pl. XX. figs. 2, 3, 14, & 16, and in consideration that the epiphyses of the metacarpals are consolidated, and that the prominences on the carpal bones are bold and well defined, I see no possible conclusion to arrive at than that they represent portions of the fore foot of an adult pygmy form of Elephant. Even allowing for the preservative influence of calcareous infiltrations in filling up and consolidating solutions of continuity and preserving the outline of a cartilaginous surface, there is not only the matured aspect of the carpal, but, I repeat, the epiphyses of the metacarpal bones are completely solidified. The left Zwnare (P1. XXI. fig. 1) might, as regards characters, be considered that of the young of specimen 8, or even of the still smaller lunare shown in Pl. XVIII. fig. 4. Here there is the same large sloping ulnar facet, the excavated border for the scaphoid, the deep concavities for the radius and magnum, and the knob at the apex of the bone which characterize the above as compared with that of the largest form (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1). Strange to say, the last is from Mnaidra, and the three others were obtained from Benghisa, so fruitful of remains of the small form. The following are the dimensions of fig. 1—length 1-8 inch, breadth 1:7, thickness 0-9, radial surface 15 by 1-1, magnal surface 1:5 by 1:5, ulnar 0-7 by 0°6, cuneiform 1:2. The scaphoidal is abraded. The dorsal surface, as in Pl. XVIII. fig. 4, is more hollow than in the other two larger bones; but these may be, as well as several other characters, only mere individual differences. Unciform.—There are two specimens precisely alike, and which undoubtedly belonged to the same individual. The right is considerably eroded by decay; but the left (Pl. XXI. fig. 2) is perfect. In outline, and the characters pointed out on the upper sur- faces of Pl. XVII. figs. 9 & 12, it seems to resemble the latter more than the other. The following are its dimensions as compared with them—maximum length 1-9 inch, breadth 1:7, cuneiform aspect 1:8 by 1:3, fifth metacarpal facet 0°8 by 0:6, fourth metacarpal facet 1:2 by 1-1, third metacarpal 1:1 by 0°3, magnal 1:4 by 0°5, thick- ness 1:4. First Metacarpal.—The difficulties in distinguishing certain of the long bones of the fore and hind feet from each other, more especially among the diversified and often im- perfect materials in the collection, are here shown. The characteristic bone (PI. V. fig. 4) might have as likely been a first metatarsal of the larger form as a first metacarpal of the smaller, but for its diminutive compeer (Pl. XXI. figs. 3 & 3a), which was found close to the lunare and unciform (figs. 1 & 2), and the following metacarpal bones, all of which belong unquestionably to the same left foot. The characters I shall describe as diagnostic of Pl. V. fig. 4, are here repeated. Moreover the epiphyses of fig. 3 are consolidated; and the outline and facets are so pronounced, that there is no getting over the belief that it isa matured bone. The knob on the lower aspect of the proximal L2 76 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF end and the ginglymoid distal facet, together with the oval and concave trapezial surface, are all pronounced as in any old bone. The dimensions of this very pygmy first metacarpal are sufficiently shown in figs. 3 & 3a, to which may be added the anterior facet somewhat eroded; it is 0°6 inch in height by 0°5 inch in breadth. The stumpy little bone, Pl. XIX. fig. 9, has much the same characters as the above, and might represent the first metacarpal; its facets, however, are imperfect. It may be stated that in the Oxford University specimen, and also the very young individual in King’s College Museum, this bone is 1:2 inch in length, with its extremities carti- laginous and shrunken. Its comparative characters, as far as discernable, are :— 1. Like the African, it is short and stout. 2. Like both recent, its trapezial facet is oblong and concave. 3. Like the African, it has a hollow distal articulation. 4, The lower surface of the bone is rather sharp, like the Asiatic; but in none of the Maltese first metacarpals are the lower surfaces exactly like either of the recent species, being blunt, but not flat or tectiform. Take it all in all, this bone, like Pl. V. fig. 4, has greatly the African character. Second Metacarpal.—P\. XX1. figs. 4 & 4a represent an entire specimen. Here the epiphyses are clearly consolidated, even to the formation of the usual rugous ridges of an old bone. It is rather flat on the dorsum of the shaft, which, as before observed, characterizes the old from the young bone in recent species; it is, moreover, slender, and has perhaps more of an Asiatic character. Besides the dimensions in the figure, the breadth of the mid-shaft is 0-7 inch, the distal articulation is 1-0 by 0°8. This metacarpal shows the usual obliquity of the distal extremity seen in the second bone of the fore foot, with the internal surface of the shaft sharp and little rounded, and external flat and deep, the lower surface being rather rounded, narrow, and sloping inwards to form the sharp inner border of the carpal facet. The length of the second metacarpal in the above-mentioned recent young Asiatic Elephants is 2°3 inches respectively, whereas the length of fig. 4 is 1:9 inch. Fourth Metacarpal—A careful comparison between figs. 5 & 5a and the other diminutive specimens referred to this toe in the hind foot (to wit, Pl. XIX. fig. 6) and the perfect fourth metatarsal figured and described by Busk' gives the follow- ing :—The above is relatively much broader than fig. 6, the shaft of which is rounded and has little of the internal flattening which distinguishes this bone and that of Elephants in general; moreover the sharp external border of fig. 5 is rounder in fig. 6, the articular surfaces are much broader; they agree in length however. In all respects fig. 5 and the Zebbug bone agree; only the latter is smaller, which is quite in keeping with its being a bone of the hind foot. The following are the dimensions of fig. 5 not shown in the Plate :—height of mid shaft internally is 0-6 inch; the distal ' Trans, Zool. Soe. vi. p. 271, pl. 51. figs. 40 a&b. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. Me articular aspect is 1 by 1. The length of the same bone in the two skeletons just referred to is 2°5 inches in the Oxford-University, and 3 inches in the King’s-College specimens; but young bones of the age of the latter are so shrivelled at their extre- mities that it becomes difficult to obtain the original dimensions. At all events, neither of the above is by any means so small as those three bones, and in particular fig. 5, which is only 1°8 inch in length. I believe the perfect little sesamoid, fig. 7, which was found under fig. 5, belonged to it; regarded as elephantine and a mature bone, it is unique. Fifth Metacarpal.—the specimen, fig. 6, may be said to represent an almost perfect miniature of the bones shown in Pl. XIX., more especially fig. 12. Portion of the distal facet has decayed away; but otherwise this very small left fifth metacarpal is entire. The proximal facets are shown at a. The phalangeal and the sesamoid facet is 0-7 by 0-5 inch in breadth. The outer surface is rough like an old bone. ‘The fifth metacarpal in the Oxford specimen is 2 inches, and King’s-College Museum 1:7 inch in length, whereas the above is only | inch in length. Now, with reference to these small foot-bones, all of which seem to bear so pointedly towards the establishing of a dwarf form of Elephant, it comes to be a question how far they admit of a connexion with the fragments of skull, teeth, tusks, and long bones with which they were associated ; and this, in comparison with recent species, is easily answered. It is clear that neither the humerus (fig. 9), ulna (fig. 10), tibia (fig. 13), nor any of the other exuvie surrounding them, excepting perhaps the portion of the skull (Pl. I. fig. 18), could have pertained to the owner of the above fore foot. More- over, seeing that the two examples of recent calf Elephants adduced stand respectively about 38 to 40 inches in height, and that Mr. Busk computes his Hlephas falconeri at between 30 and 36 inches, we may fairly suppose the above ranged between the two last figures, which would, in proportion to the recent specimens, give the same measure- ments. In no Elephant’s bones I have examined, where the milk-molars are in use in the jaws, are the epiphyses united; indeed, as far as the specimens (mostly, however, domesticated individuals) in museums of Great Britain extend, the condition of the metacarpal bones just described is not attained until the second true molar is fairly invaded ; and even then the epiphyses of the larger members of the extremities are not consolidated. How far the abnormal habits and food, as compared with the feral state, have to do with the period of union is not quite apparent; moreover, in the primordial state of these pachydermata union may have taken place earlier in life than at present. Suffice it, however, to say that, allowing the fragment of upper molar in the jaw Pl. I. fig. 18 to belong to the last of the milk-series, and that the first true molar was in full wear then, we might suppose that the members of the left fore foot just described belonged to the same individual. General Summary.—It will be apparent from the foregoing that the bones of the carpus admit of the following :— 78 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF 1. The Scaphoid (Pl. XVII. fig. 10, and woodcut fig. 4) represent two distinct forms, differing in characters and size; and whilst the larger differs in a few points from the other and recent species, it agrees in general outline with the African, whilst the other, representing a considerably smaller foot, displays the configuration and several points distinctive of the Asiatic and Mammoth. 2. The Lunare furnishes a greater diversity as to dimensions. The larger (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1) might have belonged to an individual nearly, if not altogether, 7 feet in height, whilst specimen B is in fair keeping with the smaller scaphoid, and fig. 4 belonged to a much smaller individual, and Pl. XXI. fig. 1 to a perfect pygmy. Again, whilst the largest (fig. 1) shows characters of the African, specimen B and fig. 4 show those of the Asiatic and Mammoth, which is seemingly the case with the pygmy lunare (Pl. XX. fig. 1). 3. The Cuneiform seems to follow the same rules, although with less variability in character. Thus the largest (figs. 2 & 5), seemingly large, and the small individuals of one form show a decided Asiatic character, the larger consorting well with the lunare (fig. 1); whilst the smaller cuneiforms (figs. 9 & 8), with their relatively broader upper and lower surfaces, assimilate to the African type, and agree in regard to some with lunare figs. 4 & 9, which might have belonged to the same individual, having been found together. The pygmy bone (fig. 7), indeed, like that of an adult, shows the African characters. 4. The Pisiform repeats the characters of a large and smaller form; and, as far as any marked characters extend, both seem to approach the African species. 5. The Trapezoid evidently belonged to the smaller form. 6. The Magnum agrees in being relatively narrower in all the Maltese than in recent species, and shows varieties as regards dimensions, there being large, intermediate, and pygmy forms. 7. The Unciform shows large, small, and pygmy forms, evidently differing in breadth of the upper aspect, as shown by Pl. XVII. figs. 9 & 12, the former being relatively broader. There is, besides, the pygmy unciform shown in Pl. XXI. fig. 2, which is like Pl. XVII. fig. 12. Allowing for individual differences in regard to age and sex, or even allowing race- characters, I think in the foregoing data in connexion with the carpus, there are good evidences of three, at all events of two, distinct forms of Elephants. The largest may have attained the height of about 7 feet, whilst the smallest bones indicate an Elephant apparently not much over 3 feet in height. Allowing, therefore, for variability to the fullest extent permissible with what is known of other species, the extremes here shown clearly point at least to two species. As regards these distinctions, it seems to me, as far as the carpus is concerned, that very little can be deduced from characters peculiar to either; indeed this may be said more or less of the two recent species; and although I have noted what appear to be discrepancies in the contour and configuration of facets, THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 79 it must be borne in mind that in the case of the African the above characters rest on what a single specimen displays. Again, we must allow for disparities in specimens of the Asiatic, seeing that the majority of instances are obtained from individuals long domesticated, and therefore subjected to the constraint which would doubtless influence the aspect of the bone, more especially its articular facets. XII. Tarsus. ASTRAGALUS.—This bone is represented in my collections by seven specimens, belonging to at least five individuals. As regards dimensions, they are divisible into three distinct sizes—a large, a median, and a pygmy, which differ in the following particulars. A Series.—1. The largest astragalus of an Elephant I have examined from Maltese deposits, is shown in the collection by a fragment (a) from Gandia Fissure. ~ It consists of only about 2 inches of the inner portion of a right astragalus, divided perpendicu- larly by probably a pickaxe. There is preserved the inner antero-posterior length of the tibial facet, which is 3-4 inches by callipers, and 3-8 inches by tape. 2. Two nearly perfect specimens (right and left), the former represented in Pl. XVI. fig. 1, were discovered by me in Mnaidra Gap, each adhering firmly to the distal extre- mity of the tibie Pl. XV. figs. 1 & 2, to which they undoubtedly belonged. The dimen- sions are :—antero-posterior tibial surface 3 inches by 3:5 inches, navicular facet (by callipers) 3 inches broad by 1-8 inch; the are (by tape) is 3-5 inches. Outer calcaneal facet has an antero-posterior surface of 2-2 inches, and transverse of 2°3 inches; the inner is 2°5 inches by 1:1; the peroneal is 1-4 inches in antero-posterior by 0°8 inch. 3. Although smaller than the two just described, and as regards dimensions might be classed with B series, there are two perfect specimens (right and left, evidently of the same individual) from Mnaidra Gap; the left is represented in Pl. XVI. fig. 2. The admea- surements of its facets are :—tibial 2°5 by 2°6 inches in breadth ; naviculare 2:9 inches broad by 15 inch; arc, by tape, 3 inches; peroneal facet 1-4 by 0°7 inch; internal cal- caneal, antero-posterior 1-9 by 0-9 inch transverse; external calcaneal, antero-posterior 1-9 by 2:2 inches transverse. The interosseous pit does not, as in the recent and fossil species, traverse the entire breadth of the under surface, but ends in a deep cavity about the middle, so that the two calcaneal facets are not divided by a fossa. This character, moreover, is common to the three forms of astragalus from Malta. The posterior border is curved in all the Maltese forms, with a projecting angle at the internal extremity. The same obtains to a less extent in the Indian, Mammoth, and Z. antiquus, but not apparently in the African and Z. meridionalis, the margin being almost even in them. Both in recent and in all other fossil species I have examined, with the exception of the astragali of B and C series, the tibial facet is nearly surrounded in front and internally by a sulcus, which in some specimens insulates the articular surfaces altogether; in others the valley terminates near the inner and posterior angle. Now, while the latter obtains in the above Maltese specimens, they differ from any recent or fossil I have seen 80 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF in the circumstances that the anterior sulcus ends short of the peroneal facet, as seen in figs. 1 & 2, moreover it is not so broad in them, and ends abruptly instead of shal- lowing out towards the external extremities ; so that the undulating anterior margin of the tibial facet, observed in the recent species and in the next two series, is wanting in A series. As regards dimensions, the largest of these astragals do not represent an animal quite 7 feet in height ; the admeasurements of fig. 1 almost equal the young Asiatic species (2677 4, Royal College of Surgeons); and the fragment a belonged to an Elephant nearly as large as the Sumatran in the British Museum, whilst fig. 2 was probably that of a younger individual of the large species. B Series—The left astragalus of my collection, Pl. X. fig. 10 (and figured by Mr. Busk in his monograph’), differs considerably from any of the above. It was found in Benghisa Gap in conjunction with other remains here described as belonging to the smaller form. Although of the dimensions or thereabout of Pl. XVI. fig. 2, the two differ as follows:—1. The tibial surface is even in fig. 2, and concave in that under notice. 2. In fig. 10 the tibial surface is relatively broader in the antero-posterior, and shorter in the transverse admeasurement. 3. There isa much deeper nayiculare facet, which, for the size of the bone, may be said to beenormous. 4. The inner and posterior tuberosity is projecting far beyond the posterior margin of the tibial surface. 5. The anterior sulcus is narrower than in the other Maltese forms, and runs out at the external extremity, instead of terminating abruptly short of the fibular facet. 6. The inter- osseous fissure almost divides the two calcaneal facets, the internal of which is not raised so much above the level of the others. 7. The anterior border of the tibial facet is undulating, as in the recent species and Mammoth. ‘These features give quite a different aspect to the bone than is observed in any recent or fossil astragalus which has come under my notice. ‘The greater portion of the fibular facet has been attrited ; otherwise the specimen is perfect and affords the following admeasurements :— Length of antero-posterior diameter 5°1 inches, breadth 3:3 inches, height 2:1 inches ; tibial facet 2-5 inches (antero-posterior) by 2°2 inches ; naviculare facet 3 inches (transversely) by 2 inches, by tape (arc) 3°7 inches; outer calcaneal facet 1:9 by 1°3 inch ; inner calcaneal facet 1:8 by 1 inch’. C Series—The question in regard to the astragalus I am now about to describe being considered that of an adult has been sufficiently answered by Mr. Busk*. I may state in addition that the same bone, belonging to the skeleton of a young Indian Elephant (2723) in the Royal College of Surgeons, has the inner calcaneal facet nearly * Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. p. 270. * The skeleton of a young Indian Elephant in the Museum of King’s College, with the two milk-molars in full wear and four ridges of the last milk~molar invaded—the height at the shoulder is 4 feet, the tibial facet of the astragalus is 2°5 inches in antero-posterior and 2-6 inches in transverse diameter. * Trans. Zool. Soc. yi. p. 269, and p. 270, no. 30 a & b. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 8] divided by cartilage, with an enormous shallow valley extending the entire breadth of the lower surface, whereas the one in question is very much smaller in dimensions. Again the pit on the peroneal face, wanting, apparently, in all astragals of very young elephants, is here fully developed. The sulcus, as in the large forms, terminates in a deep pit near the centre; and the external calcaneal facet shows no trace of the foetal condition. With the exception of an injury to the central portion of the tibial surface the bone may be said to be perfect, and is represented in Plate XVI. fig. 8, and also by Busk!. Like the last the anterior sulcus traverses the anterior margin of the tibial facet; but it is broader and shallower, and there is a similar undulation of the margin ; the posterior internal angle, however, is not nearly so pronounced, and resembles that of A series. But in all the recent astragals I have examined this tuberosity is stouter than in any of the Maltese, and is not ossified in the recent specimen 2723, Royal College of Surgeons. The pygmy, however, displays the curving outline above noticed on the posterior border of the tibial facet. The saddle-back hollow on the upper surface, so patent in the last described, is not apparent in this, neither the proportionally large navicular facet; so that, with the characters common to A series, it is more allied to them and the recent species than to B series. The small astragalus belonging to no. 2723, Royal College of Surgeons, compared with fig. 3, gives the following dimensions. No. 2723, | ey Coll. fa Pl, XVI. fig. 3. | Remarks. inches. inches. | Bread Bh § sis co) edie yapetepcare.ch oie 3:0 2:2 In 2723 the humerus is 16-5 inches, whilst the tibia is 11 inches, and the Antero-posterior length .... 2:3 2-0 transverse length of the astragalus is 3 inches. The Oxford-Museum Elephant (ibisltaceh: fs cece ce ces 1-7 x 2-4 117 (ben or has a femur 22-5 inches, tibia 12 inches, and astragalus 2-6 ; about the same di- Naviculare facet .......... 24x1:3 19x 1:0 mensions are shown in the skeleton in King’s-College Museum, the three being External caleaneal ........ ‘16x 1:3 1:4 x 0:8 about 4 feet in height. Mr. Busk com- putes the femur of #. falconert at 13 Internal caleaneal ........ 2-0 x 0°6 1:5x0°7 inches, which, with Pl. XVI. fig. 3, would be small ; but, as before observed, Tarot | Qa Oeted se atoece 1:2x0°7 1:3 x06 the femur was evidently not that of an old animal. Besides the immature specimen figured and described by Busk from Admiral Spratt’s collection”, I obtained from Mnaidra Gap another example of the same diminutive form. But the tibial surface only was preserved, and measured 1°3 inch in the antero- posterior diameter, and 1‘5 inch in the transverse diameter, showing an astragalus of still smaller dimensions; I am not certain of the age of the owner, however, seeing that the bone was imperfect. 1 Trans. Zool. Soe. vi. p. 269, and p. 270. no, 30 a & b. 2 Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. p. 269, pl. 47. fig. 14. VoL. 1x.—pPartTI. November, 1874. M é 82 MR. A. L, ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF The complete state of ossification of fig. 3, as compared with very much larger astra- gals of recent species, shows that it was the matured bone of an elephant evidently not much over 3 feet in height. CALCANEUM.—There are two types or forms, in three specimens, two of which are precisely alike, whilst a third is slightly larger and differs from them in the following:— A Type.—P\. XVI. fig. 4 represents a right calcaneum with the greater portion of the astragaloid and the entire cuboid and peroneal facets denuded. It is an old bone, however, the epiphyses being completely consolidated. As none of the articular surfaces are preserved, there is little to add to the admeasurements given in fig. 4. The height is 3 inches; total length about 4°6 inches. The peculiarity, as distinguished from the other two and also the same bone in the Asiatic and Mammoth, is the broader upper surface of the heel, which, in this respect, assimilates to the African and E. meridionalis ; but there isa Mammoth’s calcaneum in the Beechey collection, British Museum, like the last. As to the curving or ‘“‘ saddle-back” of the heel, this would seem to be more decided in the three Maltese specimens than in any of the recent, where, however, ordinarily it is well developed, excepting in one massive heel-bone of E. meridionalis, where the upper surface is quite straight. From an inspection of numerous recent and fossil calcaneums, I find the groove in the front tuberosity for the tendon of the tibialis is always pronounced in old bones, and scarcely developed in young heel-bones of individuals of recent species much larger in dimensions than any of the Maltese elephants, which is, of course, another indication of the specimens in question having belonged to full-grown individuals. As regards the dimensions of the owner of fig. 4—although doubtless it belonged to an adult, and, as compared with recent species, to one of the height of that assigned to the rather small tibia Pl. XV. fig. 38, with which it was associated in Mnaidra Gap, this individual probably did not exceed 6 feet in height, consequently might stand as a small-sized male or ordinary female of perhaps the largest form. B Type.—1. The calcaneum Pl. XVI. fig. 5 (right limb), and a less perfect specimen of the opposite foot were both discovered in Benghisa Gap, in conjunction with other bones, including the lunare and cuneiform, P]. X VIII. figs. 4 & 9; all are doubtless referable to the smaller Elephant. The epiphyses are completely consolidated, and the bone uninjured, with the exception of the loss of a portion of the internal astragaloid facet. As just observed, it displays the narrow upper surface of the heel of the Indian and Mammoth so pointedly as to at once distinguish it from the last. Here the interosseous pit, as in the Maltese astragals, is broader about the middle than in, at all events, any recent bones Ihave seen. Again, the cuboidal facet is apparently more extensive in the fossil, stretch- ing across the bone, and is not so oval, which peculiarity agrees with the opposing surface of the cuboid, as will be shown presently. The saddle-shaped heel seems to be more decided in this instance than in the last specimen, and to as great an extent as in the Indian, the arc of the circle being fully 0:7 inch*. The peroneal facet is also * This might, like the large articular facets of the other foot-bones to be noticed in the sequel, have added to the activity of the animal; a high heel would throw more weight on the anterior portion of the foot. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 83 less oblique than in the recent species. With reference to the astragaloid facets, and particularly the inner, which is the last to become ossified in the genus, there are seem- ingly no differences between the adult recent and the extinct. The figure of Blainville showing, as Busk remarks, the inner facet in both the astragalus and calcaneum divided into two, in what must have been a full-grown African Elephant, seems an accidental irregularity, as that of 708 /, British Museum, shows no division whatever. ‘The dimen- sions of fig. 5 ae ars follows :— Length 3-9! inches, height 2:7 inches, upper articular surface 2°6 by 3:0 inches, outer facet 2°4 inches by 1:3, inner facet 1:9 by 1 inch, peroneal 1-4 by 0°7, cuboidal 2 by 0°8. 2. The less perfect specimen (8) of the left foot of a somewhat larger individual is precisely of the same form, the only determinable difference being a proportionally larger fibular facet, which is 1:5 by 1:1. The line of junction of the distal epiphysis is here more patent than in the other. NAvicuLARE.—By way of comparison between old and young bones so as to enable me to determine the following imperfect specimens in my collection, I find, as regards the Indian Elephant, that, in common with the other parts of the skeleton, the naviculare of the adult has the facets more defined, with adventitious rugosities exter- nally, whereas the latter are wanting in young bones. This leads me to divide the Maltese nayiculares into old and young, or large and small, of which there are three gradations and five specimens. The naviculare, like certain other foot-bones, is completely ossified in the Elephant at an early age, so that, but for such characters as the above, we might be apt to ascribe young bones to the small forms of Elephant; and therefore I feel that much care is requisite in determining the two naviculars shown in Pl. XVII. figs. 7 and 8. This is not the case, however, with the three larger specimens illustrative of the largest Maltese elephant, of which I shall now define the characters of its navicular from two (right and left) nearly perfect and one mutilated left specimen from Mnaidra Gap. The latter, however, is the largest of the three ; and its characters comply with the data just advanced, and indicate an individual fully 7 feet at the withers. The cup shows a well-defined brim, with the usual incidental rough exterior of the old bone in contradis- tinction to the absence of adventitious surfaces in the young and, perhaps, adolescent Elephants. The maximum thickness is 1 inch; the calcaneal facet is 1 by 0°5 inch (precisely the same as obtains in the Sumatran, B. M.). From the abraded state of the bone, the other facets are not clearly defined ; but, in comparison with the astragals de- scribed, this naviculare might have belonged to the largest, and thus somewhat exceeded the next, which is represented in Pl. XVII. fig. 1, being one of a pair which seemingly belonged to the same individual, as both were met with in very close proximity. Indeed, as regards relation, astragalus Pl. XVI. fig. 1 and its compeer of the opposite 1 As compared with the King’s-College specimen referred to, these two heel-bones are considerably larger ; the length of the former is 3:2 inches. M2 84 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF side, and tibie Pl. XV. figs. 1 & 2, had every appearance of forming portions of the same skeleton. ‘The two naviculars in question (right and left) agree in dimensions; but fig. 1 is the more perfect, and is in accord in every respect with that of 26774. Royal College of Surgeons. ‘The linear dimensions of the bone in question are well shown in the figure. The calcaneal facet is 1:1 by 0:4 inch; whilst the are of the cup, by tape, is 3°3 inches. The same admeasurement on the convex surface, which is considerably abraded so as to denude the facets, is 4 inches. The cuboidal facet has its outline preserved, giving a surface of 2 inches by 1; the others are not defined, con- sequent on abrasion. Thus, whilst the naviculars of the recent Indian (2677a, R. C. S.) and the above closely consort as to dimensions, the same may be said of the astragals referred to them ; indeed, to follow the comparison further, it may be repeated that the tibiz of the two differ inasmuch as the former is 14 and the latter 17 inches in length, thus giving a shorter and stouter leg-bone to the fossil, just as obtains in the African in comparison with the Indian, more especially, however, in the dimensions of the toe- bones, as will appear in the sequel. 3. The small right naviculare Pl. XVII. fig. 7 has all the characters of a young bone; I therefore hesitatingly refer it tothe smaller form. The facets extend to the margins, as in the immature individual. The following are the dimensions of this specimen— breadth 2°6 inches, depth 1:7 (about), are of the astragaloid facet 2, are of anterior surface 2°8, thickness 0-8. The lower part of the bone being lost and a perpendicular fracture prevent further reliable measurements. 4. The smallest naviculare (fig. 8) had precisely the same characters as the last, but is more imperfect; as far as relative comparisons go, it consorts well in dimen- sions with astragalus Pl. XVI. fig. 5; whilst fig. 7 is equal to that of the Oxford skeleton, being 2°5 inches in length, and therefore also very small, but much too large for astragalus Pl. XVI. fig. 3. Summary.—Taking the navicularia generally, they indicate cogently one form of the bone of the largest hind-foot bones I have yet described, and, doubtfully, intermediate and pygmy forms. Cusorp.—There are three specimens of this bone in my collection, two of which are fragments. They are divisible into large and small. Ist. A Type.—The largest (represented in Pl. XVII. fig. 4) has lost its lower part, including nearly the entire calcaneal and fifth metatarsal facets, by accident—enough, however, remaining to establish its dimensions as compared with the bones just de- scribed. It is too large for the naviculare (fig. 1), and also exceeds the dimensions of the same bone of 26774, R.C.S.; but it equals that of the Sumatran (B. M.) and the largest fossil naviculare. The maximum thickness of the fragment at the middle of the fourth metatarsal surface is 1 inch. It is the front aspect that is shown in the figure, the margin a being the internal or cuneiforme attachment. The naviculare facet, unlike that of the recent, is not isolated by a furrow, and is even only feebly indicated by THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 85 a dividing ridge, below which is the horizontal facet for the calcaneum, the maximum breadth of which is 2 inches. 2nd. A similarly mutilated, but much smaller, right cuboid from the same locality shows the.entire navicular and fourth metatarsal and also the internal surfaces, the portions containing the calcaneal and fifth metatarsal facets being lost. At a glance one might be disposed to place the last specimen among the young bones, only that the facets are pronounced; however, if it is that of an adult, it must have belonged to a very small individual. Its characters are pointedly the same as noted in fig. 4. In the first place, as far as the outline is preserved, the two specimens show much the same configuration in contradistinction to the next specimen, from which they appear to differ in several particulars. For example the rounding-off of the angles and general rough and irregular outline distinguish fig. 4 from fig. 5, the margins of which are far more prominent. Thus the two former may assimilate to the recent species; but which in particular cannot, unfortunately, be ascertained, from the fragmentary condition of the specimens. The length of the internal side in fig. 4 is 2:4 inches; and here, instead of the facets being two as usual in cuboids of recent Elephants, also in that of the next to be described, the entire upper half of the internal surface is occupied by the cuneiform articulation, with deep excavations on the lower part. The navicular facet is oval, instead of being quadrilateral as in fig. 5; its height is 1-1 inch, and the breadth 0-9. The fourth metatarsal surface is 1:2 by 1:1 inch. The latter differs also from that of fig. 5 in its more oval outline and flat surface. It seems, from a comparison between the afore-mentioned skeleton of the African Elephant and numerous specimens of the Indian, that their cuboids differ consider- ably, whilst in the former the external is the longest side, the internal next, and the base the smallest. In the Indian the latter is also the smaller, but the two other sides are about equal. I do not know, however, how far the above would be borne out by an equal amount of instances of African cuboids, which, unfortunately, are not at present forthcoming in collections. B Type.—The perfect and very characteristic cuboid (fig. 5) would seem to differ in these respects from both recent species, presenting nearly the form of an equilateral triangle; and although there are no adventitious rugosities on the sides, still the facets are so sharply defined on the anterior and posterior surfaces, that one can have little hesitation in pronouncing the bone to be that of a full-grown individual. The figure represents the naviculare facet below, with the calcaneal above, and its abnormality, to which I shall refer presently. The following are its dimensions—upper surface 2°6 inches, internal 2-6, external 2°5, calcaneal facet (c) 2 by 1:2. The naviculare (m), owing to the more triangular configuration of the bones as compared with recent species, is more erect than is apparently the case in them or in any fossil cuboid I have examined ; its height is 1:6 inch, and breadth 1-1. 86 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF I do not know how far it may be an individual peculiarity, but, as may be noticed in the figure (5), the calcaneal facet (c), which is perfectly horizontal in the recent and, as far as I have been enabled to observe, in the Mammoth, is in this particular instance divided into two facets (c, ¢) by a prominent ridge and broad fossa, which completely isolate the inner one from even the naviculare. Again, in cuboids of full-grown recent species and even in the young of the Indian, the naviculare and calcaneal surfaces are separated by a deep furrow, which is replaced in all the Maltese elephantine cuboids by ridges. The division of the calcaneal facet does not show a corresponding solution of con- tiguity in any of the heel-bones described. Again, the fossil displays a deeper inter- mediate hollow between the fourth and fifth metatarsal surfaces than is apparently the case in recent or the two just noticed. It is the symmetry of outline, however, of fig. 5 as compared in some measure with fig. 4, but chiefly with all other cuboids belonging to living and extinct Elephants that I have examined, that gives to the specimen in question an apparently distinctive character. The anterior and posterior cuneiform facets occupy the margins instead of the entire upper surface, as in the two last; the former is 1 by 0°3 inch, the latter 0°7 by 0-2. Summary.—In compounding the various characters and dimensions of the above cuboids, as far as their conditions will allow, there seems to me no pronounced similari- ties in outline between any of the fossils and either recent or any extinct species. Whilst as regards dimensions fig. 4 might well represent an Elephant as large as the Sumatran in the British Museum, and fig. 5 an individual of nearly 5 feet, the other speci- men would not accord with the astragalus Pl. XVI. fig. 3, but with an animal of rather smaller dimensions than the owner of Pl. XVII. fig. 5, although the two latter seemingly differ in characters. At the same time, whilst we are bound to notice every little distinc- tion in such an inquiry as the one in which I am engaged, I feel that what appears to be a specific character may turn out to be only an individual abnormality; and this I am quite prepared to accept in regard to what has been stated of fig. 5. At all events we may fairly conclude that the collection represents the cuboid of a large anda small form of Elephant. External Cuneiform. There are two examples (right and left) from Mnaidra Gap; the naviculare surface of the former is represented in Pl. XVII. fig. 2. Both refer to the largest forms, and, as regard dimensions, might have belonged to two individuals of nearly the same size ; the larger is evidently of the size of the owners of the largest astragalus, naviculare, and cuboid just described. The outline of the bone in the two recent species does not differ materially ; the usual irregularity of the lateral facets seems common to both living and extinct species. Thus the above and the Sumatran and an external cuneiform (36612) of a Mammoth in the Paleontological Collection, B. M., have only one anterior facet for the second or middle cuneiform, and the lower cuboidal facet is concave in all; THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 87 whereas in the African (708/) and an old foot of the Indian (2543, R. C. S.) there are two facets for the second cuneiform. 1. The right cuneiform (Pl. XVII. fig. 2) appertains most probably to naviculare fig. 1, both having been discovered side by side. Like it, the bone in question is scarcely equal to the same of the young Asiatic (2677 4), which is somewhat smaller than the other fossil cuneiform above-mentioned of the left foot from the same locality. 2. The second specimen, like the last, shows all the characters of the mature bone, with its rough exterior and well-marked facets. The entire length and breadth are 2°8 by 1:7 inch, thickness 0°8. As usual, the naviculare surface is concave and 2 by 1:4 inch, the same, or almost the same, being the dimensions of the metatarsal; the latter, how- ever, does not show the exact boundaries of its articular surfaces, which Cuvier seems to consider diagnostic of the feet of the two living species *. Middle Cuneiform. The only representative of this bone in my collection is the perfect specimen repre- sented in Pl. XVII. fig. 3. It shows the anterior surface of a left meso-cuneiforme from Mnaidra Gap, where it was discovered in close proximity to the external cunei- forms just described, and in all probability belonged to the larger of the two. The apex (a) is here rounded, such as is usually observed in the young bone of the Indian and Mammoth, the adult (including the African) having it more or less curved. But the 2. Middle Cuneiform of the African (1), Asiatic (2), and Maltese (3) Elephants. dorsal surface rises to a point (4) internally, and is also distinct from either recent bones, which, again, differ more or less from one another. At all events, that of 708 h (African, 1 Ossem. Fossiles, tome i. pp. 497 & 572. 88 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF B. M.) is singularly shaped as compared with many Indian specimens of different ages. These differences are very apparent in the woodcuts. Again, in the fossil and Mammoth Sumatran and old Indian the anterior surface is concave, whereas in the African (708 /) it is rather convex. The facets for the internal and external cuneiforms seem to vary in extent and number in different individuals of recent species and in the Mammoth. The following are the dimensions of fig. 3—thickness 0:8 inch, anterior facet 1:2 by 1, posterior 1:1 by 1-1. Internal Cuneiform. The two left internal cuneiforms shown at Pl. XIX. fig. 1, and Pl. XVII. fig. 6, seem to differ from any recent or fossil equivalents I have examined in being relatively shorter and broader. Thus, whilst this bone does not appear to differ much in outline in the African and Asiatic, there are these disparities between them and the internal cuneiform of the Maltese elephants. This arises from the obliquity of the facets which contract the inner border, thus :— Internal Cuneiform of the Asiatic (1) and Maltese (2 and 3) Elephants. Nat. size. The greater obliquity of the navicular facet in the African as compared with the Asiatic is therefore a character also of the Maltese specimens, which, however, have it in excess; moreover they differ from the recent in having these surfaces broader, with much less developed facets for the middle cuneiform. How far do they differ from one another? As regards outline there may be said to be little, if any, point of distinction worthy of note, unless it be that Pl. XVII. fig. 6 has a rounder and relatively narrower distal extremity (a) than that of Pl. XIX. fig. 1 (a); therefore it is a more slender bone, and may have belonged to the smaller form. 1. The specimen, fig. 6, was found in Benghisa Gap with other feet-bones referable to the smallest form. The total length is 1°5 inch, and greatest breadth 1:4. The THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 89 naviculare surface is semilunar, with a narrow facet for the second cuneiform on its external margin; the former is 1-1 by 0-6 inch, and the latter 0°8 by 0:3. The distal facet is nearly circular, its height to breadth being 1 to 0-8 inch. The scar usually present on the external surface near the distal end for the second metatarsal facet is not seen in the above specimen, which I observe is also the case in certain instances in the Asiatic. The dimensions of the cuneiform, with the other tarsal bones just described, and compared with those of recent species, would indicate an Elephant of about the height of the Elephas melitensis of Falconer. 2. The left cuneiform, Pl. XIX. fig. 1 (from Gandia Fissure, so prolific of the remains of the largest form), establishes the presence of a fair-sized Elephant, and is in keeping with the largest foot-bones in my collection. The distribution and outline of its articular surfaces are very much like the preceding; the scar for the second meta- tarsal is large, and situated lower down than usually observed. A portion of the upper and anterior margin has been broken off recently ; otherwise the specimen is entire, with the exception of a fracture through the anterior border. The dimensions of the speci- men are as follows—entire length (about) 2 inches, greatest breadth 1:8, naviculare facet (about) 1:5 by 0-7, distal 1:4 by 1. Summary.—Vhe tarsus furnishes the following data :— The astragalus indicates an Elephant nearly 7 feet in height, with two individuals not so high, but evidently of the same type or form. Another shows peculiarities distinct from the foregoing, and equal in size to the smallest of the large form; whilst a pygmy form is seemingly established by the little astragalus, Pl. XVI. fig. 3. The heel-bones display discrepancies and show two forms—one a small individual, perhaps, of the largest, and another (fig. 5) a full-grown individual of an intermediate form. The naviculare establishes a full-grown Elephant of the large form; and, provided the smaller navicularia, Pl. XVII. figs. 7 & 8, belong to the adult condition, we have the intermediate and pygmy forms also represented. In the cuboid the two larger forms are well displayed; and the internal cuneiforms do so likewise, whilst the middle and external cuneiforms appear to belong entirely to the large form. XIII. Meracarpat, Metatarsal, PHALANGEAL, AND SESAMOID BonzEs. I have carefully compared the metacarpal, metatarsal, and phalangeal bones of many examples of the Asiatic Elephant, including the continental and insular varieties, and find that there is very little difference in the outline even between young and old. Unfortunately there is only one example of the African Elephant’s skeleton in London, and, as far as I know, in Great Britain; so that the same cannot be asserted in its case ; however, in comparison with the former, and taking the relative ages of the two species, I find there are considerable differences between the bones of the feet of, for example, 708 (African), B.M., and the Sumatran, B.M., or the very old bones of the articulated feet of the Indian (no, 2543, R.C.8.). I propose, therefore, to point out these differences, VOL. IX.—PART I. November, 1874. N 90 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF whatever their values may be worth, inasmuch as I find in the large assortment of foot- bones in my collection that several admit of being classed with the African and many with the Asiatic Elephant. Moreover there are difficulties to be encountered in deciding equivalent metacarpals and metatarsals as well as phalangeals of fore and hind feet of the recent species. What must this be when we are determining those of several fossil forms of divers dimensions, such as the objects now under consideration, many of which are imperfect? Consider- ing, therefore, the diversified and numerous materials in my collections, I think the safest and best way will be to describe the same toe of either foot in succession. My comparisons of an adult African with numerous examples of the fore and hind feet of the Asiatic show that the long bones of the latter are relatively more slender and symmetrical in form than in the former; indeed, so pronounced is this, that I cannot subscribe to the opposite view entertained by Cuvier, who says that the first, second, and fifth metacarpals are relatively greater in the Indian, and that the first metatarsal is smaller and more pointed in the African, and its second metatarsal much more slender in proportion’. At least, as far as the African (708 H) compares with the Chuny and other Asiatic adult Elephants of the corresponding stage of growth, these bones seem to me relatively larger; but much may be owing to whether or not the individual had led a wild or a domesticated life. First Metacarpal, first Metatarsal, and their phalanges. 1. These bones are apparently shorter in the African than in the Asiatic; and there is less difference in length between the first metacarpal and first metatarsal in the latter than between the same bones in the African, the first metatarsal being small as com- pared with the equivalent bone of the fore foot. 2. In both recent species the trapezial facet of the first metacarpal is oblong, and the cuneiform-facet of the first metatarsal circular. 3. The upper surface of the digital aspects of the first metacarpal and first meta- tarsal in the African is hollowed out, and the under surface of the same articulation is flat; whereas in the Indian the former is almost convex and the latter concave. 4. The lower aspect of the first metacarpal and metatarsal is sharp in the Asiatic, and flat in the African. A general remark in connexion with adult recent, as compared with the fossil, is, that in all skeletons and specimens of the former I have examined containing the second ¢rwe molar in wear, the epiphyses of the toe-bones were detach- able, whereas in all I shall describe they are completely consolidated. In 708 / (African) and the Sumatran, British Museum, and Chuny, Royal College of Surgeons, they are not united. A Type—1. The largest first metacarpal, with possibly its digit, is shown in Plate XIX. fig. 2 & a & fig. 5. Both display the characters of the African, and, as regards * Ossemens Fossiles, tom. i. p. 571. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 91 relative dimensions, are in keeping with the largest fossil carpal bones, and about equal to the same parts of an Asiatic between 6 and 7 feet in height. B Type.—2. A different form of bone (with its phalanx, fig. 5) is shown in Plate V. fig. 4; it is one of a pair found close together, and of the same dimensions. ‘The oblong proximal facet is concave, whilst the distal is broad, expansive on the margins, and deeply grooved, and flat below, as in the African. The digit was doubtless well defined, and may be that shown in figure 5; it was found in the immediate vicinity. The inner side of the former is convex, and the outer hollow; length 1-8 inch, trapezial facet 1:2 by 0-8 inch, digital facet 0°9 by 0-9 inch. This toe must have given a character to the foot, and permitted unusual pliability, just as was surmised of the saddle-backed dorsum of the caleaneum Plate XVI. fig. 5, referred also to the small form. That the above belongs to the fore foot is shown by the oval outline of the trapezial facet. ; 3. The similar-shaped pygmy fore-foot bone, Pl. XXI. figs. 3 & 3a, already described, demonstrates at all events the characters of Pl. V. fig. 4, as compared with Pl. XIX. fig. 2. Another, less perfect pygmy of the same form is seen in Pl. XIX. fig. 9. The following I refer to the first metatarsal :— A Type—1. The digit, Pl. XX. figs. 1, 1a, and its phalanx 4, fits very closely to the small internal cuneiform, Pl. XVII. fig. 6. 2. The still smaller specimen, Pl. XX. fig. 2, and another of about the same dimen- sions, with circular, instead of ovoid, proximal facets, and perpendicular grooves on the distal aspects, are 1-2 inch in length. The height of the proximal facet is 1-1 inch, of the distal extremity 0-9 inch, cuneiform 0-8 by 0°6 inch, and digital facet 0°8 by 0-6 inch. Of these three, although fig. 1 is much larger than fig. 2, they do not differ in respect of outline; and clearly the two belong to the metatarsi of an intermediate and a very small form ; the latter, however, is not by any means so diminutive as the first meta- carpal (Pl. XXI. fig. 3), thus showing how very much variability there was in regard to the dimensions of the feet-bones. The terminal phalanges of the first metacarpal differ doubtless individually to some extent. In the African it would appear to hold a semilunare and concave facet, which is irregularly hollowed out in the Asiatic; they differ seemingly also in outline. The first-metatarsal phalanx of the African is shown in the accompanying woodcut (p. 92). A smaller but similar bone is represented on Pl. XIX. fig. 8; and another, (fig. 14) has a very concave facet at a. I have placed the last with the fifth toe at page 105. This bone is rarely preserved on skeletons or in cabinets; it is usually very small. In the African alluded to it is in the form of a small cone, with an oblique articular surface. Hyvidently it is subject to modifications in outline in the same species; but the pointed character and smaller size, as compared with the fore foot, distinguish it. No doubt it is subject to considerable variability in both feet, although generally of sugar- loaf form. N2 92 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF Fig. 7. Ungual phalanx, first toe, hind foot, of the African elephant. Summary.—The foregoing data seem to indicate the presence of a large, intermediate, and very small form of Elephant, the former represented by Pl. XIX. fig. 2 and PI. XX. fig. 1, whilst the same bones in the smaller are shown by PI. V. fig. 4 and Pl. XX. fig. 2. These distinctions seem to me fairly borne out by the articular facets for the trapezium and internal cuneiform, irrespective of dimensions. But supposing even that they belong to either foot, they all represent old bones, and display remarkable discrepancies as to the dimensions, more especially the first-toe bones Pl. XX. figs. 1 & 2, and Pl. XXI. fig. 3, as compared with Pl. XIX. fig. 2. Second Metacarpal, second Metatarsal, and their phalanges. A comparison of the second metacarpal in the Mammoth, African, and Asiatic shows no appreciable differences. In old animals the upper surface is rather flat; but in younger bones it is round; the only point is, as formerly observed, that generally the Asiatic and Mammoth have the long bones of the feet and digits longer, more slender, and more symmetrical than the African. The second metatarsal in the latter and Mammoth has its upper surfaces rather more hollow and like the second metacarpus than obtains in any Asiatic I have examined. In all recent Elephants, and several second metatarsals of the Mammoth, the scar for the internal cuneiform is pronounced. There seems, moreover, as Cuvier points out, a decidedly larger surface for the external cuneiform in the Asiatic than in the African. The second metacarpal and second metatarsal proximal phalanges in the African are deeply saddle-backed at their distal extremities and relatively broader bones than those of the Asiatic, which have the same part even, with the obliquity of the surface out- wards, and a rugous scar on the inner side, where there is a hollow in the African. Of course the deep ginglymoid articular surface of the African produces a corresponding inequality on its phalanges. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. , be The only entire specimen in my collection, referable to the second metacarpal, is the very diminutive bone, Pl. XXI. figs. 4 & 4a, described at page 76. The second metatarsal is represented by three entire specimens, referable to individuals of larger stature. There are distal extremities, however, of both metacarpals and meta- tarsals and entire phalanges referable to the large form, and which differ materially, not only in dimensions, but in the following characters :— 1. Reverting to the fore foot, Pl. XX. fig. 12 illustrates what I take to be the proximal and mid phalanges of the second toe, left fore foot of the largest form. Both bones agree in outline with those of the Asiatic, and represent an individual of about the assigned ordinary dimensions I have ascribed to the largest form. The entire length of the former is 1:7 inch, the proximal and distal articulating aspects being 1:5 by 1°3 inch and 1°3 by 0-7 respectively. 2. Two specimens of the mid phalanx, besides that in the figure, are somewhat smaller, and may have belonged to the same digit in the hind foot; and, judging from the contours of their proximal facets, the distal aspect of the first phalanx of the hind foot presented the same appearance as that of the fore, and consequently followed the Asiatic Elephant, just as much as I shall now point out obtains in Pl. XX. fig. 17, which represents the characters of the African. 3. This characteristic phalanx will be seen, by fig. 17, to present a deep saddle-back distal articular surface, which is not the case in fig. 12. With reference to the former, there are four specimens, two of which differ con- siderably in dimensions, although otherwise they are all much alike, whilst two are evidently of the same skeleton. There is moreover a mid phalanx which fits exactly to fig. 17, and another which suits a larger specimen. These three phalanges are dis- tinguished from each other by the two largest having ovoid proximal facets, and there- fore probably belonging to the fore; whilst the two latter (right and left) are smaller and have circular facets, and may belong to the hind foot of the same form. The former is 1°6 inch, and the latter 1:3 inch in length. The distinguishing character, I repeat, of these first phalanges of the second toe, whether of the fore or hind foot, is the large, scooped-out distal articular aspect, with a scar on its inner side, and a sharp protruding. ridge bounding it externally. As regards their characters in comparison with all recent and fossil species, I find the same bones in the fore foot of the Mammoth very similar; and the same obtains in the African, 708h. As to dimensions the young Ceylon Elephant, 707 in the British Museum, with the last milk-molar in full wear, has the equivalent bones of the same dimensions as the last. 4. The entire second metatarsal, Pl. XX. figs. 5 & 5a, presents the following cha- racters. The specimen is entire, and differs from either of the recent species generally, but agrees with the next I shall describe, in having its shaft rounded instead of the sharp internal and flattened external border. The facets for the three cuneiforms are here by We a (Une nee 6 ae 94 : MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF no means defined, as shown in fig. 5a. The scar for the internal cuneiform is wanting, as not unfrequently occurs in the Asiatic species; it is, however, present in a similar specimen of the right side, of slightly larger dimensions than the above. Moreover there is no ridge between the middle and external cuneiform-facets ; but the facet for the third metatarsal (4, fig. 5) is well shown on the upper and external margin, with a deep irregular-shaped pit, c, which intrudes on the posterior face of the bone which, but for the absence of any facet on its internal border, could with difficulty be distin- guished from a fourth metatarsal. 5. The perfect specimen of a left second metatarsal, Pl. XX. figs. 3 & 3a, at once assigns its position. The protuberant scar, 5, for the internal cuneiform, and the ridge dividing it from that occupied by the external cuneiform, with a prominent facet for the third metatarsal on the external side, coupled with the diminutive dimensions of the bone, at once proclaim the presence of a very small form of Elephant, inasmuch as the epiphyses are completely consolidated. By way of comparison with recent species, fig. 3 and the second metatarsal of the King’s-College and Oxford-University Museum skeletons, are of precisely the same length, indicating an individual about 4 feet in height. Third Metacarpal, third Metatarsal, and their phalanges. The relative proportion of the third metacarpal in the African and Asiatic Elephants seems to me to be in fayour of the bone being longer and more slender in the latter. It would appear, moreover, that the inner, outer, and lower surfaces are more flat and less rounded in the African, its eaneiferm-facet being also much broader, and the aspect for the magnum not so concave. As regards the third metatarsal, the only seeming difference is the more rounded internal surface of the African specimen. The first phalanx of the third metacarpal in the African is a stouter bone, with less of the compressed sides of the Asiatic; and its distal articular surface is less saddle- backed. And, of course, the second phalanx has a proportionally more even articular surface ; the proximal facet is nearly quadrilateral in the African, and almost oval in the Asiatic. The same characters are apparent in their equivalents of the hind foot. How far these distinctions will be borne out in a series of specimens of the African Elephant remains to be shown. The specimens in my collection and those from Zebbug, already described by Busk, represent much diversity in size; and although it is extremely difficult, indeed seemingly impossible, to assign to each their proper position, I think, that all the following are referable to the third fore or hind digit. I shall arrange them in series according to dimensions. A Series.—The largest third metacarpal bones are represented by three specimens, differing very little in size, but more incharacters. The largest (Pl. XIX. fig. 10) gives THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 95 the following dimensions—length 4°6 inches, breadth midshaft 1:8 inch, magnal facet 16 inch in breadth, second-metacarpal facet 0°5 inch in breadth, fourth-metacarpal facet 1:2 by 0-7 inch, phalangeal facet 1:8 by 1:9 inch. The above and another speci- men differ from the third in having the sides of the shaft flat, whereas it is rounded in the latter. The upper and lower surfaces are flat, as in the African, to which they are further connected in having narrow shafts, broad unciform-facets, and less concave magnal surfaces, as compared with the Elephant of Asia. The relative dimensions of these specimens equal the same in an Asiatic Elephant about 6:5 feet in height. B Series.—Plate XIX. figs. 4 & 3 represent the inner aspects of third and fourth metacarpals of the right foot of doubtless the same individual, from Benghisa Gap. With reference to fig. 4, it not only differs considerably in size, but also apparently in the following characters, from the members of A series. It is less slender, the shaft is quadrangular, the inner side being broad and the lower flat inclining outwards. Its dimensions are:—length 3:4 inches; breadth, middle of shaft 1-6; height of shaft at middle internally 0-7 inch, ditto eaternally 1:2 inch; second-metacarpal facet 1:4 by 0:5 inch, magnal ditto 1:7 by 1:2 inch, unciform ditto 1:7 by 0-5 inch, fourth-meta- carpal ditto 1:6 by 0°6, height of proximal extremity 1:8 inch, distal articulation 1-7 by 1°5 inch. The above is considerably shorter than the same bone of 707A, British Museum, and might therefore indicate an Elephant not over 4°5 feet in height. But relatively the facets and breadth of the shaft are not so much different, thus confirming previous data in regard to the long bones already noticed. C Series.—A specimen, unfortunately not entire, but clearly referable to the third toe, is shown in PI. V. fig. 3. Its facets have been injured recently, so that any data to be derived from them are lost. It is hollow on the dorsal aspect, like fore-foot bones generally. The second metatarsal, Pl. XX. fig. 5, would relatively agree with the above, in which case it might represent the third metatarsal of the smaller form, and become the equivalent hind-foot bone to the type which C series represents. PI. V. fig. 3, moreover, as will be noted presently, agrees with Pl. XX. fig. 6, which I assign to the fourth toe, hind foot; so that the three might fairly represent the third metacarpal and second and fourth metatarsals of an Elephant nearly 5 feet in height. D Series—The members of this series are remarkable for their diminutive size, whether looked on as metacarpal or metatarsal bones. ‘Their claims to be considered old bones are well established by the complete anchyloses of their epiphyses. The.two shown in Pl. XIX. figs. 6 & 7, and the very small but well-ossified patella Pl: XV. - fig. 6, were got close together in Benghisa Gap. From the usual characters of the toe in question, fig. 7 seems to me to represent the third metacarpal or metatarsal, whilst the broader shaft and facets place fig. 6 with the bones referable to the fourth toe. With reference to fig. 7, although considerably 96 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF eroded by decay, its length is entire and is 19 inch; breadth of mid shaft 1 inch; depth of ditto 0-6 inch; distal articulating surface 1 by 0-9 inch, the same bone in the fore foot of the Oxford-University-Museum skeleton being 2°5 inches, and in the hind foot 2:1 inches, thus indicating an individual about 3 feet in height. To match this diminutive bone there is the first phalanx Pl. XX. fig. 16, and almost a fac simile represented by Busk'. ‘The two are, indeed, so alike that, were it not for the one having been found in the Benghisa Gap and the other in Zebbug cave, they might, as regards dimensions and characters, have belonged to the same individual. In skeletons of recent Elephants of the stage of growth where their bones could in any way come up to the dimensions of those I am describing, they are so diminished by the shrunken cartilage of their extremities as to be scarcely true exponents of the original member. The remarkable contrast between these small foot-bones and the first, second, and fourth metacarpals shown in Plate XXI. figs. 4-6, and described at page 76, leads me to believe that the former (Plate XIX. figs. 6 & 7) might belong to the hind, and not the fore foot. I shall now describe phalangeal bones referable to the third metacarpal and third metatarsal bones composing A series, there being no specimens apparently assimilating to the members of B series. Pl. XX. fig. 8 shows the three phalanges of the third finger as they were found in situ in Mnaidra Gap’. The dimensions of all the other numerous specimens are very nearly equal, although from different situations. ‘The maximum admeasurements of the first phalanx, shown in Pl. XX. fig. 8, which is the largest, are—length 2 inches, breadth (middle of shaft) 1:4, proximal articulation 1:7 by 1:2, distal articulation 1°3 by 0°8 inch. Four specimens of the mid and ungual phalanges give about the same dimensions as are shown in the fig. 8. In comparison with the same bones in the Sumatran, B.M., the above greatly resemble them in outline: but as the metacarpal articulation of the proximal phalanx is almost quadrangular in the African, and almost oval in the Asiatic, there is a pro- nounced leaning towards the former in the fossil. Thus the Sumatran is 2°5 inches in length, but its proximal articular aspect is only 1:4 by 1-1. Relatively the digit was about the average dimensions I have assigned to that of the large form, whose height was about 6-5 feet at the withers. No doubt the largest form, indeed perhaps all the Maltese elephants, displayed, as surmised from the long bones of the limbs, a relatively greater bulk to height than is observed in recent species, and also in the Mammoth. A more slender first and second phalanx is represented in Pl. XX. fig. 12, which I suppose may have been the corresponding bones of the hind foot of an elephant even of ' Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. pl. 51. fig. 41. * Figs. 8 & 9 were found together, and probably belonged to the same individual. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 97 the size of the owner of the digit shown in fig. 8, the saddle-backed proximal facet and the contraction of the middle of the shaft being like the Asiatic; while the less oval proxi- mal articular surface is like the African, as shown by the same comparison in the Sumatran, where this facet is 1-6 inch by 1-2 to a total length of 2, the same in the fossil being 1-5 inch by 1 to 1-7, Here, again, the articular surfaces are relatively larger. The general characters, however, of this digit both in the fore and hind foot are seemingly more in keeping with the Asiatic than the African Elephant, provided that the specimen of the latter in the British Museum is typical with respect to the aspects of these bones. Summary.—Allowing a broad margin for individual differences in dimensions in the Maltese elephants, I think it must be apparent that the owners of the foot-bones just described could not well have belonged to the same species; for even allowing A and B series to represent large and small individuals, neither can be permitted to claim the members of C series, which differed in size as much from A series as did the Hippopotamus major and H. pentlandi from the existent H. liberiensis and extinct H. minutus’. Fourth Metacarpal, fourth Metatarsal, and their phalanges. The unciform-facet seems to be generally convex in young and adolescent stages of the fourth metacarpal, and becomes almost flat in the aged. ‘This is observable not only in the recent species, but seems to be the case also in the Mammoth and the fourth metacarpal referable to E. antiguus. The fourth metatarsal seems to be relatively larger in the African ; its tarsal articulating surface is more triangular, with more even sides, whilst the cuboidal facet is less concave than in the Asiatic. The distal articu- lating surfaces and contours of the shafts do not vary much. The Sumatran or insular variety would appear generally to differ from the continental, and also the African, in having all its articular surfaces more hollowed out and prominently defined. No bones in my collection differ more in dimensions than those referable to the fourth fore and hind toes. I shall divide them into what I may call types, in the order of their size and characters. A Type.—1. The largest, an imperfect left metacarpal, has its distal extremity much abraded, with the greater part wanting, but preserves the following :—entire length 4-4 inches (about), some abrasion at distal extremity; breadth (midshaft) 1-8, height of proximal end 2, unciform-facet 2 by 1:8, facet for third 1:8 by -6, facet for fifth 1:3 by ‘5. The unciform-facet is slightly convex. 2. A rather smaller but more perféct specimen of the right side, in relative proportions equivalent to the third metacarpal (Pl. XIX. fig. 10), is shown in no. 1, woodcut fig. 8. Its dimensions are as follows—length 4 inches, breadth (middle of shaft) 1:8, depth of ditto 1:2, anterior articular surface 2 by 2 inches, posterior articular surface (unciform) 1 This diminutive Riverhorse seems to haye been contemporary in Malta with the HY. pentlandi and the fossil Elephants. See ‘ Pal. Mem.’ vol. ii. p. 307, and my work on Malta, p. 214. ‘Thus there were pygmy and large Elephants and Hippopotami on the area at the same time. VOL. IxX.—PaRT I. November, 1874. 0 98 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF 1-8 in breadth, breadth of third metacarpal facet 0°7. This bone is as long as that of 707 h B.M., but is very much broader in every way. Fig. 8. Fourth metacarpals of Maltese elephants. B Type.—What is evidently a left fourth metacarpal is shown in woodcut no. 2. Al- though nearly the same length as no. 1, it is a much more slender bone, and has its shaft far more rounded. Thus, whilst the former partakes of the characters of the African, the latter is more in keeping with the Asiatic species, especially the insular variety in the British Museum, seeing that the articular surfaces are well defined, the distal being even concave. It may just, however, represent a youthful bone of the same elephant as described in A series, though the epiphyses are completely consolidated. Its dimen- sions are—length 36 inches, breadth of middle of shaft 1:4, greatest depth of mid- shaft 1:2, anterior articular facet 1:8 by 1:5. The proximal facet is too much injured for description. The claims of this specimen to the position assigned to it seem to me good; but to whatever bone of the fore or hind foot it may belong, there can be less doubt but it is very different from the members of A type; and, as I shall now point out, it is still more distinct from those of C type, which differ little from it in length, but very much in breadth. C Type.—The fourth metacarpal and the third metacarpal, Pl. XIX. figs. 3 and 4, belong to the same foot. They were found side by side, and evidently owed their perfect THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 99 states of preservation to having been surrounded in a stalagmitic red soil, whilst the other members of the same foot decayed away in the looser material around them. The above fig. 3 is altogether a much stouter bone than D type, and in outline resembles the members of A type. Its proximal facet is like that of the African, with even sides. The unciform-surface is flat, sloping outwards. Length 31 inches, breadth of midshaft 1-7, depth internally 1:1, depth of posterior articular surface 2, unciform-facet 1°8 by 1:6, third-metacarpal facet 1:5 by -6, fifth-metacarpal facet 1:2 by °5, anterior articular sur- face 1:7 by 1-7. It is evident that the owner of figs. 3 and 4 must have possessed a short and broad foot. The same element of the hind foot is still more various, and not only as regards size, but in characters even of specimens that do not differ in other particulars. At all events there are seemingly remarkable diversities in these respects in connexion with the middle toes; but probably a large series of recent specimens would show like individual discrepancies. ‘Thus in one out of four specimens of the fourth metatarsal, all of which, as regards size, are about equal, I find the cuboidal facet, instead of being concave laterally as in the Asiatic, is convex towards its outer side for a deeper depression in the opposing surface; so that we have the characters, as it were, of the two recent animals in the large form. Of course, did these bones show evidences of youth, the diagnosis would be of no value; but, like all the others I am describing, they are the remains of full-grown and aged individuals. A Type.—tThe perfect right fourth metatarsal shown in Pl. XX. fig. 4 is the one just referred to. What has been stated as regards the outline of the proximal articulating surface in the recent animals is, as far as the African species, well represented in this specimen, only that the dorsal surface is not so rounded. The dimensions of three of the specimens are the same; two from Mnaidra Gap belong to the right, whilst the other from Gandia Fissure is of the left hind foot. The following are the dimensions of Pl. XX. fig 4:—length 3:1 inches; breadth, middle of shaft, 1:6; depth internally at middle of shaft 1; depth of posterior articular aspect 2 inches; cuboidal surface 1:6 (depth) by 1:9; third metatarsal facet -9 by -6; fifth metatarsal facet 1-1 by ‘5; ante- rior articular surface 1-7 by 1:7. There are, moreover, irrespective of what has just been pointed out in connexion with the cuboidal aspect, differences in the contours of these three bones which make me almost doubt the value of the diagnosis I have noted between the African and Asiatic; nevertheless, in attempting to correlate the characters of these diversified elephantine bones, it seems requisite that all individual distinctions should be noted. Referring to the forms of the specimens in question, whilst fig. 4 resembles what I have pointed out as characters of the African, we find a second specimen, more slender, with a concave cuboidal facet and much of the outline of the Asiatic, and a third with a more concave tarsal aspect and still more concave outer and inner sides; at the same time it would be impossible to assign to either the cha- 02 100 MR, A. L. ADAMS. ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF racter of the immature bone. Taken in comparison with the Asiatic, they represent an animal of the usual proportions of the largest form, being of the dimensions of the same bone in the Netley skeleton, and nearly equal, if not equal, to that in the Museum of Guy’s Hospital, and 26774 Roy. Coll. Surg. B Type.—An old bone considerably smaller than the fourth metacarpal, C type, with a convexity of its dorsal aspect almost like a deformity, is nearly entire, with the loss only by decay of portions of the third- and fifth-metatarsal facets. In outline it is like the African ; 7. e. the outer and inner sides of the shaft are even and want the central expan- sions so apparent in those just described; the cuboidal facet on the dorsal margin is also like the African. The length of the bone is 2°7 inches; breadth, midshaft, 1:6 ; depth, midshaft, internally -7; depth of posterior articular aspect 1:5; cuboidal facet 1:3 by 1:3. The articulating surface for the first phalanx is 1°5 by 1:4. This intermediate-sized fourth metatarsal indicates an animal of the dimensions assignable to the slender-formed fourth metacarpal of B type. C Type.—\ have before surmised that Pl. V. fig. 3 and Pl. XX. fig. 5 may repre- sent the second and third metatarsals of the same type; indeed it might be of the same individual. I have also referred to Pl. XX. fig. 6 as being probably the fourth meta- tarsal’. This specimen has a recent oblique fracture across the head and some abrasions of the posterior lateral facets; but otherwise it is entire, and furnishes these measure- ments—length 2°5 inches, breadth (midshaft) 1:1, depth internally *8, depth of posterior articular surface 1:4, cuneiform-facet 1:2 by 1, anterior articulating surface 1:3 by 1:1. This bone has much of the general configuration of a fourth metacarpal, and is precisely of the same length as the fourth metacarpal of the skeleton in the Oxford University. It is very doubtful, therefore, whether or not Pl. XX. fig. 6 and the two others are fore- or hind-foot bones; and this will be more cogently indicated when they are compared with the very diminutive fore-foot bone’ Pl. X XI. fig. 5, and its associates so frequently referred to in connexion with the preceding, and which, in point of type, might be classed with the following. D Type.—I now come to consider a very diminutive fourth metatarsal ; it is the same referred to in connexion with its third toe (Pl. XIX. fig. 7); it is shown in fig. 6 of the same Plate. The lower portion of the anterior articulation is lost through erosion ; and for the same cause there is a loss of the upper portion of the proximal end; but the entire length is preserved. ‘The latter is 1-9 inch, breadth (midshaft) -9, depth inter- nally ‘7, posterior articulating surface 1, third-metatarsal facet *8 by *4; phalangeal articulation is 1 in. in breadth.- In the Oxford-University skeleton referred to in connexion with the third metatarsal of the above I find that the fourth bone in the fore foot is 2°5 inches, andin the hind 2-1, thus displaying the same disparities as regards relative lengths’. * Page 95. 2 Page 76. . * It must be understood that the mean length only is taken, as the articular surfaces, from their un- developed states in the young of this age, make it impossible to ascertain correct dimensions. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 101 As to the characters of the above, its even sides and rounded and slender shaft seem to place it intermediate between what may be the characters of the two recent animals ; it has, however, no decided affinities to any of the fossils described. A comparison between this and a fourth metatarsal of Elephas falconeri described by Busk! shows almost exactly the same proportions; indeed, for any differences worth noticing, they may have belonged to the same individual. The phalanges referable to the fourth fore- and hind-foot toes, more especially the proximal phalanx (like that of the others), are generally easily recognized ; but, with the very extensive materials and the wide disparities we have seen to exist between the specimens of the preceding toes, I find it difficult to place the small specimens in their proper places. The following classification must therefore be subject to criticism. I have included within brackets the figures 8 and 9 in Pl. XX., for the reason that they are represented in precisely the same state in which they were found ; I believe they represent the entire series of phalanges of the third and fourth fore foot of the same individual. A Series.—As regards the dimensions of the opposing surfaces of the fourth metacarpal, phalanx a of fig. 9 fits to that of woodcut no. 1, fig. 8; so that with the third metacarpal Pl. XIX. fig. 10, which also fits to Pl. XX. fig. 8, we should have the entire third and fourth digits of the fore foot. Reverting to fig. 9 and a its first phalanx, in addition to the data furnished by the figure, its proximal articulation is 1-9 inch by 1-3 in height, and the distal 1-6 by 1. There are several other specimens in the collection slightly larger and very little smaller; but all agree in outline, and are referable to the largest form. B Series.—A smaller form of first phalanx than the preceding is shown in Pl. XX. fig. 13. It has the general features of a fourth metacarpal phalanx, and is of the following dimensions :—length 1-7 inch, breadth midshaft 1:2; the posterior surface is oval and 1-7 by 11. The facet for the second phalanx is hollowed out in some degree, with the usual projection of its internal angle; it is *8 by 1:3 inch. The specimen is as long as the same bone in the young Elephant 7074 in the British Museum, which stood about 5 feet in height. C Series—P|. XX. fig. 15 represents the first and second phalanges of a fourth digit, possibly of the fore foot, of a still smaller elephant. The facets of the former are— anterior “7 inch by 1, posterior 1:3 by 1. It must, however, be left an open question whether or not B and C series belong to the fore or hind foot, which of course differ much in relative dimensions, and often very little in characters. Fifth Metacarpal, Fifth Metatarsal, and their Phalanges. The internal and external aspects of the fifth metacarpal are more compressed in the Asiatic than seemingly obtains in the African Elephant; hence it is narrower. Like ? Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. p. 271, pl. 51. figs. 40, 40 a, and 40}. 102 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF all externa! bones and exposed surfaces, there are rugosities amounting to exostosis in very old specimens, which, without the ossification of epiphyses, pretty well indicate age. It would seem, moreover, that the upper surface of the fifth metatarsal in the African is broad and expansive, whilst it is narrow and rounded in the Asiatic. The cuboidal facet, as far as 708/ B.M. is a representative of the African, shows an oval out- line, the same being generally circular in the Asiatic. ‘The latter peculiarities are also apparent on the proximal facets of the first metacarpal and metatarsal phalanges of the fifth toe. The first phalanx of the fifth metacarpal digit is longer and more compressed at midshaft in the Asiatic and Mammoth than in the African, with a well-marked saddle-back facet, and contraction of the sides of the shaft, the latter being even in the African. There is a diminutive articular surface on the inner aspect of the distal extre- mity in the former, whereas the latter shows a more expansive articulation which may have furnished a small terminal phalanx. These differences obtain more or less in the equivalent bone of the hind foot. However, whilst the two bones in the African are nearly of the same length, there isa considerable difference in this respect in the Asiatic, the metatarsal phalanx being conspicuously smaller than that of the fore foot; but I find there is no persistent distinction, some being relatively smaller than others; and, it may be, the same obtains in the African. The comparison, however, in the outlines of the first phalanx of the fore and hind foot in the African shows the latter bone assimi- lating to the constricted sides of the Asiatic in contradistinction to the same bone in the anterior extremity. Several of these points appear in the outlines, which are of the natural size. Thus no. 1 (fig. 9) is the first phalanx, fifth fore toe, and no. 2 is the first phalanx, fifth hind toe, of the Asiatic Elephant, whilst no. 3 is the first phalanx, fifth fore toe, of the African, the equivalent bone of the hind foot being like no. 2 of the Asiatic. The no. 4 is the first phalanx, fifth fore toe, of the Maltese large form. Fig. 9. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 103 The fifth metacarpal is represented by five specimens, nearly all of which are per- fect, excepting a few abrasions. They well support the other bones belonging to the large and intermediate and pygmy forms, not only in dimensions, but also in general characters. A Type—There are two fifth right metacarpals, of which Pl. XIX. fig. 11 is the more perfect ; they differ in scarcely a line as regards relative admeasurements, and are so much like each other in characters that they must have belonged to individuals of the same size exactly. The length of fig. 11 is 4°5 inches, breadth at middle of shaft 2-1, thickness at mid- shaft 1:4, fourth metacarpal facet 1-6 by 0°5, unciform-facet 2 by 1:5, distal articular surface 2°6 by 2-2, surface for the first phalanx (fig. 11) a@ to b=1°6 by 1-4. The flat upper and outer surface and absence of the compressed sides of the Asiatic give quite the characters of the African Elephant to these two specimens, whilst the rugosities on their exposed sides and complete anchylosis of epiphyses proclaim them to be bones of aged animals. ‘These two specimens equal in dimensions the same bone in 26774 Roy. Coll. Surg., also in the skeletons in Guy’s and Royal-Victoria Hospital Museums. The Sumatran is longer, being 5 inches ; but its articular facets are quite as large, showing that the fossil was altogether a relatively shorter and broader bone, as obtains in the African. B Type.—The two next might also have belonged to individuals of nearly the same dimensions. They are from left feet; and the more perfect is shown in Pl. XIX. fig. 12. The differences between them and the two just described are that they are not quite so broad in proportion, with sides more compressed, and the shaft rounded instead of the determined flattening on the dorsal and plantar aspects. The unciform-surface is more concaye, and the distance between the fourth-metacarpal facet and distal articulation 104 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF (ad) is relatively larger, the intermediate concavity being more shallow, in fig. 12 than in fig. 11. The external part of the unciform-facet has been recently broken off in fig. 12; but it is preserved in the other specimen, and shows a less pointed extremity than in fig. 11, which is rather more prominent than displayed in the drawing; both, however, have been slightly abraded, so that here the distinctions may not have been so great as the specimens now indicate. The dimensions of fig. 12 and its sister specimen are:—length 5:2 (5:1); breadth, middle of shaft, 1-9 (1:8); thickness at midshaft 1-4 (1°53); fourth metacarpal facet 1:3 by ‘4 (1:1 by °3); unciform surface 1:6 by 1:4 (1:5 by 1:4); distal articular surfaces 1:6 by 1:4 (lost in the other); facet for first phalanx 1:1 by 1 inch (lost in the other). These bones are smoother on their upper and outer aspects, and have less the charac- ters of the old bone than the two just described; still their epiphyses are completely consolidated. A most diminutive fifth metacarpal, at the same time (like the other bones of the same foot) with every indication of consolidation of its epiphyses, is shown in Pl. XXI. fig. 6. It is described with them at p. 77. A Type.—The fifth metatarsal Pl. XX. fig. 7 is the sole representative of this bone in my collections. In all the characters which appear to distinguish the African from the Asiatic, the specimen in question is decidedly akin to the former, and is even more divergent, being as broad as it is long; moreover the navicular aspect has also the outline of the African. In relative dimensions it equals those of the recent Asiatic Ele- phants with which the fifth metacarpal has just been compared, and even the Sumatran fifth metatarsal in B.M., which is 2 inches in length, with a proximal articulation of 1:6 by 1:2, and a distal of 1-9 by 1-7. The following are the dimensions of fig. 7—length 2 inches, breadth (midshaft) 1-7, thickness (ditto) 1:3, naviculare facet 1°3 by 1:1, distal articular surfaces 1:7 by 1:5, surface for first phalanx 1:3 by 1:3 (about). The rugosities on-the upper and external sides are pronounced. Here we see another convincing proof of the great breadth oi the bones to the length as compared with recent species. The phalanges are divisible into the following :— A Type.—P. XX. fig. 10 is unquestionably the first phalanx of the fifth metacarpal left foot. A portion of the internal and lower surface of the distal articulation has been recently removed ; but enough is preserved to show that the bone was more conical than in either of the recent species; and whilst it widely differs from the Asiatic, as shown in the woodcut no. 1, fig. 9, it is unlike the African in being shorter and stumpier, although they agree in the absence of the mid contraction of the shaft so apparent in the former and in the proximal phalanx of the fifth metatarsal of the two recent species. It is evident that the second phalanx must have been diminutive, from the small arti- cular surface, which, as before observed, is also minute in the Asiatic; but, as few THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 105 skeletons possess this bone, and from a comparison of the distal articulations of various fifth metacarpals and fifth metatarsals of the Asiatic, I am inclined towards the belief that there are considerable differences in its outline in individuals. I think, however, as far as the distal articulations of the bones just described extend, that they show relatively more extensive surfaces than in the recent, just as I have observed in the first phalanges of the first and second toes, thus perhaps adding to the pliability of the foot and to the activity of the animal! The proximal facet of Pl. XX. fig. 10 is almost circular; and, only that it is of the opposite side, it fits exactly to the opposing surface of the fifth metacarpal Pl. XIX. fig. 11, being 1-6 inch broad by 1-4 in height. The distal articulation has unfortunately been recently injured, and only a small portion of its very convex facet is preserved, for which a proportionate concave surface would be required. This might be supplied by Pl. XIX. fig. 14, which, if not the terminal phalanx of the outer, must be that of an inner toe; and as regards the latter, it is scarcely applicable, inasmuch as the forms of the opposing surfaces are concave in one, and, although convex in the large form, there is no provision for the projecting lower border a, fig. 14, which is accommodated on the lower aspect of the distal articular surface of Pl. XX. fig. 10. JI am therefore inclined to consider this bone a second or ungual phalanx of the fifth fore toe of the large form. Its plantar length is 1-4 inch from @ to the point, but only 0°8 on the dorsal line. The proximal facet is oblique to follow the internal curve of the tips of the fifth toe. There is a scar on the under surface at the tip. The specimen is referred to at p. 91. B Type.—The next proximal phalanx of the fifth digit I shall describe differs much from that of Pl. XX. fig. 10. Its outline is shown in woodcut fig. 9, no. 4 (p. 103), so as to contrast with the others and display its affinities to the Asiatic. Here we have a decided leaning towards the latter ; and if the characters shown are borne out by a series of equivalent bones of the two recent, there can be no question in regard to the Asiatic alliance. The one under consideration is slender and concave on its internal border and subconvex externally, with a slight saddle-backed distal articulation and projection inwards of the internal angle. The proximal facet is oval, with the large end directed inwards, and is slightly concave, more especially towards its inner surface. The length of the phalanx is 1°6 inch, breadth at middle of shaft 1:3, proximal facet 1-4 by 1:5 in depth. There is the same inconspicuous facet for the ungual phalanx as in the Asiatic. C Type.—In support of the very diminutive elephantine bones before referred to, there is the remarkably small phalanx Pl. XX. fig. 14. I am doubtful, however, whether to consider it as belonging to the second or fifth toe; but no matter to which; it takes its place with the smallest bones. In the youngest skeleton of the recent species I have had an opportunity of in- specting (I refer to that in the Oxford-University Museum’), the first phalanx of the 1 The comparisons I have been fortunate enough to obtain from this suggestive example of a very young Asiatic VOL. Ix.—PaRTI. November, 1874. P > 106 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF second toe is 1 inch in the fore and 0°8 in length in the hind foot ; whereas the first of the fifth is ‘7 in the fore and ‘6 in length in the hind foot; whilst fig. 14 is -7, with a breadth at midshaft of ‘8. The proximal facet in fig. 14 is oval, its broadest end being directed outwards, where the concavity is pronounced. ‘There is space for an ungual phalanx, the distal arti- culating surface being “4 inch by ‘7 in breadth. The following phalanges seem referable to the fifth toe hind foot :— A Type.—There are several specimens of the form represented in Pl. XTX. figs. 13 & 15, differing a good deal in dimensions. All agree, however, in general characters, and are clearly referable to the external digit. Their proximal facets are slightly concave in the largest specimen and almost flat in the two smaller; it is circular in all, and there is a fossa or pit on the lower aspect of the distal facet, seen at @ (fig. 13). The outer side is thick and protuberant. The specimens differ considerably in size, the largest being nearly half as large again as fig. 13, but precisely of the same type. The latter fits nearly to the articulating surface of Pl. XX. fig. 7. I think, therefore, as far as relative dimensions extend, that Pl. XIX. fig. 15 might fairly represent the first phalanx of the above metatarsal ; at all events the claims of A type to this position in the fore or hind foot seem to me conclusive from the distinctive slope and external flattening so characteristic of the phalanges of the outer toe. B Type.—The most pygmy of all the outer-toe phalanges is shown in Pl. XX. fig. 11, which was found along with the diminutive metatarsals (Pl. XIX. figs. 6 & 7), and, in proportion to these, might fairly represent the first phalanx of their fifth metatarsal. The same characters are observed in it as in the members of A type, only that, being so diminutive, I have considered it best to separate it from them. Summary.—Comparing these phalanges with the recent species, it is at once apparent that they are like neither; nor, as far as the fore foot is concerned, have they any resemblance to the Mammoth, being so very broad to the length, a character very general with all the Maltese proboscidean bones, whether large or small. SESAMOID Bones. It would appear, in aged individuals, that the sesamoid bones, especially on the fourth and fifth manual digits, instead of being in pairs become united. ‘This, however, is not seemingly an invariable rule, and no instance occurs of this condition in my large collection of these bones. As far as it is possible to distinguish the sesamoid bones in the fore and hind feet, and in the different forms of Maltese elephants, I find among the examples (30) considerable differences in size, from which it may be supposed that they belong to the foot-bones just described, with which they were more or less associated. As compared with sesamoids of recent species, all represent adult animals, being com- Elephant have been furnished to me by Mr. Robinson, the Articulator of the Museum, to whom I am also under obligations for the care and trouble he bestowed in obtaining them for me. *- THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 107 pletely ossified, with bold and determined facets and rugosities of old bones’. Pl. XX. figs. 18-22 and Pl. XXI. fig. 7 represent what may be considered as belonging to the large, intermediate, and pygmy elephantine foot-bones, with which they agree in the size and configuration of their articular surfaces. Summary.—A survey of the long bones of the feet furnishes data even more con- vincing than those of the tarsus and carpus. The first toe of a large, an intermediate, and a dwarf Elephant is well represented, the gradations being not altogether in size, but also in characters, which seem to stamp a distinctness between the two larger forms at all events, whilst the smallest and intermediate appear to resemble each other. The second toe of the largest form is proven by numerous examples showing much the characters of the Asiatic, whilst a smaller and distinct type is African in aspect, as demonstrated by a comparison of Pl. XX. figs. 12 & 17. We have seen much individual variability in each of the larger forms; and now, by comparing the second metatarsal (Pl. XX. fig. 3) with the second metacarpal (Pl. XXI. fig. 4), it will be seen, according to data furnished by recent individuals, that full-grown individuals of the pygmy form ranged from 2 feet up to the minimum dimensions of the intermediate form, which, again, attained the dimensions of the large form, which in no instance, as far as my collection extends, exceeded 7 feet in height. ‘The third toe repeats the conditions just stated; and the fourth comprises a complete series of nearly all dimensions, from the smallest to the largest; whilst the fifth shows the three gradations very pointedly, the two extremes being more or less alike in character, and assimilating to the African, whilst the intermediate would seem to lean towards the Asiatic; but there are so many perplexing discrepancies that I feel quite unable to reconcile the characters of the digital elements of the Maltese and recent species whilst remains of other extinct species are too few and they are generally undetermined. XIV. RECAPITULATION. I shall now in conclusion briefly recapitulate the leading facts, and the inferences I have been enabled to draw from them. In the first place, it is clear that all the species of Maltese fossil Elephants lived together ; for, although certain localities produced more remains of one species than another, all were more or less mingled and in close proximity, and showed by their aspects and the geological conditions around them, that they had for the most part been swept into the hollows and rock-rents through turbulent agency of water. These facts have been clearly proved in my work referring to my explorations in the Maltese ossiferous deposits*. Along with the Elephant-bones indications were found of the presence of Carnivora, only, however, by a single tooth and marks of fierce gnawing on 1 The sesamoid bones are seemingly not ossified completely until the true molars are in wear. In 707h, B.M. (frequently referred to here), with its last milk-molar in full wear, they are mere centres of ossification in shapeless masses of cartilage. ? Op. cit. p. 161. P2 108 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF the Elephants’ bones’. The presence of two forms of Hippotamus—one of rather small dimensions (H. pentlandi), and teeth of a dwarf form (H. minutus, Cuvier)’—is shown by the finding of bones and teeth in exactly the same deposit in which the Elephants’ remains were discovered. Of other animals there were the gigantic Myoaz, besides large birds, Chelonians of various dimensions, and a Lacerta, with recent land-shells, several of which seem identical with species now living in Malta’®. 1. Turning to the anatomical characters presented by the collections generally, and my own in particular, the following data in connexion with the Cranium of the Maltese fossil Elephants are here recorded:—Although we have no evidence in regard to the configuration of the calvarium in any of the forms, there are a few suggestive points with reference to the lower jaw. From numerous instances, it appears that the lower border of the ramus presents the outline of the African Elephant; but the more erect diasteme and absence of a prolonged rostrum show characters in common with the Asiatic’. The symphysial gutter, wherever observed, seems to have been open and shallow; and the dental foramen, at all events in one of the smaller forms, opened just under the condyle, as obtains in the Asiatic species and mammoth. One ramus displaying a molar, to all appearances the last of the series, has its relative dimensions equivalent to those of the young of recent Elephants’, and of an individual nearly 5 feet in height, and equal to that estimated by Dr. Falconer and Mr. Busk as the stature of the Elephas melitensis. The more diminutive ramus*, and its teeth, which I have doubtfully referred to the last of the series, might indicate a still smaller form than the above; but the materials are imperfect, and the equivalent Zebbug teeth’ point to a larger individual, which fully equalled the Elephas melitensis; so that, as far as the smaller forms are con- cerned, there is no cogent cranial evidences of more than one species. As regards a large form, there is abundant proof; but there are no perfect cranial bones, excepting the symphysis described by Busk* and a fragment of the middle of a lower maxilla in my collection, both of which clearly show the presence of an Elephant nearly of ordinary dimensions, the former proving that it had a truncated chin. 2. The Dental materials are very various and complicated; and as regards the classi- fication I have adopted, it is possible that several of the intermediate molars may permit of different positions than I have assigned to them. As regards the incisors, the collections indicate a milk-incisor of the size of that of the foetal African Elephant, with its enamel shell, and a much smaller but similarly constituted tooth, which differs also somewhat in shape from the other; both however, for the reason just stated, preserve the character of the African’. ‘ Paleont. Mem. ii. pp. 301 & 305. * Author’s work on Malta, p. 206. * [bidem, p. 307, & Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vi. p. 307. SURV Lene PORT kefhigsoa doulas © Ply LX. dip: 7 Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. pl. 53. figs. 11, 12, 13. * Tbid, vi. pl. 44. fig. 1. Se PIP Lephies, lees THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 109 The permanent tusks represent the contour of the recent species; and evidently they were present in both sexes. The usual sculpturings of the ivory are very pronounced ; the specimens moreover indicate the presence of an Elephant somewhat under the ordinary size, with much variety, down even to what must have been a very small form or species’. ‘This is proven clearly by specimens that cannot be considered tusks of young elephants. There are indications in one upper jaw of the first and second milk-teeth”, besides the third, which is in use, and the last or fourth in germ behind it* At all events the second milk-tooth in one or more of the Maltese elephants differed from that of any known species, in having one erect instead of two, divergent fangs‘. The specimens contained in my collection, and in that of Admiral Spratt, do not differ individually in any remarkable extent as regards size; and, apparently, all held the same number of ridges, although in one instance of an upper molar there are distinctly only four instead of five’. All, as compared with other species, are very diminutive, and clearly point to their owners having been small elephants. The molars I have referred to the third or penultimate milk-stage can be arranged in a very gradual progression as to dimensions, 7. e. froma very small tooth to one nearly equal to an unusually small-sized third milk-molar of the African Elephant®. The smaller molars hold five plates and two talons; whilst the intermediate and the largest have six plates and two talons. The talons, however, are very feebly indicated on certain specimens of the intermediate teeth’, so as to make it not easy to say whether these molars should be included with the smallest or largest. The crown-patterns differ very little in teeth in the same stages of wear; and there is very little of importance in regard to the crown constituents of a specific character, excepting that the largest molars are readily distinguished by the relative thickness of their plates and rugosities of the digitations, especially on the posterior ridges °. It appears, therefore, that the evidences deducible from the penultimate milk-molars indicate the presence of two forms differing very much in size, and to a smaller extent in one or two characters; and their ridge-formule are not the same. The data I have brought together, with reference to the last milk- and first true molar, I freely admit may be subject to different inferences than those here drawn. In all species of the genus there are great difficulties under this head—and on the present occasion in particular, where there are evidently two or more forms of Elephant to be worked out ; indeed I find it almost impossible to reconcile all the varieties of molars 1 Pl. XI. figs. 11-20, and Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. pl. 52. figs. 46 & 48. 2 J allude to the pre and ante penultimate milk-molars. SP Sis fie-ele * Pl. I. fig. 6, and Trans. Zool. Soe. vi. pl. 53. fig. 2. 5 Pl. I. fig. 3. * Compare Pl. I. fig. 8 with fig. 14. 7 Pl. I. fig. 15a. A ridge more or less is common in the penultimate milk-molar of other extinct species— to wit, Z, primigenius and antiguus. * Compare Pl. I. fig. 14 with Pl. IIT. figs. 46 & 5a. 110 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF with one another, unless a liberal margin be allowed for individual differences in size, which, unfortunately, is the only very distinctive character in many instances. I have therefore, in correlating the various teeth, made such allowances in this respect as seem to me fairly permissible in comparison with individual differences in size of similar molars in well-known species. The molars I regard as representing the last milk-teeth of the two Maltese fossil ele- phants agree in holding ordinarily eight plates and two talons, and occasionally an additional ridge in the lower jaw. They are fairly divisible, on the score of size, into three forms, and on the grounds of characters into two apparently distinctive species. The two smaller differ a good deal in size, but not apparently in other particulars ; whilst the largest is at once recognized, not only from its far greater dimensions, but, as in the case of the preceding molar, by the thickness of the plates and the rugose character of the collines posteriorly. The crown-patterns vary slightly in specimens equally worn, there being, seemingly, less faint crimping of the macherides of the disks in the smallest than in the largest. As compared with recent species, the more diminutive teeth would point to a very small elephant; whilst the second-sized would indicate an intermediate form, between a dwarf and a small individual of either of the recent species’. If, however, a fair margin is allowed for individual differences, it appears to me that the data prove the existence of only two distinct species, or mayhap one very variable species of Maltese elephant. The teeth assigned to the first true molar are only divisible into two sizes and two very distinctive forms. The smaller, as in the preceding, show a thin-plated molar, remarkable for the great height of the ridges in the upper jaw and the arcuated crown of the lower, with its rounded, broad anterior aspect”, these characters giving quite distinctive features to the teeth, as compared with the first true molars of the largest species*. The Zebbug specimen was doubtfully referred by Dr. Falconer to the second true molar of E. melitensis*. The largest form of a first true molar is at once dis- tinctive, and, as compared with the largest of the preceding teeth, fully maintains all their characters’. All the first true molars maintain the same ridge-formula, which gives eight to nine plates besides talons. The second true molar of the series presents well-marked differences in dimensions and characters. All the members seem to have ordinarily held ten plates and two talons. They are divisible into large and small molars. The former, again, present certain anomalies as to thickness of plates, which might be considered sufficient to separate them, although in size they do not differ to any very marked extent®. The smallest ‘ Compare Pl. I. fig. 11 with fig. 10 and Pl. III. figs. 4 & 5, > Pl. IT. figs. 9 & 9a, Pl. VI. figs. 5 & 5a, and Pl. V. fig. 2. ® Pl. III. fig. 3, and Pl. LV. fig. 4. * Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. pl. 53. fig. 9, and p, 296. * Compare Pl. III. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. fig. 4, with Pl. IIT. figs. 4 & 5. ® Compare Pl. III. figs. 1 & 2 with Pl. VIII. fig. 4 and Pl. XI. fig. 10. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 111 molars maintain the long narrow crown, so apparent in the lower molars of the pre- ceding teeth I have referred to this type’, and represent an Elephant of about the dimensions assigned by Busk and Falconer to the 2. melitensis ; whilst the largest point towards one of the small varieties of recent species, in no instance purporting to be over 7 feet in height. In correlating all the data in connexion with the last true molar, I have formed an opinion opposed to that of the late Dr. Falconer, as to the position of the upper tooth he considered to be the last of the series of 2. melitensis’, and am disposed to place it with the penultimate true molar of the same species. This, however, is not of much importance, seeing that facts, apparently indisputable, are patent, by which we are enabled to confirm the previous evidence of the same small species, and show thereby that its last true molar was only a little larger than the above’. The evidence between what are designated thin- and thick-plated molars, when applied to.the penultimate and ultimate teeth, is not of much value specifically, seeing, from what has been recorded in the introduction, that such conditions are common to the above stages of growth in more than one well-known species. It is to be observed, however, with reference to the thin-plated last true molars just referred to, that in the Zebbug collection and my own there are specimens of thick- and thin-plated varieties in a diminutive elephant*. It is clear, moreover, that Dr. Falconer did not con- sider the above a barrier to his belief in the specificity of teeth otherwise equal, from the fact that he correlated a thin- and thick-plated molar’ as being the last of the series of H. melitensis. Under these circumstances one might be inclined to regard the thick plates as only an individual distinction. Considering, however, the smallest last molars collectively, they do represent an elephant varying from what may be called pygmy dimensions up to an animal nearly 5 feet in height. The incomplete condition of the thick-plated molars® of the above prevents the determination of their ridge-formule satisfactorily, whereas the thin-ridged tooth displays twelve plates and two talons’. The largest form displays precisely the same characters as regards thickness of plates as just observed with reference to the smallest; and unfortunately there is the same dubiousness in regard to the ridge-formula of its thick-plated sort®. It is different, however, with the thinner-plated type’, of which there are several perfect specimens, showing that the ridge-formula was ordinarily composed of twelve plates and two talons. * Compare Pl. V. fig. 1 with fig. 2, Pl. VIII. fig. 5, Pl. IV. fig. 3, and the Zebbug tooth in Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. pl. 53. fig. 5. ? Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. p, 296, and Paleont. Mem. vol. ii. pl. xi. figs. 1 & 2. 3 Compare Pl, IV. fig. 1 with Paleont. Mem. vol. ii. pl. xi. fig. 1. * Pl. IX. fig. 1, and Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. pl. 53. fig. 11. * He considered pl. xi. fig. 1 of Palwont. Mem. the last upper molar, and Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. pl. 53. fig. 11 the last lower tooth of the same species. ° Pl. IX. figs. 1 & 2. 7 Pl. VI. figs. 1 & la. ® Compare Pl. VIII. fig. 7 with Pl. VII. fig. 1 or 2. ® Pl. VIL. fig. 1. 112 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF with an occasional ridge, even in upper teeth’. Here, again, if disposed to lay stress on the thick ridges, there would be no difficulty in creating two forms; but enough is known of the errors of paleontologists to make me chary in admitting even the two fragmentary yet very remarkable specimens” as belonging to species distinct from their thinner-plated compeers’. As before remarked, all the Maltese fossil elephants present a crown-pattern which differs very little individually. In crowns newly invaded there is considerable crimping *; but as soon as the digitations are worn out, the section shows a disk expanded in the centre, with a decided abrupt angulation and the “fine” or “faint” crimping on the cement side of the macherides®. This crimping is always most distinct on thin-plated or moderately thick-plated surfaces, and dies away almost altogether on very thick enamel*; however, it is seemingly not constant. The dentition, therefore, of the Maltese fossil elephants seems to me to confirm the presence of two species, the ridge-formula of whose molars runs thus:—The smallest species holds, exclusive of talons, in its milk-series 3+-5-+ 8-9, and in the true molars 8-9-+10+12; the large form gives 3+6-+ 8-9 in the former, and 8-94+10+412-13 in the latter. The nearest known species to which the above assimilate in the numerical estimate of their dental ridges, is the Elephas meridionalis ; and the closest approximation of the worn crowns and character of the ridges are to the same in Hlephas antiquus. They differ, however, widely from both, and justly deserve separate positions in synoptical tables of species. 3. A Stylo-hyoid of very diminutive size’, as compared with either recent species, even in their very youthful states, points towards the presence of the smallest form. 4. The Vertebral Column displays the elements of what had belonged to two distinct forms differing much in dimensions; indeed by taking several dorsal vertebre and their ribs, and the atlas and largest cervical vertebre and their ribs*, we have repre- sented two mature animals differing in height, as compared with recent species, to the extent of individuals varying from 4°5 up to 7 feet. The decided character of the atlas ® seems to place the smaller species, as does its lower jaw, for the most part with the African Elephant. 5. The only fragment of a Pelvis shows, as compared with a similar portion in the Zebbug collection", a somewhat remarkable internal arching or “ beehive ” construction of the acetabulum. Being a mature bone, it represents the smaller form, and in relation to the other specimen is somewhat larger. The two differ decidedly in respect of the ‘ This is the case in Pl. VIII. fig. 1. * Pl. VIII. fig. 7, and No, 78 of Collection. * Pl. VIII. fig. 1, or Pl. VII. figs. 1 & 2. * PL II. fig. 9. 2 IRE AMIS atte Ze * Pl. IX. fig. 1a. 7 Pl. XV. fig. 10. * Compare figs. 7 & 8 with fig. 9 of Pl. XI., and ribs, figs. 2 & 3 of Pl. X., with Pl. IX. figs. 6 & 7. 9 Pl. XIII, fig. 1. 0 Pl. XY. figs. 9 & 9a. 1 Trans. Zool, Soe. vi. pl. 50. fig. 31. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 113 depth and form of the femoral cup, which may have given a. character to the head of the bone. Mr. Busk considers the Zebbug bone to belong to the pygmy E. falconeri; both represent, indeed, very small elephants of adult age. 6. The materials referable to the Humerus and Scapula in both collections seem to point to three forms. The smallest humerus! is not a mature bone, and may haye apper- tained to a small individual of the intermediate form, which, again, by a series of humeri passes into the largest, which we find represented by a fragment of the upper portion of a humerus which might have belonged to an elephant fully 7 feet in height *, The smaller form* (and indeed the character seems almost general to the small humeri) shows a compressed head—so much so that Mr. Busk in describing the Zebbug specimen states “that, had it been completely detached from the rest of the bone, it might very readily have been regarded as fitted more for a ginglymoid than an enarthrodial joint.” The bicipital groove is also very wide and shallow in the inter- mediate form; unfortunately there are no specimens of the larger sufficiently entire to show how far the latter character is also common to it. The scapule * in any ways entire refer altogether to two small individvals, about the dimensions of the smallest adult humerus; their glenoid fosse have much of the outline of the African species, the same being narrower in the Asiatic. 7. The bones of the Forearm are not all of adult animals. One head of a radius 5 showing the decided gnarled aspect of a very old individual, presents much of the con- tour and character of the African, and is referable to the largest form. There are several detached distal radial, and one ulnar °, epiphyses belonging to large, intermediate, and small individuals—the first and the last presenting some points rather distinctive, irrespective of size; but the materials not belonging to full-grown, at all events aged individuals, it would be, perhaps, best not to rely on the characters I have pointed out. 8. The Femur proves the existence of the intermediate and large forms’; but the smallest of the latter is not much larger than the former, whilst the extremes are wide apart. As to characters, we find the largest showing a pronounced similarity of the proximal’ extremity of the Asiatic and distal of the African, more especially in the longer neck of the former and more compressed condyles of the latter. As far as the characters of the intermediate-sized specimen have been preserved, it would appear that it does differ from the larger form and either recent species and also the Mammoth. At all events, it seems that the femur, taken in conjunction with these immature bones, indicates two distinct forms, viz. a large and a small Elephant. 9, The Tidia* represents an adult Elephant; but the bone is shorter and broader ' Trans, Zool. Soc. vi. pl. 49. fig. 26. ? Pl. XI. figs. 1-4. * Pl. XII. fig. 1, and Trans. Zool. Soc, vi. pl. 48. fig. 22. “ Pl. XII. figs 2 & 3. * Pl. X. figs. 7 & 7a. * Pl. X. fig. 6, and Pl. XIII. figs. 2 & 3; see also page 57. 7” Pl. XIV. figs. 1, 2, 3. ®* Pl. XV. figs. 1 & 2. VOL. IX.—PART I. November, 1874. Q 114 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF than usually obtains in the recent species with articulating surfaces of the same dimen- sions. The same is distinctly shown in the other long bones. Thus Pl. XV. fig. 1 is referable to a full-grown individual; and whilst considerably shorter than the tibia of the Sumatran Elephant in the British Museum, its condyloid and astragaloid aspects are rather larger. In characters it resembles the African, and in fact belongs to the owner of femur Pl. XIV. figs. 1 & 2, just referred to as that of the largest form. 10. The Fibula! represents the extremities of individuals equal to the largest, inter- mediate, and smallest forms, the two former claiming apparent distinctions in relation to the contour of their distal extremities, whilst a very smail entire bone is only 8-6 inches in length. The young and immature tibie furnish also distinctions which, in the absence of further specimens of the adult condition, need not be discussed. 11. The Foot-bones, considered individually and collectively, maintain all the differ- ences already recorded as to the dimensions of individuals, even to a much greater extent; in fact there is a regular gradation in certain instances from the largest to the smallest. The chief characters of the bones may be thus briefly summed up. Of the carpus, the scaphoid’ shows two series referable to a large and small animal, with points apparently distinctive, the larger partaking of the African outline, and the smaller simulating the Asiatic. The lunare® represents three forms, the most remarkable as regards dimensions being the very small specimen belonging to a foot found i situ’. It would seem that the African character pervades the largest, whilst the intermediate and smallest forms have an Asiatic facies. The pisiforme shows two old bones referable to the largest and intermediate forms, with outlines similar and like the same in the African Elephant. The cuneiforms are suggestive, the largest having much of the contour of the Asiatic, whilst the intermediate and a pygmy bone have the broad ulnar aspects of the African °. The magnum repeats the dimensions of large and small individuals, showing, however, in all, this one peculiarity as compared with other elephants—to wit, in being narrower bones. The unciforme also displays three sizes", with slight differences, chiefly in the relatively greater breadth of the cuneiform-aspect of the intermediate form. 12. With reference to the Tarsus, the astragalus furnishes three forms, differing in characters, especially the two larger, as well as in dimensions®. The calcaneum represents two forms’, differing in characters, but not much in size; indeed one might represent a small individual of the largest, and the other a full-grown Elephant about the height assumed by Falconer and Busk for the Elephas melitensis. The other bones of the tarsus indicate the presence of the large and intermediate forms ”. 1 Pl. XY. figs. 4 & 8. * Pl. XVII. fig. 10, and woodcut, p. 67. * Pl. XVIII. figs. 1 & 4. * Pl. XXT. fig. 1. ° Pl. XVIII. figs. 3 & 6. * In Pl. XVIII. compare figs. 2 & 5 with figs. 9 & 8. ” Pl. XVI. figs. 12 & 9, and Pl. XXI. fig. 2. 8 Pl. XVI. figs, 1 & 3, and Pl. X. fig. 10. * Pl, XVI. figs. 4 & 5. © See Pl. XVII. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 115 13. The metacarpal, metatarsal, and phalangeal confirm previous evidences with re- spect to the extreme variability in size of equivalent bones’. Strange to say, however, whereas the African type was most apparent in the longer bones of the largest, indeed, in all the forms more or less, we have a leaning towards the Asiatic facies in the digits of the former’, and African characters in the latter*; but there is such a commingling of the two recent species even in the same bone, that it is extremely difficult to arrive at any clear decision in relation to the skeleton generally as compared with any known species. In computing the height and proportions of the Maltese fossil species by comparisons with individual bones of the same length in recent Elephants, it has been apparent that the former are relatively broader, with larger articulating surfaces. This is very evident in the long bones of the largest form, which display these characters in a remarkable manner, and proclaim the fact that, at best, it must be considered a small Elephant. Consequently all the remains of the Maltese fossil species represented stunted forms, varying between what appears to be an adult proboscidean, scarcely 3 feet in height, up to a large form or species fully 7 feet at the withers. These, as far as Iam enabled to compute from the collection hitherto brought together, seem to be about the maximum and minimum proportions, or almost. The individual differences in height in the adult recent species seem to vary between 8 and 12 feet*; so that, relatively, the paleontologist, in the absence of anatomical distinctions, is allowed a broad margin on this head. After a careful survey of almost every collection hitherto made of the remains of the Maltese fossil elephants, it appears to me (1) that the incisive and molar teeth afford good evidences of two species, and, as regards dimensions, they admit of a division into large, intermediate, and small; indeed, as regards the penultimate and last true molars, there seems to me no difficulty in making out four varieties differing considerably in size and to a slight extent in characters. (2) The bones of the cranium, as far as they admit of distinction, show two forms differing in size. (3) There are two distinct forms represented by the vertebrae, with a graduating intermediate series which almost runs into the largest and smallest, the distinctions on this head being altogether in relation to dimensions, the bones generally being too imperfect for further determinations. The atlas, however, shows the characters of the African Elephant, the same obtaining in a perfect seventh cervical vertebra belonging to an Elephant of the same dimensions in the Zebbug collection, and referable to the same small species to which Mr. Busk has given the name of Elephas melitensis. (4) The long bones of the extremities display three marked gradations as to dimensions; whilst the bones of the feet demonstrate three or four varieties as regards size. (5) With reference to the young and immature bones generally, there are also clear indications of two species, alargeandasmall. By making * Compare Pl. XIX. with Pl. XX. & Pl. V. 2 Pl. XX. figs. 8 & 9. 5 Pl. XX. figs. 1 & 17. 4 See Livingstone’s ‘Travels in South Africa, p. 56; Tennent’s ‘Ceylon,’ vol. iv. p. 291; Baker's ‘ Nile Tributaries of Abyssinia,’ p. 533, and ‘ Albert Nyanza,’ vol. i. p. 275. Q2 116 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF allowances for individual differences of age and sex, I believe that the bones of the Maltese fossil elephants are divisible into three varieties and two well-marked species, viz. a large and a small Elephant, the latter showing two forms represented by the Elephas melitensis of Falconer and Busk, which may have seldom attained a height of 5 feet, and a diminutive or pygmy form named by Mr. Busk Elephas falconeri, the smallest bones of which indicate an elephant about 3 feet in height. But there are intermediate- sized bones which easily bridge over the differences between the latter and the Elephas melitensis; nevertheless Mr. Busk has pointed out characters appertaining to the two, and is of opinion that they are distinct species’. Finally the presence of a much larger species of Elephant among the Zebbug remains has been clearly pointed out by Falconer and Busk; but the bones were very fragmentary and of little use for anatomical descriptions. It has been my good fortune to bring to- ‘gether abundant remains of apparently the same Elephant, the characters of which are as minutely detailed in the preceding pages as it has been in my power to accomplish. I believe they represent the entire dentition and osteology of the greater portion of the skeleton of an Elephant of considerably smaller dimensions than the living species, and seldom exceeding 7 feet in height, whilst the average height may have been between 6 and 7 feet. Thus, probably, the two species displaying the variability as to size which we see common among heads of the two recent Elephants, often approached the limits of each other’s growth; and, as otherwise there was not any very marked distinction, it would be difficult to decide the proper place for such remains; hence it may be that here and there I have referred bones to the small species which belong to small-sized individuals of the former. This, however, does not appear of much moment in com- parison with the data descriptive of the molars and largest bones, which afford unquestion- able evidence of a distinct species. I have named the largest Elephant Elephas mnaidriensis, in consideration of the circumstance that the gap, or rock-rent, from which I obtained the most perfect specimens of its bony structure is situated close to the ruins of the Mnaidra temple, a prehistoric and megalithic structure bearing evidences of the earliest human occupa- tion of the Island of Malta. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. PLATE I. Figs. 1 & 2. First milk-incisors of Llephas mnaidriensis and E. melitensis: p. 8. Zebbug Cave and Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 3, 4, 5 & 6. Second or antepenultimate milk-molars of the Maltese Elephants : p. 11-12. Mnaidra Gap; fig. 6, Benghisa Gap. ’ Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. pp. 235 & 251. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 117 Figs. 7, 7a. Crown and side views of a third or penultimate upper milk-molar of Hlephas melitensis: p. 14. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 8, 8a. Crown and side views of the lower penultimate milk-molar of E. melitensis : p- 14. Benghisa Gap. Fig. 9. Crown view of a lower penultimate milk-molar of Elephas mnaidriensis (?): p. 15. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 10. Crown view of the 4th milk-molar, upper jaw, of Elephas melitensis: p. 18. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 11. Crown view of the 4th milk-molar, upper jaw, of Elephas melitensis (? E. falconeri): p. 17. Benghisa Gap. Fig. 12. Portion of right lower ramus (profile view of the same, Pl. VI. fig. 2), with frag- ment of tooth doubtfully referred to the penultimate milk-molar of Hlephas mnaidriensis: p. 16. Gandia Fissure. Fig. 13. Crown view, upper jaw, referred to the penultimate milk-molar of Elephas mnaidriensis: p. 16. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 14, 15, & 16. Views of lower milk-molars referred to the penultimate milk-molar of Elephas mnaidriensis: p. 16. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 17. Crown of an upper molar referred to the last of the milk-series of Elephas melitensis: p. 18. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 18. Permanent tusks and fragment of upper tooth referred to the last milk-molar of Elephas melitensis: p. 18. Benghisa Gap. PLATE II. Figs. 1, 2. Fragments of upper and lower jaws containing penultimate milk-molars of Elephas melitensis: p. 14. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 3, 3a. Front and profile views of enamel-plates, showing sculpturings: p. 5. Figs. 4, 4@. Front and profile views of inner or ivory aspect of enamel plates: p. 5. Fig. 5. Outer aspect of enamel plate, showing ridges and channellings: p. 5. Fig. 6. Vertical section of enamel plates, showing the relative proportions of elements of the crown: p. 6. Fig. 7. Fragment of a much worn second upper true molar of Elephas mnaidriensis : p: 6. Mnaidra Gap. ; Figs. 8, 8a. Crown and side views of the anterior portion of a tooth referred to the second true molar, lower jaw, of the Elephas melitensis: p. 25. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 9, 9a. Crown and side views of the anterior portion of a molar referred to the first true molar of Elephas melitensis: p. 20. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 10, 10 @. Crown and side views of anterior portion of a molar referred to the last true molar of Elephas melitensis: p. 32. Mnaidra Gap. 118 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF PLATE III. Fig. 1. Crown view referred to the second true molar of Elephas mnaidriensis: p. 26. Gandia Fissure. ig. 2. Fragment of crown referable to second true molar, lower jaw, of Elephas mnat- driensis: p. 27. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 3, 3a. Side and crown views, referred to the first upper true molar of Elephas mnai- driensis: p. 22. Gandia Fissure. Figs. 4, 4a, 46. Side, crown, and back views, referred to the upper last milk-molar of Elephas mnaidriensis: p. 21. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 5, 5a. Crown and back views of the last lower milk-molar of Elephas mnai- driensis: p. 22. Mnaidra Gap. PLATE IV. Fig. 1. Palatal region, showing last true molars of Elephas melitensis: p.29. Benghisa Gap. Figs. 2, 2a. Side and crown views of the last upper milk-molar of Elephas mnaidri- ensis: p. 21. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 3. Crown view, referred to the last lower milk-molar of Hlephas melitensis: p. 20. Benghisa Gap. Figs. 4, 5. Crown views of lower first true molars of Elephas mnaidriensis: p. 22. Gandia Fissure and Mnaidra Gap. PLATE V. Figs. 1a, 6. Rami referable to the same individual with second true molars of E/ephas melitensis: p. 25. Benghisa Gap. Fig. 2. Crown view, referred to the lower first true molar of Elephas melitensis (1 E. falconeri): p. 20. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 3. (?) Third metacarpal of Elephas melitensis: p. 95. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 4, 5. First metacarpal, and its phalanx, of Elephas melitensis: p. 90. Mnaidra Gap. PLATE VI. Figs. 1, 1a. Portion of right ramus, with last true molar in situ, of Elephas melitensis : p- 30. Benghisa Gap. Fig. 2. Side view (crown aspect, see Pl. I. fig. 12) of portion of right ramus, with a tooth doubtfully referred to the penultimate milk-molar of Elephas mnaidriensis : p. 38. Gandia Fissure. : Fig. 3. Portion of left ramus holding a fragment of molar referred to the second true molar of Elephas melitensis: p. 40. Benghisa Gap. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 119 Fig. 4. Portion of left ramus, showing the empty alveoli of two teeth referred doubtfully to the last milk- and first true molar of Elephas melitensis: p.39. Benghisa Gap. Figs. 5, 5a. Side and crown views of a lower tooth referred to the first true molar of Elephas melitensis: p. 20. Mnaidra Gap. PLATE VII. Fig. 1. Side view of a last upper true molar of Elephas mnaidriensis: p. 33. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 2, 2a. Crown and side views of a last lower true molar of Elephas mnaidriensis : p. 33. Mnaidra Gap. PLATE VIII. Figs. 1, 1a. Side and crown views of a last upper true molar of Elephas mnaidriensis : p. 34. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 2. Side views of a fragment of a second (a) and an entire upper last true molar of Elephas mnaidriensis: p. 33. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 3. Side view of the last upper true molar of Elephas mnaidriensis: p. 33. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 4. Crown view of a fragment of a second upper true molar of Elephas mnaidriensis : p- 26. Mnaidra Gap. : Fig. 5. Crown view, referred to the first upper true molar of Hlephas mnaidriensis: p. 22. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 6. Condyle of a lower ramus: p. 36. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 7. Crown view of a last lower true molar of Elephas mnaidriensis: p. 34. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 8, 8a. Crown and side views of a last lower true molar of Elephas mnaidriensis : p- 33. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 9. Side view of a last lower true molar referred to Elephas mnaidriensis: p. 32. Benghisa Gap. PLATE IX. Figs. 1, la, & 2. Left lower jaw and true molars in sifu, with its crown view, and side aspect of the right tooth of the same individual of Elephas melitensis: p- 31. Mnaidra Gap. (?£. falconeri, Busk.) Figs. 3, 4. The posterior view of a first dorsal, and anterior view of a fourth dorsal vertebra. These are included with their associated vertebre in Plate XI. fig. 9, and belonged to the same individual of Hlephas melitensis: p. 46. Mnaidra Gap. (?£. falconeri, Busi.) 120 MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF Figs. 5, 5a. Side and front views of head and glenoid fossa of a scapula, doubtfully referred to the Proboscidea: p. 53. Mnaidra Gap’. Figs. 6, 7. Heads of a second and third ribs of Elephas melitensis: p. 47. Benghisa Gap. (?£. falconeri, Busk.) PLATE X. Fig. 1. Posterior aspect of the body of the first dorsal vertebra of E. mnaidriensis: p. 48. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 2. Head of a rib (fifth?) of EZ. mnaidriensis: p. 48. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 3. Head of a rib—one of the last six ribs of E. mnaidriensis: p. 48. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 4. Posterior view of a middle dorsal vertebra (ninth?) of E. mnaidriensis: p. 48. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 5. Anterior aspect of a middle dorsal vertebra of E. melitensis: p. 47. Benghisa Gap. (?£. falconeri, Busk.) Fig. 6. Distal epiphysis of the radius of E. mnaidriensis: p. 56. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 7, 7a. Side and crown views of the head and portion of the shaft of the radius of E. mnaidriensis: p. 54. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 9, 9@. Side and crown views of portion of an ulna of E. melitensis: p. 59. Benghisa Gap. Fig. 10. Upper surface of an astragalus of E. melitensis: p. 80. Mnaidra Gap. PLATE XI. Fig. 1. Side view of the head and portion of the shaft of a humerus of £. mnaidriensis : p- 51. Mnaidra Gap. Figs, 2, 3. Side view of a head of a humerus and anterior portion of the glenoid fossa of a scapula of the same individual of E. mnaidriensis: p.52. Mnaidra Gap. g. 4. Side view of the head of a humerus of L. melitensis: p. 52. Gandia Fissure. Fig. 5. Anterior view of the head of a femur of E. mnaidriensis: p.58. Mnaidra Gap. . 6. Lower condyles of a femur of EZ. mnaidriensis: p. 58. Mnaidra Gap. .7. Third and fourth cervical vertebre of the same individual of E. mnaidriensis: p. 48. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 8. Side view of three middle dorsal vertebra of the same individual of EL. mnaidri- ensis: p. 48. Mnaidra Gap. Fig 9. Dorsal aspects of portion of the vertebral column from the first to the seventh dorsal inclusive (the first and fourth of this column are shown, Plate IX. figs. 3 & 4) of E. melitensis: p.46. Mnaidra Gap. (?£. falconeri, Busk.) 1 A fragment of a scapula seemingly in no ways different from the above is figured and described by Mr, Busk, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. p. 254, pl. 47. fig. 14. THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 121 Figs. 10 & 10 a. Crown and side views of left lower jaw containing a molar referable to the second true molar of E. mnaidriensis: p. 25. Benghisa Gap. Figs. 11-20. Fragments of tusks of Maltese fossil Elephants from all the ossiferous deposits: p. 9. Fig. 21. Distal epiphyses of the radius of Hippopotamus (?) discovered in Gandia Fissure, along with proboscidean remains referred to EZ. mnaidriensis. Gandia Fissure. Fig. 22. Portion of a trapezoid of Hippopotamus (?) found with remains of the fossil Elephants in Mnaidra Gap. Mnaidra Gap. PLATE XII. Fig. 1. Head and portion of shaft of a humerus of E. melitensis: p. 50. Benghisa Gap. Figs. 2, 2a, 3, & 3a. Heads and glenoid fosse of scapule of E. melitensis: p. 50. Benghisa Gap. PLATE XIII. Figs. 1, 1a, 1. Three views of an atlas of E. melitensis: p. 46. Benghisa Gap. Fig. 2. Distal epiphysis of the radius of E. melitensis: p. 55. Benghisa Gap. Fig. 3. Distal epiphysis of the ulna of E. melitensis: p. 55. Benghisa Gap. PLATE XIV. Fig. 1. Upper portion of a femur of E. mnaidriensis: p. 58. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 2, 2a. Lower condyles of the opposite femur of the same individual of E. mnaidri- ensis: p. 59. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 3, 3a. Greater portion of a femur, with its condyles, of E. melitensis: p. 59. Benghisa Gap. PLATE XV. Fig. 1. Tibia of E. mnaidriensis: p. 61. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 2, 2a. Side view and articular surface of the lower extremity of a right tibia of possibly the same individual as fig. 1: p. 62. Fig. 3. Condyloid cups of a tibia of E. mnatdriensis: p. 61. Mnaidya Gap. Fig. 4. Distal extremity of a fibula of H. mnaidriensis: p. 64. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 5. Distal extremity of a fibula of H. melitensis: p. 64. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 6. Patella of E. melitensis: p. 65. Benghisa Gap. Figs. 7, 8. Patelle of E. mnaidriensis: p. 65. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 9, 9a. Side and profile views of portion of the os innominatum of E. melitensis: p- 49. Benghisa Gap. Fig. 10. Stylo-hyoid of #. melitensis: p. 45. Benghisa Gap. VOL. IX.—PART I. November, 1874. R Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Ot He OO bO MR. A. L. ADAMS ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF PLATE XVI. . Astragalus of E. mnaidriensis: p. 79 (belongs to Plate XV. fig. 1). Mnaidra Gap. . Astragalus of £. mnaidriensis: p. 80. Mnaidra Gap. . Astragalus of E. melitensis: p. 81 (£. falconeri, Busk). Mnaidra Gap. . Calcaneum referred to E. mnaidriensis: p. 82. Mnaidra Gap. . Caleaneum of E. melitensis: p. 82. Benghisa Gap. PLATE XVII. . Naviculare of E. mnaidriensis: p. 83. Mnaidra Gap. . Posterior aspect of an external cuneiform of E. mnaidriensis: p. 86. Mnaidra Gap. . Anterior aspect of a middle cuneiform of E. mnaidriensis: p. 87. Mnaidra Gap. . Metatarsal aspect of a cuboid of £. mnaidriensis: p. 84. Mnaidra Gap. . Posterior aspect of a cuboid of Z. melitensis: p. 85. Benghisa Gap. . Internal cuneiform of Z. melitensis: p. 88. Benghisa Gap. . Right naviculare (immature ?): p. 83. Mnaidra Gap. . Right naviculare (Immature ?): p. 83. Mnaidra Gap. Left unciforme (upper aspect) of E. melitensis: p. 74. Gandia Fissure. . Left scaphoid of E. mnaidriensis: p. 66. Gandia Fissure. . Right trapezoid of E. melitensis: p. 72. Mnaidra Gap. . Right unciforme of E. mnaidriensis: p. 73, Mnaidra Gap. . Internal surface of left magnum of EZ. mnaidriensis: p. 72. Mnaidra Gap. . Internal surface of left magnum of E. melitensis: p.73. Mnaidra Gap, PLATE XVIII. . Left lunare, lower surface, of LZ. mnaidriensis: p. 68. Mnaidra Gap. . Side view, showing lunare facets of right cuneiform of E. mnaidriensis: p. 69. Gandia Fissure. . Outer aspect of left pisiforme of HZ. mnaidriensis: p. 71. Mnaidra Gap. . Lower surface of right lunare of Z. melitensis: p. 68. Benghisa Gap. . Side view showing lunare facets of a left cuneiform of E. mnaidriensis: p. 69. Gandia Fissure. . Outer aspect of a right pisiforme of E. melitensis: p. 72. Mnaidra Gap. . Upper surface of cuneiforme of E. melitensis (? E. falconeri, Busk): p. 70. Benghisa Gap, . Upper surface of right cuneiforme of E. melitensis: p. 70. Benghisa Gap. . Upper surface of right cuneiforme of E. melitensis: p. 70, Benghisa Gap. oo THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. 12 PLATE XIX. Fig. 1. Left cuneiforme of E. mnaidriensis: p. 89. Gandia Fissure. Fig. 2. Left first metacarpal and its phalanx of EZ. mnaidriensis: p.90. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 3. The fourth metacarpal, right side: p. 99. ea Fig. 4. The third metacarpal of E. melitensist: p.95. Benghisa Gap. \ ene Fig. 5. Ungual phalanx of first metacarpal of EZ. mnaidriensis (2): p. 90. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 6. Left fourth metatarsal?: p. 100. i indi- Fig. 7. Left third metatarsal (1Z. falconeri, Busk): p.96. Benghisa Gap. vidual. Fig. 8. Left distal phalanx, first metatarsal, of E. melitensis (2): p. 92. Mnaidra Gap. 9 . Right first metacarpal or metatarsal of E. melitensis (2) or E. falconeri (2). Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 10. Right third metacarpal of £. mnaidriensis: p. 95. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 11. Right fifth metacarpal of E. mnaidriensis: p. 103. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 12. Left fifth metacarpal of E. melitensis: p.103. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 13. First phalanx, left side, of the fifth metatarsal of E. mnaidriensis (2): p. 105. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 14. Left ungual phalanx (2), fifth metacarpal, of E. mnaidriensis(2): p.104. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 15, First phalanx, right side, of the fifth metatarsal of E. melitensis (2): p. 105. Mnaidra Gap, Fig. PLATE XX. Figs. 1, la and 4. First metatarsal, left side, with its phalanx, of EZ. mnaidriensis : pave Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 2. First metatarsal, left side,of E. melitensis: p. 91. Mnaidra Gap. (?E. falconeri, Busk.) Figs. 3, 3a. Second metatarsal, left side, of E. melitensis: p. 94. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 4. Right fourth metatarsal of EZ. mnaidriensis: p. 99. Mnaidra Gap. Figs. 5, 5a. Left second metatarsal of E. melitensis: p. 94. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 6. Right fourth metatarsal of E. melitensis: p.100. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 7. Dorsal aspect of fifth left metatarsal of E. mnaidriensis: p.104. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 8. Phalanges of third left metacarpal: p. 96. ha individual of E. mnaidri- Fig. 9. Phalanges of fourth left metacarpal: p. 101. ensis. Fig. 10. First phalanx of fifth left metacarpal of E. mnaidriensis: p.104. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 11. First phalanx of fifth left metacarpal? of E, melitensis: p. 106 (? E. falconeri, Busk). Benghisa Gap. Fig. 12. Proximal and second phalanges of the second left metacarpal of E. mnaidri- ensis: p. 97. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 13. First phalanx of fourth right metacarpal of E. mnaidriensis: p.101. Mnaidra Gap. 124 ON THE MALTESE FOSSIL ELEPHANTS. Fig. 14. First phalanx of the second, or else the first phalanx of the fifth, metacarpal of E. melitensis: p. 105 (? E. falconeri, Busk). Benghisa Gap. Fig. 15. Doubtfully, the proximal and second phalanges of the fourth metacarpal of E. mnaidriensis: p. 101. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 16. The first phalanx of the third metacarpal of £. melitensis (t E. falconer?, Busk): p. 96. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 17. Plantar aspect of the first phalanx of the second metatarsal of E. melitensis?: p. 93. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 18. Sesamoid referable to third metacarpal, Fig. 19. Sesamoid referable to second metacarpal, Fig. 20. Sesamoid referable to fifth metacarpal, Fig. 21. Sesamoid referable to third metatarsal, Fig. 22. Sesamoid or else ungual phalanx (?) referable to fifth metatarsal of HZ. mnai- driensis et melitensis: p. 106. From Mnaidra and Benghisa Gaps and Gandia Fissure. PLATE XXI. Fig. 1. Left lunare. Fig. 2. Left unciforme. Figs. 3, 3a. First metacarpal. Figs. 4, 4 a. Second metacarpal. Figs. 5, 5a. Fourth metacarpal. Fig. 6. Fifth metacarpal. Fig. 7. Sesamoid. Fig. 8. Head of young scapula: p. 53. Figs. 9, 9a. Young humerus of fig. 8. Figs. 10, 10a, 104. Ulna and radius of fig. 9. Figs. 11 and 12. Portion of an arch of a dorsal vertebra and rib of a young elephant, Benghisa Gap. Fig. 13. Tibia referable to the same individual as fig. 8: p. 63. Benghisa Gap. Figs. 14, 14a. Young tibia of E. melitensis(?): p. 63. Benghisa Gap. Figs. 15a, 6, c. Youthful radius: p. 56. Benghisa Gap. Figs. 16, 16 a. Young ulna of E. mnaidriensis(?): p. 57. Mnaidra Gap. Fig. 17. Ulnar fragment of young of E. melitensis (?): p. 57 (? E. Falconeri, Busk). Gandia Fissure. Fig. 18. Upper portion of femur of a young elephant (E. melitensis 2): p. 60 (? E. fal- coneri, Busk). Mnaidra Gap. Of the same individual of Z. melitensis: p. 75 (2 E. falconeri, Busk). Benghisa Gap. Same individual: pp. 53 & 57. Ben- ghisa Gap. PLATE XXII. Map of the Maltese Islands. Stre. Nat. C.L Griesbach TITION WITT DE | ie ea ee. -aas leper nn ee SS aa 3 ? ges eae. eo ea a, er he Mintern Bros imp. Nat. Svxe. C.L.Griesbach. DENTITION. Nat. Sixe. Griesbach C.L Mintern Bros. imp NTITION. ie; = ZOOL Size. Nat. L Gnesbach Wf Nat. Stxe Mmtern Bros. imp CLG . L Gmesbach DENTITION ~ Eker Maclure & Macdonald Lith London. L i ‘yy r Yt ° # as es Sy y ' S x v % ' \ ‘ ‘ i Londer iNTITION Ye WH Wesley ad nat. Lath Bros .imp Mintern C.1, Griesbach . / | ” ‘ ’ ‘ va co 7 : Nat. Stxe. C1, Griesbach r Mintern Bros. mp DENTITION. SCAPULA. RIBS. VERTEBRA. 3/Na RADIUS ULN RAGALUS VERTEBRA. RIBS WH Wesley, ad nat. lith Maclure &Mac VII =LOO1 ic Cor tA 22./Nat.) 21. ( Nat.) 3 Nat. Size. C.L Griesbach : Mintern Bros. imp TUSKS, MOLAR. HUMERUS. SCAPULA. VERTEBRA. FEMUR RADIUS OF HIPPOPOTAMUS? TRAPEZOID OF HIPPOPOTAMUS ? Mintern Bros. mp x r= 2) < 5 oO Rn) A) ees =) a: 2 as C.L. Griesbach mesbach Nat. Stxe. Mintern Bros imp = o L Griesbach Nat: Size G. Minter Bros imp “ 7 oY G f£ PP a SA T 77 rand Zoot Z00/ tol J. “hee LV, NAT. SIZE ASTRAGALUS CALCANEUM Y.adnatiJith. Maclure t Macdonald .Lith London. WH Wesley ad. nat. Lith REI + idinrer at VS Se it eee AL. ith } NAT. SIZE METATARSUS METACARPUS PHALANX. WN. \i Wesley ad nat. Lith. Maclure & Macdonald, Lith. London y yY ,e oL Soe, CL « Oy POPU LO: (s PHALANX SUS fal METACARPUS METATAR wor Machure & Macdonald Lith Loz WAH Wesley ad nat Lith C.L Griesbach Nat. Sixe. Muitern Bros , imp UPPER EXTREMITY. VERTEBRA. RIB. FEMUR. TIBIA TIVV 2? £222 2A) VEL PLLUIP TD CUPL. TOTOM PSB eerie a ee ee ee ee ee eee pd | _- he “So 5°13 1:25. Adult. Mymensing. < eo HallZ 1:25. Immature. Darjeeling. 4a fee 30S 4°88 1:25. ¢,not quite adult. Base of Garos. 71. Lanrus scHACH. Lanius a-scack, Osbeck, Ostind. Resa, p. 227, “ vicinity of Canton ” (1757). Lanius schach, J. G. Georgi, Osbeck, Reise Ostind. China (German transl.) p. 296 (1765). Lanius schach, Linn. S. N. i. p. 136, no. 14 (1766), ex Osbeck; J. R. Forster, Osbeck, Voy. China, East Indies (Eng. tr.) i. p. 367; ii. p. 8325 (1771) ; Bp. Consp. i. p. 364. Lanius macrourus, Cuy., Mus. Paris Pucheran, Archiv. Mus. vii. p. 324 (1854-55). Lanius chinensis, J. B. Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 1, “ China” (1831). Prince Bonaparte (/. c.) includes the Philippines within the range of this Shrike; and upon his authority (the only one, it is true, I have been able to discover) it is admitted in this list. The Javan and Timor form (Lanius bentet, Horsf.,=Lanius pyrrhonotus, Vieillot) is considerably smaller, and the black on the forehead recedes more than in the Chinese species. In dimensions it agrees with Lanius erythronotus, Vigors, from which species it can only be distinguished by the greater extent of black on the forehead. In fact Z. dentet is a link between L. erythronotus and L. nigriceps and the other black-headed forms, Lanius schach being a large form of L. erythronotus. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 171 In an early phase of plumage, but after the otherwise full plumage has been adopted, L. nigriceps closely resembles L. erythronotus, the crown of the head changing to black after the forehead has become black. 72, Lantus Luctonensis. (Pl. XXIX. fig. 1.) La Pie-griesche de Lucon, Briss. Orn. ii. p. 169, no. 11, “Isle de Lucon.” Lanius lucionensis, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 135, no. 10 (1766), ex Briss. ; Walden, Ibis, 1867, p. 215; Salvadori, Atti Ac. Sc. Torino, 1868, p- 273; Swinhoe, P.Z.S. 1871, p. 376. Lanius jeracopis, De Fil. Mus. Mediol. Aves, p. 31 (1847), fide Salvad. 1. c. Lanius phenicurus, Pall., O. Finsch, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1872, p. 258, no. 16, partim. Hab. Negros, Guimaras, and Zebu in March; Luzon in J anuary (Meyer). Were it not that an ornithologist so distinguished as Dr. O. Finsch had quite recently (2. ¢.) called in question the right of this Philippine Shrike to rank asa distinct species, it would have been unnecessary to do more than enumerate it in this list. ‘The latest and most valuable contribution to the history of the rufous-tailed Shrikes we owe to Mr. Swinhoe (/.¢.). That gentleman had collected an unusually large series of indi- viduals, which, together with the knowledge acquired during a long residence in Eastern Asia, entitles his opinion to the greatest weight. Mr. Swinhoe admits as distinct species L. cristatus, L. superciliosus, Lath., and L. lucionensis, L.; and he has given the probable general lines of their separate annual migrations’, These three species, when in adult plumage, are quite unmistakable ; but when im- mature their specific differences are less staiking. Yet Dr. O. Finsch (1. c.), after a study of the following meagre and insufficient materials—an adult and a young female ex- ample from Java (L. superciliosus), a young or female individual from Madras (L. cris- tatus), and a young or female bird captured fifty miles out at sea, off the Luzon coast— has arrived at the conclusion that all three belong to one species, which he terms L. phenicurus, Pall.’ It may therefore not be superfluous to give the characters which distinguish the three species when in full plumage. LL. superciliosus, Lath. (L. phenicurus, Pall. ap. Schrenck; Walden, Ibis, 1867, pl. y. fig. 2), has the entire upper surface very bright wniform rufous, a very broad ' Although my investigations lead me to generally concur with Mr. Swinhoe’s remarks on this branch of the question, in one particular Mr. Swinhoe appears to have been misled by Mr. Blyth’s statement that Z. lucio- nensis occurs in Ceylon, It appears to be now pretty well ascertained that L. cristatus only is found in Ceylon, and that the ashy grey plumage, sometimes observable in that species and in LZ, superciliosus, was the origin of the erroneous identification. The occurrence of L. lucionensis in the Andamans has been confirmed since it was asserted by Mr. Blyth) Mouat’s, « Andamans,’ 1863, App. Zool. pp. 352, 360) by Mr. Ball (J. A.S. b. 1872, p. 280, no. 21); and I have also lately received Andaman examples of this species. * L. cristatus, Linn., is the only species of which I have seen examples from Lake Baikal. More to the eastward in Siberia, Z. superciliosus, Lath., may perhaps find its northern limit. Mr. Swinhoe (J.c.) states that examples from the Amoor, Amoy, and Malacca agree; and I still incline to the belief that L. phenicurus, ap. Schrenk (Reisen Am. i. p. 384), is Latham’s bird. The evidence we possess fayours the opinion that L. phenicurus, Pall., was described from an example of Z. cristatus, Linn. 172 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS frontal band, a very broad superciliary stripe, and the throat pure white; the inner webs of the basal parts of the primaries white underneath, which shows through on the upper surface of the quills at their insertion, almost forming a white, yet concealed, alar bar; shoulder-edge and under shoulder-coverts pure white. L. cristatus, L., has the head, nape, rump, upper tail-coverts, and tail rufous, but less bright and browner than in Z. superciliosus. ‘The back is coloured with the same tint, but paler or less rufous. The chin and upper part of the throat are white; but the tawny hue of the breast extends higher up than in either LZ. superciliosus or in L. lucionensis; and all the throat is usually washed with tawny. The white frontal band is narrow and ill defined; and the white supercilium is much less prominent than in L. superciliosus. ‘The quills at their insertions show indications, although slight, of a rudimentary alar bar. The shoulder-edge and under shoulder- coverts are tawny. ‘The female is coloured as the male, but has the subocular stripe brown and not black, and the sides of the breast and flanks more or less striated and freckled with faint brown marks. L. lucionensis, L., has the forehead and crown delicate pale pearl-grey, no pure white whatever on the forehead. A narrow white supercilium commences above the eye, becoming somewhat broader behind, and shading off into the grey of the head, ‘The occiput, nape, and back are ashy liver-brown. The rump, upper tail-coverts, and tail are washed with rufous, most marked on the upper tail-coverts; the chin and throat pure white, as in L. superciliosus; shoulder-edge and under shoulder-coverts pure white; indications of a concealed white alar bar, as in L. cristatus; and the female has the sexual distinguishing characters of that species’. The almost entire absence of rufous in the plumage of the adult Philippine species suffices to distinguish it at a glance from L. cristatus and L. superciliosus. I append the wing- and tail-dimensions of a few examples from different localities, from which it will be seen that no certain characters can be deduced from them. The changes and phases of plumage these three species pass through before arriving at maturity have yet to be investigated; and many hundreds of individuals will have to be compared before any satisfactory result can be expected. In one place I find that immature examples of L. superciliosus and L. lucionensis have the entire under surface pure white. Then there is that phase in which the upper surface of L. cristatus and of I. superciliosus is ashy, dark in the first, light in the other. A Malaccan example of L. superciliosus above so closely resembles L. lucionensis that there would be great doubt as to its distinctness, were it not that two of the tertiaries were edged with bright rufous; this individual has the whole lower surface pure white. A Ceylon example, at first sight, seen from above, might easily be mistaken for the Philippine species, were it not for its ruddy rectrices and rufous-tinged forehead and the absence of grey on the head. ‘T have not met with an authentic example of L. superciliosus 2. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 173 Lanius schwaneri, Bp. (cf. Walden, tom. cit. p. 223), is reduced to a synonym of LL. lucionensis by Mr. Swinhoe (/. ¢.) ; yet that author (/. ¢.) describes a fourth species, entitling it L. imcertus, which appears to be only distinguishable from L. lucionensis by the characters on which Prince Bonaparte founded L. schwaneri. Longitudo ale. caudee. L. superciliosus 3°50 4:00. ¢ adult. Malacca. M3 age as aes i Ben, i Es - Ee PE! 3°85. ¢ juv. r i 3°50 4:12. o adult. Java. “3 3°62 Beagle Hakodadi, June. L. lucionensis Biff Beige © le Zebu, March. es 3°37 Brie Oe Luzon, January. a 3°50 tiie Keke | en Negros, March. 2 Bal? 3°50. & juv.? Guimaras, March. i oe ee eA Soe Paes de “A 5 5 Se aa 3°87. ¢ adult. Amoy, April 28. “ ee OOO aos E2aees = May: s Wi. toll Shae ae os a on ae Peau SulOs- MOumiees South Andaman, December 29. L. cristatus mae SBI DLOCe oR. Lake Baikal. Pr bon eins SOLO Si Sh oo Rs = 5 Sa, OcOrl, SH 2 gs Siberia (Lake Baikal ?). = Mt a OVO Chae Malabar. A et ney Ono 3°37. 2 vel ¢ juv. Coorg. i Masa Noy a Ooi! 3°87. 2 vel g ,, Moulmein, October. x del co POPS 3°65. ¢ juy.(jfideBeavan). Maunbhoom, Dec. 25. 5 an sae AS) 3:50. 2 ,, (fide Beavan). Moulmein, Sept. - Ser wae Brest Breck teieasy Barrackpore, Sept. 28. *s Mae ake Olt 3°62. 2 ,, (jide Beavan). Maunbhoom, Jan. a, Sn Ber eer Ll 3°81. 2 adult. Sassowlie. 0 tee eee Bol) SH iah lies wep Ceylon, December. i nee. Orel 3°87. 2 vel ¢ juv. Ceylon, October. - of dae Sr Brat 3:16. ¢ adult. Assam. os 4 8a oe BRAD BeOS Che Jie Tongoo. La Piegritche rouge de Visle Panay, Sonnerat, op. cit. p. 114, pl. 71; Lanius ruber, Scopoli, tom. cit. no. 14 (1786), ex Sonn. ; Lanius panayensis, Gm.‘ tom. cit. p. 307, no. 41 (1788), ex Sonn., and * Gmelin erroneously quotes Sonnerat’s 70th plate. VOL. IX.—PART II. April, 1875. 2A 174 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS La Piegrieche blanche de Visle Panay, Sonnerat, op. cit. p. 115, pl. 72 ; Lanius albus, Scopoli, tom. cit. p. 85, no. 15 (1786), ex Sonn. ; Lanius albus, Gm., tom. cit. p. 307, no. 42 (1788), ex Sonn., have never been determined. Bonaparte (Consp. i. p. 364) was unable to suggest an identification; and in the Hand-list Mr. Gray omitted all the titles founded on Sonnerat’s two plates. The seventy-first is possibly meant to represent an African or else Madagascar Ploceine form, perhaps a species of Moudia; while the species figured in the seventy-second plate, Lantus albus, closely corresponds with Sturnopastor mela- nopterus (Daudin). ARTAMID. Artamus, Vieillot. 73. ARTAMUS LEUCORYNUS. Lanius manillensis, Briss. Orn. ii. p. 180, no. 17, “ Manilla” (1760). Lanius leucorynus, Linn., Mantissa Plant. p. 524, “ Manilla” (1771), ex Brisson; Walden, Tr. Z. S. viii. p. 67; Kittlitz, Kupfert. pl. 30. fig. 1. Lanius philippinus, Scop. F\. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 85, no. 12 (1786), ex Sonn. Hab. Negros, March ; Guimaras, March ; Luzon, January (Meyer). Sexes (ide Meyer) do not differ. Messrs. Hartlaub and Finsch (P.Z.S. 1868, pp. 116, 117, no. 5) assert that the Philippines, and more especially the island of Luzon, are inhabited by two distinct species of the genus Artamus:—one, the darker-coloured species, which has hitherto borne the title of Artamus (Loxia) melaleucus, R. Forster (Descr. Anim. p. 272, no, 221, “ New Caledonia”); and the other the Javan form, and, as for that, the Indo-Malayan, Papuan, and Australian, Leptopteryx leucorhynchus (Linn.), Horsf. (Tr. L. §. xiii. p. 244, “ Java”). This assertion is not supplemented by any stated evidence; nor do they profess to have seen Philippine examples of the darker species. The darker bird, A. melaleucus (R. Forster), is referred by Messrs. Hartlaub and Finsch to Lanius manillensis, Brisson, and Sonnerat’s Piegriéche dominiquaine and the subsequent titles based on Brisson and Sonnerat’s independent, separate, and original descriptions of that Philippine bird ; and to it Drs. Hartlaub and Finsch apply the title of A. lewcorhynchus (Gm.), ex Brisson, but which is really a Linnean title (/. ¢.). The oldest title of the paler form they state to be Artamus leucorhynchus, Horsf. (nec Gmelin! ). The title, not being Horsfield’s, cannot be retained, even if Messrs. Hartlaub and Finsch can show that A. melaleucus also inhabits the Philippines; and that of A. leucogaster, Valenc. Mém. du Mus. vi. p. 27 (1820), would have to be adopted. I have never met with specimens of any other than this latter species from the Philippines; and I have no doubt that from it Brisson and Sonnerat took their descriptions. ‘True Loaia melaleuca, R. Forster, ex New Caledonia, only differs from the widely spread Lanius leucorhynchus, Linn., in haying the entire head almost black INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 175 instead of ash-grey, by the throat being darker, and also the smoky brown of the back being many shades deeper. The species that is found in the Pelew Islands I have never seen. CAMPEPHAGID. GRAUCALUS, Cuvier. 74. * GravcaLus srriatus. (Pl. XXX. fig. 1.) Choucas de la Nouvelle Guinée, D’Aubent. Pl. Enl. 629, 9 vel ¢ juv. Le Choucas de la Nouvelle Guinée’, Montbeillard, Hist. Nat. Ois. iii. p. 80 (1775). Corvus striatus, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 38, ex D’Aubent. (1783). Corvus nove-Guinee, Gm. S§. N. i. p. 371, no. 28 (1788), ex Montbeillard; Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 156, no. 14. Coracina fasciata, Vieill.? Nouv. Dict. viii. p. 8 (1817), ex D’Aubent. Ceblepyris plumbea, Wagler, Syst. Av. Corvus, p. 322 (1827), ex Gm. Graucalus dussumieri, Lesson®, Tr. d’Orn. p. 349, 2 vel ¢ juv., “ Manilla”? (1831); Jacquin. & Pucheran, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. iii. p. 65, pl. 8. fig. 1, 2, fide Pucher., ‘‘ Samboagan, island of Mindanao ; ” Pucheran, Archives du Mus. vii. p. 363. Graucalus lagunensis, Bp. Compt. Rend. vol. xxxviii. p. 540, ¢ adult, ‘ Ins. Philipp.” (March 20, 1854) ; Notes Orn. Coll. Delattre, p. 77; Hartl. J. f. O. 1864, p. 445, g, 9, “ Philippines.” Graucalus dussumieri, Lesson, Blyth, J. A.S. B. 1861, p. 96; Gray, Hand-list, no. 5070. Graucalus lagunensis, Bp., Blyth, 1. c.; Gray, op. cit. no, 5080. Corvus papuensis, apud y. Kittlitz, Liitke, Voy. (Postels) iii. p. 326, nec Gm. Hab. Luzon, January, April; Negros, March (Meyer) ; Mindanao (Jacquinot). Dr. Meyer obtained six examples of this handsome Graucalus, representing three distinct phases of plumage. Two have, with the exception of the upper tail-coverts and lower feathers on the rump, the whole plumage of a dark plumbeous grey, the lores being jet-black. The lower plumage is somewhat paler than the upper, more especially that of the ventral region. A few of the upper tail-coverts and rump-feathers are fringed with pale grey. This is the fully adult male plumage’ ((. /agunensis, Bp.). A third example has the head, neck, back, and breast dark plumbeous grey; but 1 Montbeillard leaves it to be inferred that this title (involving, as it does, the origin of the type) was bestowed by D’Aubenton. * This author pretends also to describe the female and the young male; but it is impossible to determine what species he describes from. 3 This title and the accompanying references are omitted in Dr. Hartlaub’s ‘Monograph’ (J.f. 0. 1864, p. 444); nor is it included in his valuable index to Pucheran’s papers on the types in the Paris Museum (op. cit. 1855). Correctly enough, however, only one species of the true Graucalus is enumerated by Dr. Hartlaub from the Philippines. 4 Dr. Pucheran also states that Lesson’s type came from Luzon. 5 Tt may also be that of the adult female, it being an unascertained fact whether in both sexes of the large Cuckoo-shrikes the adult plumage is the same. One of the two above described is labelled by Dr. Meyer a male,” and the other “a female;” but I am not quite sure that implicit confidence can be placed in the sexual determinations indicated on Dr. Meyer's labels, 2a2 176 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS the rest of the under plumage, with the under tail-coverts and the rump and upper tail-coverts, has two or more broad, almost pure white, transverse bands on each feather. The black lores are faintly indicated by a darker shade of plumbeous. This is the phase described by Lesson (/.¢.), and represented in the eighth plate of the ‘ Voyage de ]’Astrolabe.’ It is also the phase figured by D’Aubenton, only that in the ‘ Planches Enluminées’ the lores are exhibited as black. Two other examples differ :— one in the black and white feathers extending higher up on the breast, and being more numerous on the rump; the other in their becoming less distinct—that is, passing into the fully adult phase. The Negros example (3 jide Meyer) has the whole of the under plumage, from the chin, barred transversely white and black; and the black and white feathers on the uropygium extend to the middle of the back. ‘This individual, I believe, represents the youngest of the three phases of plumage. It has not hitherto been described or figured. The dimensions of all six examples nearly agree. D’Aubenton’s plate, no. 629, first made this species known to science. The individual then figured was brought to Paris by Sonnerat (teste Montb. tom. cit. p. 82). With it Sonnerat also brought the individual represented by D’Aubenton on plate 630, and on which Gmelin founded his Corvus papuensis. Unfortunately Montbeillard did not state the localities where Sonnerat procured either of the two species. The one, how- ever, figured on the 630th plate is undoubtedly an exclusively Papuan form; and being so, we can with much certainty infer that it was obtained by Sonnerat from some part of the Papuan subregion during his only visit to the Papuan Islands, namely in the year 1772. The expedition which Sonnerat accompanied when he visited those islands, and which had left the Isle of France on the 29th of June, 1771, had previously, from the beginning of September 1771 to the beginning of February 1772, explored the Philippine Islands ; and Sonnerat seems to have never again travelled in the Philippine archipelago. He returned to France in 1772; and D’Aubenton’s plates were published prior to 1775’. After this date Sonnerat returned to the Kast and visited India, Malacca, and China. The subject of Pl. Enl.-629 was therefore procured during Sonnerat’s first voyage, either along with that of Pl. Enl. 630 (C. papuensis, Gm.) in the Papuan Islands, or else previously in one of the Philippines. No known Papuan Graucalus agrees with the bird figured in plate 629; but the female or young male of the common Philippine species does completely agree with it. I therefore without hesitation identify Le Choucas de la Nouvelle Guinée, D’Aubent., pl. 629, with the Philippine Cuckoo-shrike. Leaving out G. swainsonii, Gould, it being an Australian 1 [ am unable to fix the exact publishing-date of Pl. Enl. 629 & 630; but as these plates are quoted by Montbeillard in the third volume of the first edition of the ‘Histoire Naturelle,” which is dated 1775, the examples brought to Paris by Sonnerat must have been obtained during his first yoyage (that is, his voyage to the Philippines and New Guinea), and not during his second voyage, when he visited Malacca at some period subsequent to 1776, the year when he left Europe for the second time, INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO, 1i7 member of the genus, the only other species that may have supplied Sonnerat with his example are the Malaccan, Sumatran, and Bornean forms (G. fasciatus, Vieill., apud auct. recent.,=C. swmatrensis', S. Miiller, and Graucalus dobsoni, Ball, J. A.S. B. xli. p- 281, no. 23, an excellent species, belonging to this group and recently discovered by Mr. Ball in the Andaman Islands. But there isno evidence that Sonnerat obtained any birds from the Malayan peninsula, the Andamans, Sumatra, or Borneo during his voyage from Port St. Louis to Manilla; and on the other hand we have the fact that D’Auben- ton’s plate 629 represents a Graucalus with a black lorum and ocular stripe—a character possessed by the Philippine species in some phases of plumage, and the constant absence of which is said to be (and is, I believe) a principal distinguishing character of the Malayan’. Two examples of this Philippine Graucalus are contained in the British Museum. Both are in the plumage of G. dussumieri; yet they are catalogued under two different numbers and two distinct titles in the Hand-list. One, from Mindanao, through the brothers Verreaux, is named by them G. Jagunensis; the other, from the Cuming collection, procured at Cataguan, is named G. dusswmieri. A species usually associated with the subject of PJ. Enl. 629, is the so-called Grau- calus lineatus, Lesson, Tr. d’Orn. p. 349. The error has probably arisen in consequence of Lesson (/. ¢.) not quoting the real author of the title, and his giving Corvus nove- guinee, Gm., as a synonym, and adding PI. Enl. 629 as a reference. The bird described by Lesson (/. ¢.) under this title is said by him to be from New Holland. It is clearly not the Malayan G. concretus, Hartl., nor the Philippine species ; and it is difficult to identify; for, among other characters given, is a white tail. In the Manuel d’Orn. i. p. 220, Lesson included a Ceblepyris lineata, Swainson, and a Ceblepyris tricolor*®, Swain- son, introducing the two titles with the observation that “ Mr. Swainson describes two new échenilleurs, which he names,” etc. The diagnosis given in the ‘ Manuel’ differs from that given in the ‘ Traité, but is evidently a condensed account of the Australian Graucalus (Ceblepyris) lineatus, Swains.* Zool. Journal, i. p. 466, New Holland (1825) = Graucalus swainsonii, Gould®, Synop. Birds Austral. pt. iv. pl. —. fig. 2, ‘east coast of New South Wales.” Mr. Blyth (J. A.S. B. 1861, p. 96) refers to, and partially describes, a species of , @. coneretus, Hartl. apud nos, Ibis, 1872, p. 371. ? The Malayan species is considerably smaller, average length of the wing being 5:50, as against 6°25. It is not of so dark a shade of plumbeous, and the transverse bands are narrower. It is not so well marked and striking as the Philippine species. The Andaman species is larger than the Philippine and possesses a characteristic plumage of its own. 3 Apparently =C. humeralis, Gould, P. Z.S. 1837, p. 143, over which title it takes precedence. ‘ Dr. Riippell (Mus. Senckenb. iii. p. 30), having failed to find the reference to Swainson, is hard upon Lesson for the meagreness of his diagnosis. 5 This species must retain its original title of G. lineatus, Sw. Mr. Gould (J. c.) states that he altered it to G. swainsonii because the name lineatus had been previously given to another species of this group. But the “other species” was this very bird. 178 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Volvocivora that was among some Philippine birds sent to him by Mr. Swinhoe to examine. I am unable to identify it; and Mr. Blyth bestowed no title. Votvoctvora, Hodgson. 75. * Vonvocrvora (?) caRuLEscens. (Pl. XXX. fig. 2.) Ceblepyris caerulescens, Blyth, J. A.S. B. 1842, p. 463, 2 vel dS juv., “Lugonia;” op. cit. 1846, p- 307; Hartlaub, J. f. O. 1865, p. 157, 3 ad. Hab. Luzon, January (Meyer). Dr. Meyer procured one example only of this anomalous form. It is in full black plumage and labelled a male.. I am uncertain under which Graucaline genus to class this species. Mr. Blyth (/.¢.) has remarked that it “might be regarded as the type of a new division.” That gentleman (Ibis, 1866, p. 368) has stated that his type is the female of C. aterrima. I have failed to discover the name of the author of this title and Mr. Blyth is unable to inform me who bestowed it. LALAGE, Boie. 76. LALAGE DOMINICA. Le Merle des Indes, Brisson, Orn. ii. p. 248, no. 19, “ Indes orientales.”’ Le Terat-Boulau, Montb. H. Nat. Ois. iii. p. 397, ex Briss. Merle des Indes orientales, D’Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 273. f. 2. Turdus dominicus, L. 8. Miiller, Suppl. p. 145, no. 56 (1776), ex Pl. Enl. 273. f. 2. Turdus terat, Bodd. Tabl. p. 17 (1783), ex Pl. Enl. 273. f. 2. Turdus orientalis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 821, no. 71 (1788), ex Brisson. Lalage terat (Bodd.), O. Finsch, Centr.-Polyn. p. 80. Hab. Zebu, Guimaras (Meyer). Not distinguishable from Javan, Malaccan, and North-Bornean examples, but with a somewhat larger wing. On L. 8. Miiller’s title conf. Cassin, Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. 1864, p. 251. PsEUDOLALAGE, Blyth. 77. * PSEUDOLALAGE MELANOLEUCA. (Pl. XXIX. fig. 2.) Pseudolalage melanoleuca, Blyth, J. A. S. B. 1861, p. 97, “ Philippine Islands ;” Hartlaub, J. f. O. 1865, p. 163; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 12, no. 44. Pseudolalage melanictera, Blyth, Sclater (lapsu calami), Ibis, 1862, p.78 ; Gray, Hand-list, no, 5129. ? Lalage uropygialis, Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxviii. p. 541, “Patr. incert.” (1854) ; Coll. Delattre, p. 78. Hab. Luzon (v. Martens). Feathers of the uropygium spinous ; otherwise a true Lalage. The diagnosis of L. uropygialis, Bp., applies well to this species ; but the spinous character of the uropygial feathers is not mentioned. On the stand of the specimen in the British Museum Bonaparte’s title is inscribed, although that name is altogether ignored in the ‘Hand-list,’ INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 179 where, instead, the misprint in the Ibis (J. c.) is adopted, and Mr. Blyth’s original title attributed to Hartlaub. PACHYCEPHALID, Hy.otTerre', Cabanis. 78. * HYLOTERPE PHILIPPINENSIS. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 2.) Hyloterpe philippinensis, Walden, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. x. p. 252, “ Luzon” (October 1, 1872). Hab. Luzon (Meyer). Dr. Meyer's researches in the Philippines have added an additional member of a genus hitherto not known to be there represented. The small group of Pachycephaline birds to which the title of Hyloterpe is restricted, is now known to contain six species. They are entitled to subgeneric distinction. The sexes are, I believe, alike; and they possess this further peculiarity, that they wear, in adult plumage, a sombre garb recalling the adolescent and the female plumage of the true black-and-yellow Pachycephale. This Philippine species is a representative form of H. sulphuriventris, Walden, ex Celebes. Above, it differs by its plumage being olive-green, and not brown, and underneath by the yellow extending higher, and being much brighter. The bill is likewise more powerful. Seen from above, H. philippinensis is difficult to distinguish. from H. fulvotincta, Wallace, ex Flores; while, in the same way, H. sulphuriventris closely resembles H. grisciceps ex N. Guinea. Seen from below, however, the affinities are reversed, the Flores Hyloterpe showing a great resemblance to that of Timor, //. orpheus (Jard.), and the Celebean and Philippine species but differing slightly. PERICROCOTID. Pericrocotus, Boie. * 79. PERICROCOTUS CINEREUS. Pericrocotus cinereus, La Fresnaye, Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 94, “ Lugon ;” Gould, Birds of Asia, pt. ix. ; Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 378, no. 315: Schrenck, Amurl. i. p. 381; Radde, Ost-Siberien, ii. p. 273. Pericrocotus modestus, Strickl. P. Z.S. 1846, p. 102, “ Malacca;” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xix. p. 131. 1 Wiegm. Archiy f. Naturg. 1847, i. p. 321, type Hylocharis philomela, 8. Miiller. Boie (Isis, 1831, p. 546) gave the title of Hylocharis to a section of the Trochilide. But Mr. G. R. Gray, besides adopting the title (Hand-list, i. p. 148) for a genus of that family, employs it again (tom. cit. p. 389) for the Pachycephaline genus named by Dr. Cabanis Hyloterpe, and attributes it also to Boie, with the date 1827. Dr. Cabanis (/.c.), on the other hand, refers the Pachycephaline genus Hylocharis to S. Miiller, of which he states Hylocharis philomela, S. Miiller, to be the type; and he changed the generic title, as that of Hylocharis was preoccupied. S. Miller published that title, without giving any characters, in his papers on his zoological discoveries in the Sunda Islands (Tijdschr. Nat. Geschied. en Physiol. ii. p. 331, 1835); but he called the species Hylocharis luscinia, and the title H. philomela is not given by him. It is probable that the two titles refer to the same species 180 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Ceblepyris luctuosus, De Fil. Cat. Mus. Mediol. p.31, “ Philippines” (March, 1847) ; Salvad. Atti Acad. Scienze, Torino, 1868, p. 271. Phenicornis modesta, Boie Bp., Consp. i. p. 857, “ Sumatra” (1850). Pericrocotus motacilloides, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1860, p. 58, “ Amoy, in spring.” Hab. Philippines (La Fresnaye, Gould). Probably only a winter resident. DICRURID&. Dicrurvs, Vieillot. 80. * Dicrurus BALicassius. (Pl. XX XI. fig. 1.) Monedula philippensis, Brisson, Ornith. ii. p. 31, no. 9, pl. 2 fig. 1, “ Philippines.” Corvus balicassius, Linn. S. N. i. p. 157, no. 11 (1776), ex Brisson. Le Choucas des Philippines, D’Aubent. Pl. Enl. 603. Le Balicasse des Philippines, Montbeillard, Hist. Nat. iii. p. 83, ex Brisson. Edolius furcatus, Wagler, Syst. Av. p. 322 (1827), ex Linn. Edblius viridescens, Gould, P.Z.S. 1836, p. 6, “ Manilla; ” Blyth, J. A.S.B. xi. pp. 173, 802, figs. 10, 11; Cat. Cale. Mus. no. 1217, pp. 202 & xxii. Balicassius philippensis, Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxviii. p. 539, “ Philippmes” (1854) ; Coll. Delattre, p- 76. Balicassius furcatus, Bp., ex Gm, /. c. nec Gm. Hab. Luzon, January and February (Meyer). Sexes, as determined by Dr. Meyer, do not differ. Accurately described in 1760 by Brisson, with its habitat correctly stated, this fine species remained unrecognized until a few years ago. It seems to be confined to the island of Luzon, being represented in Negros by the following species. It is the first species mentioned by Vieillot (Analyse, p. 41, no. 125, 1817) under his genus Dicrurus, and therefore may conveniently be regarded as the type, and Bonaparte’s generic title Balicassius' must fall. . viridescens, Gould, was described from a Philippine example now in Mr. Eyton’s collection, and which I have examined. Wagler bestowed as a new title that of furcatus on Corvus balicassius, Linn., as seems to have been his habit when he altered the genus. The fact that true D. balicassius is a purely Philippine bird was not fully appreciated by my lamented friend the late Dr. Jerdon; for (Ibis, 1872, p- 119) he alludes to the Himalayan Dicrurus as being “ distinct from the Malayan species to which the name of balicassius was applied.” The Malayan species here referred to is Edolius affinis, Blyth (J. A. S. B. 1842, p. 174, “ Malay peninsula”), and which, after comparison, I am unable to separate from the Himalayan D. annectens, which is the Tephrodornis grisola, Blyth, J. A. S. B. 1843, p. 180*, and is described op. cit, 1842, p. 799. If Mr. G. R. Gray is right, and it can be shown that Hylocharis, Boie, 1825, was founded on the Hylocharis luscinia or philomela of S. Miiller, the generic title Hyloterpe will haye to fall. * Adopted by Fitzinger (Fam. der Vogel, p. 198). INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 181 Hodgs. (Ind. Rev. 1837, p. 326, “ Nipaul”),= D. balicassius (Linn.), apud Jerd., Blyth. Horsf. and Moore, etc., nec Linn. The following titles have been regarded by some authors as belonging to the Luzon species, although they have nothing to do with it:— Corvus afer, Lichtenst. M.A. A. H. Lichtenstein, in the Hamburg Catalogue’, p. 10, no. 99, identified with doubt what can only be the South-African Dicrurus musicus with Corvus afer, Linn. (1.¢. no. 12), founded on Pica senegalensis, Briss. (tom. cit. p. 40, no. 2). Lichtenstein did not create the title. Brisson’s bird is doubtless a Senegal Sturnine form, and was sent to Réaumur by Adanson. Corvus adsimilis, Bechstein, Latham’s allgemeine Uebersicht der Vogel, ii. p. 562, no. 47 (1791), ex M. A. A. H. Lichtenstein ; Kurze Uebersicht, p. 117, no. 44. A title given by Bechstein to Corvus afer, Linn. apud Lichtenstein /.c., and which therefore becomes the senior title for Dicrurus musicus, Vieillot. Oriolus furcatus, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 395, no. 52. A title given to the Jcterus cauda bifida, Brisson, Orn. ii. p. 105, no. 16, which in its turn was founded originally on the Turdus niger mexicanus, Seba, Thesaurus, i. p. 102, pl. 65. fig. 4. Clearly a Dicrurus (Buchanga), said by Wagler (Syst. Av. p. 364) to be Dicrurus caerulescens (Linn.), but which, from the crissum only being described as white, I believe to be Dierwrus leucopygialis, Blyth. 81. * DicRURUS MIRABILIS. Dicrurus mirabilis, Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, p. 103, pl. 5, “ Negros.” Hab. Negros (L. C. Layard, Meyer). Only differs from D. balicassius in having the lower breast, abdominal regions, flanks, and under tail-coverts white instead of black. Dr. Meyer procured several examples in Negros. In the ‘ Birds of India’ (i. p. 438) it is stated, on Mr. Blyth’s authority, that Edolius rangoonensis, Gould (P. Z. 8. 1836, p. 5; and Jard. Tlustr. pl. xxxviii.), is a Philippine, and not a Burmese species. It is not impossible that the genus Dissemurus is repre- sented in the Philippines; but E. rangoonensis, Gould, although apparently unknown in Burma, seems to have been founded on an example of the Malaccan crestless Dissemurus. * Catalogus rerum naturalium rarissimarum Hamburgi, d. xxi. October, 1793. An auction catalogue of zoological specimens sold at Hamburg on the above date and following days, and drawn up by M. A. A. H. Lichtenstein, Rector of the Johannis School. Many species are described, and new titles bestowed. The work is rare, the only copy known to me being contained in the Library of the University of Kiel. VOL. IX.—ParT iI. April, 1875. 2B 182 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS MUSCICAPID. PHILENTOMA, Eyton. 82. * PHILENTOMA CYANICEPS. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 1.) Muscipeta cyaniceps, Cassin, Pr. Ac. Philad. vii. p. 438, “ Philippine Islands” (1855); Un. St. Expl. Exped. Zool. p. 145, pl. ix. fig. 1. Rhipidura caniceps, Cassin, ap. G. R. Gray (lapsu calami), Hand-list, no 4966. Hab. Luzon, January (Meyer). A small representative form of Philentoma pyrrhopterum (Temm. ). Lrucocerca, Swainson. 83. * LEUCOCERCA NIGRITORQUIS. Rhipidura nigritorquis, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1831, p. 97, “ neighbourhood of Manilla.” Muscicapa bambuse, Kittlitz, Kupf. p. 7, pl. 9. f. 2, “ Luzon” (1832) ; Mém. présentés 4 ]’Ac. St. Pétersb. ii. p. 5, pl. 6, “ Luzon” (1833). ? Leucocerca javanica, ap. Blyth, Ibis, 1865, p. 30. Hab. Luzon, Zebu ; bill, feet, and claws black ; sexes alike (Meyer). L. javanica may also inhabit the Philippines; but before including it in their fauna it will be better to wait for further evidence. Cyornis, Blyth. 84. CYORNIS BANYUMAS. Muscicapa banyumas, Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 146, “ Java” (1820); Walden, Tr. Zool. Soc. viii. p. 117; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 11, no, 32, “ Luzon.” Hab. Zebu, April (Meyer); Luzon (Jagor). The only individual obtained by Dr. Meyer appears to differ from Javan examples by being of a much darker shade of blue, and by wanting the pale bright blue frontal and superciliary plumes. The bill also is considerably longer and stouter. Hypotuymis, Boie. 85. HyporHyMIs AZUREA. Gobemouches bleu des Philippines, D’Aubent. Pl. Enl. 666. fig. 1. Le petit Azur, Montb. Hist. Nat. Ois. iv. p. 534. Muscicapa azurea, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 41 (1783), ex D’Aubent.; Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, 102, “ Negros.” Muscicapu cerulea, Gm. 8, N. i. p. 948, no. 64 (1788), ex Montb.; Kittlitz, Kupfert. p. 7, pl. 9. fig. 1; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 11, no. 38. L’ Azur & calotie et & collier noir, Le Vaillant, Ois. d’ Afr. iv. p. 11, pl. 153. figs. 1, 2. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO, 183 Muscicapa oceipitalis, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1831, p. 97, “neighbourhood of Manilla ;” v. Martens, tom. cit. no. 31. Muscicapa ceruleocephala, Sykes, P.Z.S. 1832, p. 85, no. 43, 2, “Deccan;” J. A.S. B. 1834, p. 428. ? Myiagra torquata, Swains.' Nat. Libr. Flycatchers, p. 208 (fide G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 4930). Muscicapa manadensis, Quoy et Gaim. ap. Bp. Consp. i. p. 821, nec Quoy et Gaim. Hab. Guimaras, March (Meyer); Negros (L. C. Layard); Luzon (Vigors). The proportion of blue, of bluish grey, and of pure white varies considerably among individuals (males) from the same locality. In some the lower breast and the whole abdominal region is pure white. In the others the entire breast and the abdomen is bluish grey. Again, the presence of the black nuchal patch and black gorget is not constant. In a Malabar male, in apparently otherwise full plumage, the black gorget is absent. A Ceylon male in brilliant azure plumage wants both the black nuchal patch and the gorget. A second specimen from that island also wants these characters. If constant in the Ceylon Hypothymis, this form will deserve specific separation. Examples from Maunbhoom, Garoo Hills, Tongoo, Moulmein, Malacca, Java, Flores, Banjarmassing, and the island of Negros perfectly agree with the only individual obtained by Dr. Meyer. Buratis, Boie. 86. * BUTALIS MANILLENSIS. Butalis manillensis, Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxviii. p. 652, “ Manilla” (1854) ; Coll. Delattre, p. 80. Hab. Manilla (Bonaparte). The short notice given of this species makes it difficult to identify. It is stated to be of small size as compared with B. grisola, and may prove to be Butalis latirostris (Raffles, Tr. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 312), or else Butalis griseosticta (Swinh., Ibis, 1861, p- 330), both these migratory forms occurring in the Malay archipelago during the winter months. ZEOcCEPHUS, Bonaparte. 87. * ZEOCEPHUS RUFUS. Tchitrea rufa, G. R. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xi. p. 371, “ Philippine Islands” (1843) ; Gray * & Mitch. Genera of Birds, pl. 64. Zeocephus rufa (G. R. Gray), Bp. Comptes Rend. xxxviii. p. 652 (1854) ; Coll. Delattre, p. 80; Cassin, Un. St. Expl. Exp. Zool. p. 144, Hab. Philippines. The precise localities in the Philippines inhabited by this Flycatcher are not known. ‘Treated as a distinct species by Bonaparte (Consp. p. 321), and united by Mr. G. R. Gray with the Philippine species. I have failed to find Swainson’s description. He merely refers to it (J.c.) as a recognized species additional to H. azurea. 2B2 184 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS The following Muscicapine forms attributed to the Philippines have not been rediscovered in those islands. Le Gobe-mouche & téte bleudtre de Visle de Lugon, Sonnerat, Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 57, pl. 26. no. 1. Muscicapa ceruleocephala, Scop. Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. p. 95, no. 106 (1786), ex Sonn. Muscicapa cyanocephala, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 948, no. 65 (1788), ex Sonn.; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 11, no. 35. Not since recognized. Le Gobe-mouche & gorge jaune de Visle de Lugon', Sonn. tom. cit. p. 57, pl. 26. f. 2. Muscicapa manillensis, Gm. tom. cit. p. 943, no. 66 (1788), ex Sonn. Judged by the description, a well-marked species; I am, however, quite unable to identify it. Le Gobe-mouche & téte bleue de Visle de Lugon’, Sonnerat, tom. cit. p. 58, pl. 27. f. 1. Muscicapa macroura, Scopoli, tom. cit. p. 95, no. 107 (1786), ex Sonn. Not since recognized. Gobe-mouche noir de Visle de Lugon, Sonn. tom. cit. p. 59, pl. 27, f. 2. Muscicapa tessacourbe, Scopoli, tom. cit. p. 95, no. 108 (1786), ex Sonn. Musticapa luzoniensis, Gm. tom. cit. p. 942, no. 62 (1788), ex Sonn. Stated by Sonnerat to occur in Madagascar, where it is called by the natives tessa- courbé, as well as in the Philippines. It has not been recognized in the Philippines since Sonnerat wrote, and it is in all probability a purely Madagascar form, namely Turdus albospecularis, Eyd. & Gery. (Guérin, Mag. Zool. Ois. pl. 64, 65, “ Mada- gascar,” 1836; Voy. Favorite, Zool. p. 35, pl. 12, 13). Buffon (Hist. Nat. iv. p. 565), under the title of Le Moucherolle des Philippines, described an apparently Wuscicapine bird, which 1am unable to identify. On it Gmelin based his Muscicapa philippinensis (S. N. i. p. 943, no. 63); v. Martens, J. fiir O. 1866, p. 11, no. 34. HIRUNDINID#%. Hirvunpo, Linneus. 88. HimUNDO GUTTURALIS. L’ Hirondelle d’ Antigue, Sonn. Voy. Nouy. Guin. p. 118, pl. 76. Hirundo gutturalis, Scopoli, Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 96, no, 115 (1786), ex Sonn. ; Swinhoe, P.Z. 5. 1871, p. 346, no. 66; Walden, Tr. Zool. Soc. viii. p. 65, no. 76, Hirundo panayana, Gm. 8, N. i. p. 1018 (1788), ex Sonn. Hab. Island of Panay (Sonnerat). 1 Omitted by Scopoli. * Omitted by both Gmelin and Latham. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 185 Cercroris, Boie. 89. CECROPIS DAURICA. Hirundo daurica, Linn. Mantissa Plant. p. 528 (1771), ex Laxman!; Brandt, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xi. p. 114. Hirundo alpestris, Pallas, Reisen Russischen Reichs, ii. p. 709, no. 19, “ Altai and Siberian Alps” (1773) ; Zoogr. Rosso-Asiatica, i. p. 534, pl. xxx.; Kittlitz, Liitke, Voy. (Postels) iii. p. 327. Hab. Manilla (Kittlitz). Brandt (/. c.) thus identified a Swallow brought from Manilla by Kittlitz. It pro- bably belongs to the race designated Hirundo striolata, Temm., ex Java, in the ‘ Fauna Japonica,’ and which is said to frequent the islands of the Malay archipelago (cf. Swinh. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 346). Dr. v. Martens mentions having observed a Swallow with the uropygium of a pale isabelline colour’, very common about and in the houses of Bafios. With doubt he identified it with H. daurica (Preus. Exp. O.-Asien, Zool. i. p. 188). ORIOLID. Broperipus, Bonaparte. 90. * BRODERIPUS ACRORHYNCHUS. Oriolus acrorhynchus, Vigors, P. Z.S. 1831, p. 97, “neighbourhood of Manilla;” Gray & Mitch. Gen. Birds, pl. 58; Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, p. 101. Hab. Zebu, Negros, Guimaras, Luzon. Bill pink, rose-coloured; feet and claws blue-grey ; Luzon examples (JJeye7). A large series of individuals obtained by Dr. Meyer illustrates the varying relative proportion of yellow and black on the head in different examples of this fine Oriole. In a Luzon female, immature, middle rectrices tinged with green; the enclosed yellow frontal space extends back fully for £ of an inch from the base of the culmen. In a perfectly adult Guimaras male with jet-black middle rectrices and quills, and rich orange- golden dorsal plumage, the forehead only is yellow, that colour occupying a depth of only 3 of an inch. This example, in the distribution and proportions of its black and yellow plumage, is almost absolutely identical with a Sula-Island specimen of B. frou- talis (Wallace). The Sula example, however, has the middle pair of rectrices entirely black, whereas all the Philippine examples have those feathers more or less tipped with yellow. Moreover the Philippine is a much larger bird, with a longer wing and bill. The extent of yellow at the termination of the middle pair of rectrices varies very con- siderably. In a Negros male in full golden-orange plumage the tips of the middle pair 1 T have not been able to consult Laxman (Act. Holm. 1769, xxx. pl. 7. fig. 1); butit may be that he first bestowed the title of daurica, which Linnzus adopted. * In the later List (J. f. 0. 1866) this colour is described as being isabelline yellow. 186 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS are but barely fringed with yellow. In a Luzon male in similar dress the two middle rectrices have a yellow terminal band nearly half an inch in depth. The tendency in this species seems to be for the entire head to become black as in O. melanocephalus and its allies. In an immature Luzon male (fide Meyer), with dingy greenish-yellow plumage and streaked breast, the feathers of the nape, occiput, and lores are dingy greenish yellow with greenish black, those of the. forehead being dingy golden. Now in the adult these nuchal, occipital, and loral feathers become jet-black at their tips, those on the neck being ashy or greenish ash at their roots, but those on the occiput being bright yellow at their insertions. The direction of variation in this species may therefore be said to be towards 0. melanocephalus, and from O. galbula; or, in other words, O. galbula is the older species, B. acrorhynchus and its allies being sub- sequent forms, and 0. melanocephalus and its allies the most recent’. A third species, allied to B. acrorhynchus and B. frontalis, exists in Oriolus formosus, Cabanis, J. f. O. 1872, p. 392, “Island of Siou,” the largest of all known Orioles. OrtoLvs, Linneus. 91. * ORIOLUS PHILIPPENSIS. Oriolus philippensis, J.B. Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 3, “ Philippine Islands ” (1831); Bp. Consp. i. p. 346. Stated by its describer to have been discovered by Captain Hay in the Philippine Islands. It is not represented in the British Museum, and does not appear to have been again obtained. The type specimen was without feet or wings, and was procured from the natives. Its origin might be considered more than doubtful, were it not that it was procured along with an undoubted Philippine species (MJelanopitta sordida). MERULID. Turpvus, Linnzus. 92. TuRDUS OBSCURUS. Dark Thrush, Lath. Synop. ii. p. 31, no. 24, “ Siberia, woods beyond Lake Baikal.” Turdus obscurus, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 816, no. 48 (1788), ex Lath.; Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxviii. p. 4; Coll. Delattre, p. 28. Turdus rufulus, Drapiez, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. x. p. 443, “ Java” (1826). Turdus pallens, Pallas, Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, i. p. 457, no. 98, “ Dauria” (1831); Temm. & Schlegel, Faun. Japon. Aves, p. 63, pl. 27. Turdus iliacus pallidus, Naumann. Turdus seyffertitzi, Brehm, Vog. Deutschlands, p. 387, “ Herzburg, in Saxony ” (1831). * This generalization is not grounded on the phenomena presented by the Orioles alone. It is impossible not to be struck by the numberless proofs the study of birds affords of the tendency of one species to develop into another. On the phases of plumage in B. sinensis, conf. Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 292. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 18 +] Turdus modestus, Byton, P. Z.S. 1839, p. 103, “ Malaya.” Turdus verneri, Géné, Mem. Accad. Torino, xxxvii. p. 291, pl. — (1833). Turdus javanicus,? Horsf., apud Blyth, Cat. Cale. Mus. p. 161, no. 942, “ Malacca,” nee Horsf. Turdus davidianus, Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archives, i. Bulletin, p. 26, “ North China” (1865). Turdus chrysolaus, Temm., apud Godwin-Austen, J. A. S. B. xxxix. p. 102, nec Temm. Hab. Philippines (Bonaparte). The occurrence of this species in the Philippines, in itself highly probable, appears to rest on no other good ground than the statement of Bonaparte (J. ¢.). 93. TURDUS CHRYSOLAUS. Turdus chrysolaus, Temm. Pl. Col. 537, “Japan” (1831); Fauna Japonica, Aves, p. 64, pl. 28 Sclater, Ibis, 1863, p. 197, “‘ Manilla.” Mr. Sclater (/. c.) thus identified an exuuple of a Philippine Thrush in Mr. Gould’s collection. Professor Newton (Hist. Brit. Birds, pt. iv. p. 254) mentions that Mr. Gould had received an example of Turdus varius, Pallas, from Manilla. PITTID. Eryturopitra, Bonaparte. 94, * ERYTHROPITTA ERYTHROGASTRA. Pitta erythrogastra, Temm. Pl. Col. 212, “ Philippines (1823). Brachyurus erythrogaster (Temm.), Elliot, Monogr. Pittide, pl. xvi.; Ibis, 1870, p. 417, no. 17. Apparently confined to the Philippines; but the exact limits of its range within that archipelago have yet to be ascertained. Me anopirra, Bonaparte. 95. * MELANOPITTA SORDIDA. Merula viridis atricapilla moluccensis, Brisson, Orn. ii. p. 319, no. 57, “ Moluccas.” Merle des Philippines, D’Aubent. Pl. Enl. 89. Breve des Philippines, Montb. Hist. Nat. Ois. iii. p. 412, “ Philippines.” Turdus sordidus, Lu. S. Miiller, Suppl. p. 143, no. 51 (1776), ex D’Aubent. Turdus brevicauda, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 6 (1783), ex D’Aubent. Corvus philippensis (C. brachyurus, var. 8) Gm. 8. N. i. p. 375, no. 15 (1788), ex Brisson. Citta melanocephala, Wager, Syst. Av. “ Corvus,” no. 14 (1827), ex Gm. ; nec Forster. Pitta atricapilla, Cuy., Lesson, Tr. p. 394, “ Manille” (1831) ; Compl. Buffon, p. 501 (1840), nec Miller & Schlegel. Pitta macrorhyncha, J. EB. Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 3, “ Philippine Islands” (1831). Pitta atricapilla, Temm, Pl. Col. Tabl. Méthod. p. 16 (1832), ex D’Aubent. 188 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS ? Pitta leucoptera, Elliot, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1861, p. 153, “ Ceylon,” ay. Juv. ? Brachyurus atricapillus, Elliot, Monogr. Pittide, pl. xxv. Brachyurus sordidus (L. 8. Miiller), Elliot, Ibis, 1870, p. 419, in pt. Hab. Luzon, Negros; iris brown (Meyer). The synonymy of this species is somewhat perplexing, in consequence of Brisson (/. c.) having given a description, applying in all its details to the Philippine bird, to an individual said by him to have been sent to Abbé Aubrey from the Moluccas. Mont- beillard (J. c.) some years later described seemingly the same bird (and it was figured by D’Aubenton J. c.), but attributed its origin to the Philippines. The difficulty thus caused would probably have remained through all time unsolved had not Le Vaillant, by one of his gratuitous and carping criticisms, unintentionally assisted us. With the view of showing that Buffon was in the habit of describing as good species individuals that had been manufactured by dishonest dealers, Le Vaillant (Ois. de Par. vol. i. p. 106) in- cidentally alludes to this species. He asserts that the description given by Buffon (Montbeillard) of his “Breve des Philippines” was taken from a specimen of the “ Breve de Ceylan” (=Corvus brachyurus, Linn.), in which the head of the common blackbird had been substituted. This example, Le Vaillant says, formed part of the Abbé Aubrey’s cabinet; and adds that he purchased it when that collection was sold, and at once discovered the imposition. This story Cuvier (R. A. 1817, p. 356, note 2) repeated on Le Vaillant’s authority. Vieillot (Nouv. Dict. p. 358, and Tabl. Méthod. Orn. p. 686) did the same without mentioning his authority. It remained uncontradicted until Wagler (J. ¢.) showed that Le Vaillant was in error, And Cuvier in the second edition of the ‘Régne Animal’ (p. 373, note) also corrected Le Vaillant. The statement that Montbeillard described from the specimen in Aubrey’s cabinet may be accepted ; for it is supported by the collateral evidence of Montbeillard (/.¢.), who, in a footnote, remarks that it is the same bird that Brisson made his 57th “Grive.” As no species of Melanopitta is known to exist in the Moluccas, we are justified in assuming that Brisson and Montbeillard described from the same, a Philippine example, and in regarding their descriptions as having formed the common basis of all subsequent synonyms applied to this Philippine form of Pitta’. Six species of black-headed green-bodied Pittw are fully established as meriting specific distinction :— 1. P. nove-guinee, Miiller & Schlegel. New Guinea and the Aru Islands, and most of the Papuan Islands. 2. P. sanghirana, Schlegel. Sanghir Islands. 3. P. rosenbergii, Schlegel. Soek Island in the Bay of Geelvink. ‘The title of Pitta philippensis, Vieill., is quoted by some authors; but I cannot find that Vieillot ever applied a Latin title to the species, his opinion being that Montbeillard’s type was fictitious. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO, 189 4. P. forsteni, Bp. Celebes. 5. P. muelleri, Bp. Borneo. 6. P. sordida (L. 8. Miiller). Philippines. The first three species are representative forms of a Papuan type; the remaining three of an Indo-Malayan. Dr. Cabanis (Mus. Hein. ii. p. 4, no. 10) identifies an example of Melanopitta in the Halberstadt collection, and said to be from Timor, as Turdus brevicaudus, Bodd. This is seemingly an error, P. 7rena being the only known Timorese species. Sumatra is brought within the range of the Philippine Melanopitta by Mr. Elliot (l.¢.); but no authority is quoted. The examples obtained by Dr. Meyer (¢ 2) in no way differ. CRATEROPODID. Meeaturvs, Horsfield. 96. MEGALURUS PALUSTRIS. Megalurus palustris, Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 159, “ Java” (1820); Blyth, J. A.S. B. 1844, p. 372; Ibis, 1865, p. 30; op. cit. 1867, p. 6. Malurus marginalis, Remw., Temm. Pl. Col. 65. fig. 2, “Java” (1823); Kittlitz, Voy. Liitke (Postels) ii. p. 326. Hab. Luzon (Kittlitz); Philippines (Blyth). Kittlitz mentions (/.¢.) this species among the birds he observed in the island of Luzon. He remarks that it runs on the ground, and moves along and among the branches of low shrubs without jumping. Mr. Blyth (/. c.) identified the same species among the Philippine birds contained in the Derby Museum at Liverpool. Javan and Philippine examples have yet to be compared; and it may here be observed that the Megalurus of continental India (Turdus takko, Buch. Hamilton, M.S. ii. p. 75), does not appear to have been critically compared with the Javan type. CRATEROPUS, Swainson. 97. CRATEROPUS CAUDATUS. Gracula caudata', Cuvier, in Mus. Paris; Pucheran, Archives du Mus. vii. p. 342; Blyth, Ibis, 1867, p- 6. Hab. Philippines (Eydour & Gervais). The above specific title is, by most authors, attributed to Duméril; but no reference is ‘Tt is possible that, under the title of Cossyphus caudatus, Duméril may have described the Cuvieran type , but I have failed to discover the place. The earliest description of the species I can find is by Drapiez, Dict. Class. vol. x. p. 219 (1826); but he quotes Duméril as the author of the title. VOL, IX.—PaRT I. April, 1875. 2c 190 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS ever cited. Cuvier bestowed the Museum title of Gracula caudata on two examples in the Paris Museum—one said to have been obtained in Australia, the other in Bengal. Dr. Pucheran, however (J. ¢.), is of opinion that the second example in reality came from the Philippines, as Manilla is inscribed on its stand, and also because it agrees with an authentic Philippine individual in the Paris Museum, obtained by MM. Eydoux and Souleyet. I can find no other record of a species of this genus having been observed or obtained in the Philippines. Indian authors seem to have been somewhat hasty in identifying the common Indian Timalia chatarrhea, Frankl., with Gracula caudata, Cuv. Dr. Pucheran (J. c.) does not say that the Bengal bird is equally found in the Philippines, as stated by Mr. Blyth (J. c.). Timalia leucotis, Strickl.,is erroneously given from Manilla by Mr. G. R. Gray in the Hand-list, no. 4748. Homochlamys luscinia, Salvadori, Atti R. Accad. Sc. Torino, v. p. 510, ‘“ Filippine o China?” (1870) is, according to its author, a ‘Timaliine form, which was contained in a collection of Chinese and Philippine birds sent to the Turm Museum. As the describer is not certain of its origin, it is not included in this list. IRENID. Trena, Horsfield. 98. * IRENA CYANOGASTRA. Trena cyanogastra, Vig. P.Z.S. 1831, p. 67, “neighbourhood of Manilla;” Gray & Mitch. Genera pl. 70; Cassin, United-St. Expl. Exped. p. 143. Hab. Luzon, iris red (Meyer) ; Panay (Cassin). The sexes (fide Meyer) do not differ. BRACHYPODID. Ixus, Temminck. 99. * Ixus GOIAVIER. Petit goiavier de Manille, Sonnerat, Voy. Nouy. Guin. p. 59, pl. 28. Muscicapa goiavier, Scop. Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 96, no. 109 (1786), ex Sonn, Muscicapa psidii, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 941, no. 54 (1788), ex Sonn. Hab. Manilla, February (Meyer). ‘ Erroneously stated in the ‘ Zoological Record’ for 1870, p. 47, to be from the Philippines and China, an error repeated in the Hand-list, iii. p. 263, no. 4763*. Count Salvadori has since (Ibis, 1873, April, p. 179) identified it with Calamoherpe (Herbivow) cantwriens, Swinhoe, a Chinese and Formosan species, but which may migrate to the Philippines. Count Salyadori’s generic title has precedence. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. Ug Luzon individuals differ from those inhabiting Java, Malacca, Sumatra, the islands of Madura, Lombock (P. analis, Horsf.), and Banjarmassing (P. gourdini, G. R. Gray, ex Hombr. & Jacq. Voy. Péle Sud, pl. 14. fig. 1) in being smaller, with a weaker bill, and in having the ear-coverts and sides of the head dark brown, and not white or albescent brown. The Banjarmassing race is not separable from Jos analis. 100. Ixus sINENSIS. Le Gobe-mouches verddtre de la Chine, Sonnerat, Voy. Indes, ii. p. 197. Muscicapa sinensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 942, no 56 (1788), ex Sonn. Turdus occipitalis, Temm., Lesson, Tr. p. 410 (sine descr.), “ Manilla” (1831) ; Eydoux et Gervais, Mag. de Zool. 1836, p. 10, pl. 66, “ Manille ;” Voy. Favorite, v. p. 36, pl. 14, “ Manilla.” Turdus palmarum, Temm. nec Linn., Mus. Lugd., fide Bp., Consp. i. p. 366, no. 17. Hab. Manilla (Eydoux & Gervais). Lesson (/. c.) adopted the title of occipitalis, Temm., for an example of this species in the Paris Museum, said to have been brought by Sonnerat from Manilla. Temminck, on being applied to by Eydoux and Gervais, denied having ever named the species. On comparing a bird brought by them from Manilla, Eydoux and Gervais found it to agree with the individual in the Paris Museum, and adopted the title of occipitalis. If the Philippine habitat of this well-known Chinese form had rested solely on the locality inscribed on the Paris-Museum label, I should have felt disinclined to trust it ; but Eydoux and Gervais’s statement that they obtained a similar bird at Manilla seems a sufficient authority for its admission here. 101. * Ixus? vrostictus. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 2.) Brachypus urostictus, Salvadori, Atti R. Accad. Sc. Torino, y. p. 509, “ Philippines” (March 27, 1870). Hab. Luzon (Meyer). A well-marked species, combining the crested head and general characters of an Otocompsa with the puffy plumage of Brachypus euptilosus, J. & S. Turdus (Criniger) gularis, Horsf., is stated by Mr. Blyth (Ibis, 1865, p. 48) to be found in the Philippines. But Dr. O. Finsch (J. f. O. 1867, p. 15) observes that Java is the only locality it is known, with certainty, to inhabit. HypsiPetes, Vigors. 102. * HypsIPEeTEs PHILIPPINENSIS. La petite grive des Philippines, Montb. Hist. Nat. Ois. iii. p. 316, “ Philippines” (descr. orig.). Turdus philippensis, Gm. S. N. i. p. 814, no. 40 (1788), ex Montb. ; Gray, Hand-list, no. 3917; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 13, no. 51. 2c2 192 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Galgulus philippensis, Kittlitz, mot. propr. Kupfert. p. 8, pl. 12. fig. 2, Philippines” (1832). Hypsipetes philippensis, Strick]. mot. propr. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 413, “ Manilla” (1844) ; y. Martens, tom. cit. no. 55. Philedon gularis, Cuv. Mus. Paris; Pucheran, Archives du Mus. vii. p. 344, pl. 18, “China? ;” Gray, Hand-list, no. 3992. Hab. Guimaras, Luzon, Zebu (Meyer). The sexes, as determined by Dr. Meyer, do not differ. In the Hand-list, no. 3917, this species is classed along with Microscelis amaurotis under the Pycnonotine, while Hypsi- petes m‘clellandii is included in the Phyllornithine. It is difficult to discern in what respect Microscelis differs from Hypsipetes; but anyhow this Philippine species is nothing more than a representative form of H. m‘clellandit. Montbeillard’s type was obtained in the Philippines by Sonnerat. Cuvier’s is said to have been brought from China by Dussumier (October, 1820), fide Pucheran, J.c. The species is not included in Swinhoe’s list of the birds of China (P.Z.S. 1871). It has received the same specific title three times over, each author believing the individual before him to be undescribed. Pucheran’s plate (/.c.) represents the top of the head rufous, whereas it is dark cinereous; and the plate on the whole is an indifferent representation of the Philippine bird. SAXICOLID. Monricota, Boie. 103, MonrTICOLA SOLITARIUS. Turdus solitarius, L. S, Miller, N.S. Suppl. p. 142, no. 46 (1776). Monticola eremita (Gm.), v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 9, no. 18. Monticola manillensis (Gm.), v. Martens, tom. cit. p. 10, no. 19; conf. Sharpe & Dresser, Birds of Europe, Append.; Walden, Tr. Zool. Soc. viii. p. 63; Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, p- 101. Hab. Luzon, January ; Guimaras, March (Meyer); Negros, March (L. C. Layard). One Guimaras individual (fide Meyer) is in perfect unspotted blue and rufous plumage. Another, also a male by the label, is in blue and rufous plumage, but has the occiput sullied by brown feathers, some of the breast-feathers edged with albescent and some of the rufous abdominal plumage edged with blue. ‘The Luzon bird is generally rufous and blue, but with many of the feathers edged with albescent or brown, noted a male on the label. The dimensions of all three agree with examples from Japan. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 198 Pratincoua, Koch. 104, PRATINCOLA CAPRATA. Rubetra lucionensis, Brisson, Orn. iii. p. 442, no. 30, “Isle de Lucon.” Motacilla caprata, Linn. 8. N. 1. p. 335, no. 33 (1766), ex Brisson; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 10, no. 22; Walden, Tr. Zool. Soc. vii. p. 63, no. 72. Traquet de Visle de Lucon, D’Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 235. fig. 1 ¢, fig. 2 2. Saxicola fruticola, Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soe. xi. p. 157, Java” (1820). Sazicola bicolor, Sykes, P. Z.S. 1832, p. 92, no. 90, ¢, “ Dukhun. Sazicola erythropygia, Sykes, l.c. no. 92, 2. Motacilla sylvatica, Tickell, J. A.S. B. 1833, p. 575, “ Jungles of Borabhtim and Dolbhtim.” Saxicola melaleuca, Hodgs. Gray’s Zool. Misc. p. 83, “ Nipaul” (1844) (deser. nulla). Hab. Luzon (Jagor). The type of the following species is stated by Brisson to have been sent from the Philippines to M. Aubrey. It has not been since recorded as inhabiting these islands, and appears to be restricted to Ceylon and peninsular India. Rubetra philippinensis, Brisson, Orn. il. p. 444, no. 31, “ Philippines.” Motacilla (Thamnobia) fulicata, Linn. S. N. i. p. 336, no. 39, ex Brisson. Le Traquet noir des Philippines, D’Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 185. fig. 1, Autre Traquet des Philippines, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Ois. v. p. 230. Crrrocincia’, Gould. 105. * CrrrocincLA LUZONIENSIS. Turdus luzoniensis, Kittlitz, Kupfert. p.7, pl. 11. fig. 2, “ Luzon ” (1832) ; Mém. présentés & l’Acad, St. Pétersb. vol. u. pt. 1 & 2, p. 5, pl. 7, “ Luzon” (1833). Hab. Luzon (Kittlitz). 1 Mr. G, R. Gray (Hand-list, i. p. 266) adopts Cercotrichas, Boie. The genus Cercotrichas was established by Boie (Isis, 1831, p. 542), without characters, in these words. ‘ Under this name I unite Turdus pheenicopterus, Temm., 7’. erythropterus, T. macrourus, Lath., 7. tricolor, Vieill., Saa. leucampter, Museum Berl.” Thus four distinct generic forms are united under one generic title, namely :— 1. Turdus phenicopterus, Temm.,=Ampelis phenicea, Lath., a Campephaga; type of Cyrtes, Reichenbach. 2. Turdus erythropterus, Lath., ex Gm.=Turdus podobe, L. 8. Miller; a Saxicoline form near to Z’hamnobia (conf. Blanford, Obsery. Geol. & Zool. Abyssinia, p. 360, no. 127). 3. Turdus macrourus, Lath., ex Gm.,=Turdus tricolor, Vieill., type of Kittacincla. 4. Saxicola lewcocampter, Lichtenst. Mus. Berol.=Motacilla fulicata, Linn., type of Thamnobia. Dr. Cabanis (Mus. Hein. i. p. 41), following Riippell (Syst. Uebers. p. 60), adopted the second species named by Boie as the type of Cercotrichas. Messrs. Finsch and Hartlaub, finding it impossible to recognize the incongruous group which Boie had brought together, appropriated (Vég. Ost-Afrik. p. 149) his generic title, re-establishing it as their own, and restricted it to Twrdus erythropterus, Lath., and Orgya luctuosa, Lafr. Mr. . G. R. Gray, however, has made the third species the type of Cercotrichas and superseded Kittacincla, Gould, an arrangement which cannot be upheld. 194 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Copsycuus, Wagler. 106. * Copsycnus MINDANENSIS. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 1.) Le Merle de Mindanao, Montb. Hist. Nat. Ois. iii. p. 387 ; D’Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 627. f. 1. Turdus mindanensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 823, no. 76 (1788), ex Montb. Copsychus mindanensis (Gm.), Sundevall, Kritisk Framst. p. 36, note (1857) ; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 10, no. 20; Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, p. 102, “ Negros.” Hab. Zebu, April; Guimaras, March (Meyer); Negros (L. C. Layard); Mindanao (v. Martens). Professor Sundevall (/. c.) was the first author who identified this purely Philippine species, which previously was, and since has continued to be, confounded with the Malayan, C. musicus (Raffles). In a Guimaras male (fide Meyer), otherwise in full plumage, the under shoulder- coverts are tipped with white. In Zebu and Negros examples of the male they are entirely black; in a Zebu female (fide Meyer) they are ashy; no white on the rectrices of any,—thus agreeing with Montbeillard’s account of his type, which was brought to Paris by Sonnerat, presumedly from Mindanao, although its origin is only to be in- ferred from the title. CALLIopPE, Gould. 107. CALLIOPE CAMTSCHATKENSIS. Motacilla calliope, Pallas, Reisen Russischen Reichs, iii. p. 697, no. 17, “ Siberia” (1776). Kamtschatka Thrush, Latham, Synopsis, iii. p. 28, no. 14; Synop. Suppl. p. 140, tad. in titul. Turdus camtschatkensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 817, no. 58 (1788), ex Latham ; Blyth, Ibis, 1865, p. 30, « Philippines.” Mr. Blyth (/. ¢.) includes this bird among the Philippine species he observed im the Derby Museum at Liverpool. It is probably only a winter resident. SYLVIID#. SYLVINA. GeryGone, Gould. 108. * GERYGONE SIMPLEX. Gerygone modesta, Cab. J. f. O. 1866, p. 10, no. 23, “ Luzon” (descr. nulla), nec v. Pelzeln. Gerygone simplex, Cab. op. cit. 1872, p. 316, no. 4 (descr. princeps). According to its describer, nearly allied to G. inornata, Wallace. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 195 109. PHYLLOPNEUSTE MAGNIROSTRIS. Phylloscopus magnirostris, Blyth, J. A. S. B. 1848, p. 966, “vicinity of Calcutta;” p. 1008, “ Arracan ;” Ibis, 1870, p. 168. Mr. Blyth (/.¢.) states that his Warbler also occurs in the Philippines: it may, how- ever, prove to be the nearly allied P. borealis, Blasius. CALAMODYTINZ&. ACROCEPHALUS, Naumann. 110. AcROCEPHALUS ORIENTALIS. Salicaria turdina orientalis, Schlegel, Faun. Jap. Aves, p. 50, pl. 21, “ Japan.” Calamoherpe orientalis, Bp. Consp. 1. p. 285 (1850), ex Schlegel ; Walden, Tr. Zool. Soe. viii. p. 64. Sylvia turdoides, ap. Kittlitz, Liitke, Voy. (Postels), ii. p. 327, “ Manilla.” Hab. Luzon, February 7; Zebu, March; bill above grey-brown; below reddish; legs and nails pale grey (Meyer). I am unable to separate these Philippine individuals from Amoy examples. Wing 3°25; tail 3:12; tarsus 1:12. It must have been specimens of this species, brought to France by Sonnerat from the Philippines, which were confounded by Montbeillard with La Rousserole (Montb. Hist. Nat. iii. p. 294). DRYMOICINEA. CisticoLa, Kaup. 111. * CistIcoLA SEMIRUFA. Cisticola semirufa, Cab. J.£.O0. 1866, p. 10, no. 25, “ Luzon” (descr. nulla) ; op. cit. (1872) p. 316, no. 5 (descr. princeps). According to Dr. Cabanis, closely allied to C. ruficeps, Gould. Orrnotomus, Horsfield. 112. * OrTHOTOMUS DERBIANUS. Orthotomus derbianus, F. Moore, P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 309, pl. 76, “ Philippines.” Described from an example obtained by Cuming and preserved in the Derby Museum, Liverpool. 113. * ORTHOTOMUS CASTANEICEPS. Orthotomus castaneiceps, Walden, Ann. N. H. (4) x, p. 252, “ Guimaras ” (Ist October, 1872). Hab. Guimaras (Meyer). To be readily distinguished from all described species by its dark chestnut head, iron- grey mantle, and bright golden olive-green wings and tail. Its nearest known ally is O. derbianus. 196 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS MOTACILLIDZ. MoTACILLINA. Bupytss, Cuvier. 114. BupyTEs virivIs. Green Wagtail, Brown, Ilustr. p. 86, pl. 33, “ Ceylon.” Motacilla viridis, Gm. S. N. 1. p. 962, no. 81 (1788), ex Brown; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 10, no. 28, “ Manilla.” ? Motacilla flava, ap. Kittlitz, Liitke, Voy. (Postels), iii. p. 327, “ Manilla” (1836). Observed by Dr. v. Martens at Manilla, both alive in the open country and preserved in the Military Library. CaLopates, Kaup. 115. CALOBATES MELANOPE. Motacilla melanops, Pallas, Reisen Russischen Reichs, iii. p. 696, no. 16, “ Dauria” (1776) ; Zoogr, Rosso-Asiatica, i. p. 500, no. 135. Motacilla bistrigata, Raffles, Tr. Linn. Soe. xii. p. 312, “ Sumatra” (1821). Motacilla xanthochistus, Hodgs. Gray’s Zool. Misc. p. 83, “ Nipaul ” (1844). Pallenura javensis, Bp. Consp. i. p. 250, “ Java” (1850). Calobates sulphurea (Bechstein), Jerd. Birds of India, ii. p. 220, no. 592, ‘ All India and Ceylon.” Calobates melanope (Pallas), Swinh. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 364, no. 202, “China, Formosa, Hainan.” Hab. Luzon, January; Zebu, April (Meyer). Mr. Swinhoe (/. ¢.) has already remarked that the species of Calobates found in China, Formosa, and Hainan has a constantly. shorter tail than the European bird, and has separated it under the title given by Pallas to the species observed in Dauria. My own observations fully support Mr. Swinhoe’s conclusions, which apply to the Philip- pine bird also, as well as to all those I have examined from continental India. Although a small difference in the length of the tail is, by itself, a character too insignificant whereon to base a species, still it must be recollected that the lines of migration of the two forms are perfectly distinct, the short-tailed birds breeding in Northern Asia and visiting Southern Asia and its islands, those with the long tails breeding in Northern Europe and wintering in Southern Europe, Asia Minor, and Northern Africa’. Where the two races osculate remains an interesting point for future investi- gation ; and it is not impossible that the race which winters in Abyssinia will be found to breed in Siberia. ‘ The great body of the migrants is referred to. Many individuals are known to halt and breed at inter- mediate points. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE Calobates melanope. Luzon Zebu . . Malacca . 3° . Maunbhoom . Coorg . N. W. India sais sao8 . Simla paves . Lake Baikal . Central Asia ™~N SS, »,. Calobates sulphurea. m. Hampstead . Nn. 7 ” 9 7) p- g. Cookham 5 8 t U. ”° v. Highgate w. Constantinople x. Ortakeuy y. Rostanjee z. Arnoutkeuy aa. 3 adh gouty bb. Abadeh (Persia, 6000 ft.) ce. Resht (Persia) . dd. Asia Minor . éé, ” ” ff Ortakeuy VOL. IX.—PART II. April, 1875. Longitudo ale. caude. 3°25 3°86. 3°25 3°75. 3:25 3°86. 3°00 3°62. 3:12 3°86. 3°25 4-00. 3°25 3°62. 3°25 3°75. 3°25 3°86. 3°25 3°86. 3°25. 3:86. 3°25 4:00. 3:12 4:25. 3°25 4:62. 3.25 4:36. 3°12 4:25, 3°25 4:25, 3°25 4-12, 3°25 4:25, 3:00. 4:00 3°25 4:36. 3°25 4:12. 3°25 4-50. 3:12 4:25, 3°25 4:37. 3°25 4:12, 3°25 4:25, 3:12 4:20. 3°25 A:25, 3°25 4-50. 3°25 4:25, 3°30 4:50. ARCHIPELAGO. 197 3, January. Throat white. 3, April. <3 es fs} f ”° 39 January. 45 $5 March. -e 35 2, December 15. Throat yellow. g, March. Throat black; nearly full breeding-dress. 2, December. Throat yellow. =a4. 2, May 26. =a. 3d, December 18. White throat- feathers fringed with black. September 16. Breast buff. October 24. 3 Pe November 18. as re October 24. ra mn 3, January 5. m - 3, May 10. is 63 3, September 20. ,, 5 3; 5 Zeiss Pe (A young bird.) 3, September 26. Breast buff. roi ’ ” 6. 9° ” 3, December 1. ,, 1 3, November 19. ,, - 3, September 19. ,, » 2, December 7. ,, op ° 5 July. ” ” 3, November. sa PF, 3, March 22. Throat nearly black (=C. melanope, h). 3, March 29. Throat nearly black (=€. melanope, h). 3, March 16, Throat nearly black (=C. melanope, h). 2D 198 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Moracitia, Linneus. 116. MoraciLLa LUZONENSIS. La Bergeronette a collier de Visle de Lugon, Sonn. Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 61, pl. 29. Motacilla luzonensis, Scopoli, Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 94, no. 105 (1786), ex Sonn. Motacilla alba, var. 8, Gm. 8S. N. i. p. 961, no. 11, ex Sonn. Motacilla alba, var. y, Lath. Ind. Orn. ui. p. 502, no. 1, ex Sonn. I have never met with authentic Philippine examples of any Pied Wagtail; and I am therefore unable to identify Sonnerat’s species (cf. Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870, p- 120). ANTHINA. CoryYDALLA, Vigors. 117. * CoRYDALLA LUGUBRIS, sp. noy. ? Anthus malayanus, Eyton? ap. vy. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 10, “ Luzon.” Hab. Guimaras, March (Meyer). Above, the general ground-colour is olive-grey, each feather broadly centred with brown, most marked on the headand nape. The rump, upper tail-coverts, and shoulder- coverts are almost uniform olive-grey, the brown centres not being very evident. The whole of the wing-feathers are brown edged with albescent. The first primary con- spicuously edged with greyish albescent, as in C. richardi and C. rufula. Between the base of the bill and the eye is a bald patch of albescent feathers, which are continued over the eye rather more narrowly, and then dilate into a broad albescent stripe above the ear-coverts. Lores brown, bordered underneath by an albescent stripe, which extends below the eye and loses itself in the cheek. Ear-coverts dark brown. Under surface of body albescent. Throat almost pure white. A few of the breast-feathers with narrow dark brown centres. Middle pair of rectrices brown, with albescent fringes ; outer pair almost pure white; penultimate pair white, with half of the inner web brown; remaining pairs brown. A narrow brown line follows the rami of the mandible. Legs yellow; maxilla brown; mandible yellowish. Neither example exhibits a trace of rufous or ferruginous. The bill is thicker than in C. rufula (ex Malacca), of which species this Guimaras bird is a representative. Wing 3 inches; tail 2°50; bill, from nostril 0°37; tarsus 1:12; hind claw 0°50. This Pipit is closely allied to Corydalla hasseltii, Temm.', ex Borneo, of Gray’s Hand- list, no. 3655; but, judging from the single example so entitled in the British Museum, the Bornean species differs sufficiently to make a comparison with a greater number of individuals desirable. Corydalla infuscata, Blyth (J. A. 8. B. 1861, p. 96, “ Philippines”), was described from a Foochow-hills specimen, a small and dark-plumaged race of C. richardi, sent by Mr. Swinhoe to Mr. Blyth (ef. Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 272, no. 75). ? Apparently a Museum title. No description of the species has hitherto appeared. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 199 PARID. PARIN&. MAcHLOoLopuus, Cabanis. 118. * MAcHLOLOPHUS ELEGANS. Parus elegans, Lesson, Tr. p. 456, patr. non indic. (1831) ; Pucheran, Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1854, p- 68; Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxviii. p. 63; Coll. Delatre, p. 45 ; Blyth, Ibis, 1867, p. 34, note. Parus quadrivittatus, La Fresnaye, R. Z. 1840, p. 129, “ Manilla or India.” Hab, Philippines (Pucheran). Lesson’s type was brought to Paris from the Philippines by Dussumier in 1820 (fide Puch. J. c.). Bonaparte (/. c.) mentions that numbers of individuals were sent to the Brothers Verreaux about the year 1854; but the exact habitat still remains unrecorded. MELIPHAGIDZ. ZosteRops, Vigors & Horsfield. 119. * ZostEROPS MEYENI. Dicaum flavum, Kittlitz, Kupfert. pt. 2, p. 15, pl. 19. £. 2, “Luzon” (1833); Mém. présentés 4’ Acad. St. Pétersb. ii. p. 142, pl. 3. f. 3, “ Luzon” (1833), nec Horsf. Sylvia flava, Meyen, Noy. Act. Ac. C. L. C. Nat. Cur. xvi. suppl. p. 79, “ Manilla” (1834). Zosterops meyeni, Bp. Consp. i. p. 398, ex Kittlitz (1850) ; Hartl. J. £. O. 1865, p. 17. Hab. Luzon, February (Meyer). Closely resembles Z. palpebrosa and Z. simplex, but differs from both in having the breast and belly nearly pure white, and in wanting the black lores and dark subocular shading. Above, the shade of green is intermediate between the two. The yellow of the throat and crimson agrees best in shade with Z. simplex, but descends lower. The Zosterops mentioned by Mr. Sclater (P. Z. S. 1863, p. 219) is in all probability Z. parvula, Hombr. & Jacquin. Voy. Pole Sud, Ois. pl. 19. fig. 4, ex Banjarmassing, and considered by Hartlaub (tom. cit. p. 15) to be the same as Z. melanura, Temm., ex Pontianak. It is erroneously identified with Z. flava (Horsf.) in Gray’s Hand-list, no. 2119. NECTARINIIDZ. DicaIN&. Dic#um, Cuvier. 120. * DicHUM RETROCINCTUM. Diceum retrocinctum, Gould, Ann. N. H. (4) x. p. 114, “ Manilla, Mindanao” (Aug. 1872). Hab. Manilla, Mindanao (Gould); Zebu (A/eyer). 2D2 200 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS It is to be observed that the single example obtained by Dr. A. B. Meyer is noted a male by that gentleman, although it wears the plumage described by Mr. Gould (/. c.) as being that of the female. MyzantHE, Hodgson. 121. * MyzanTHE PYGM&A. Nectarinia pygmaea, Kittlitz, Mém. présentés a |’Acad. de St. Pétersb. vol. ii. pt. 1 & 2, p. 2, pl. 2, “Luzon” (1833). Hab. Luzon, Guimaras (Meyer). The female (sex as- determined by Dr. Meyer) differs from the male in having the entire upper surface and wings greenish olive, and in wanting the ashy breast of the male. When seen from above, it is indistinguishable from MW. ignipectus, Hodgs., 2. NECTARINIINA. NeEcTAROPHILA, Reichenbach, 122. * NECTAROPHILA SPERATA. Certhia philippensis purpurea, Briss. Orn. iii. p. 655, no. 27, “ Ins. Philippensibus ” (1760). Certhia sperata, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 186, no. 13 (1766), ex Briss. ; Walden, Ibis, 1870, p. 42. Hab. Luzon, February; ¢, iris yellow-brown (Meyer). Two examples were obtained by Dr. Meyer. One has the head golden green, the uropygium and upper tail-coverts pure brilliant metallic green, and the throat. violet. The other has the head coppery green, the uropygium and upper tail-coverts violet- green, and the throat purple. ARACHNECHTHRA, Cabanis. 123. * ARACHNECHTHRA JUGULARIS'. Certhia philippensis minor, Briss, Orn. iii. p. 616, no. 6, ¢ adolesc. “ Ins. Philippensibus ” (1760). Certhia jugularis, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 185, no. 7 (1766), ex Briss. no. 6; Walden, Ibis, 1870, p. 27. Nectarinia eximia (Temm.), v. Kittlitz, Voy. Liitke (Postels), i. p. 328, “ Manilla,” nec Temm. Hab. Negros, March; Guimaras, March ; Zebu, April (Weyer). Dr. Meyer obtained numerous examples from the islands named, but none in Luzon. This species most resembles A. frenata (S. Miiller), but is distinguished by the dingy colouring of the upper plumage (which is brownish olive, and not yellowish olive), by entirely wanting the yellow super- and subocular stripes of A. frenata, and by the yellow of the under plumage being pale primrose-yellow, and not deep yellow. The dimensions are about equal. A Zebu and a Negros male display each some bright orange feathers bordering the dark blue plastron. The Philippine female ‘ For the synonymy of this and the preceding species cf. Walden, op. cit. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 201 examples possess, in common with d. frenata 2, a yellow superciliary stripe, but it is much paler in tint. A, jugularis differs from A. flammaaillaris (Blyth)' in wanting the deep maroon pectoral band and the flame-coloured axillaries of the Burmese species; from 4. pectoralis (Horst.), from which it is otherwise difficult to be distinguished, in wanting the steel-blue frontal patch. The examples of the female agree in all respects with Brisson’s description of his Certhia philippensis (no. 4), excepting that he omits to mention the pale supercilium. The dimensions of the bill, one inch from the gape, given by Brisson are too large for NV. sperata (L.) (cf. Walden, tom. cit. p. 28). Le Somimanga de Visle de Lugon, Montbeillard, Hist. Nat. Ois. v. p. 496. Certhia manillensis, Gm. (S. N. 1. p. 471, no. 32, 1788, ex Montbeillard; Walden, Ibis, 1870, p- 49), is probably Nectarinia insignis, Jard., from the Malay Islands, and not a Philip- pine species (cf. Walden, /. ¢.). CERTHIIDZ. RuHABpornis, Reichenbach. 124, * RHABDORNIS MYSTACALIS. Meliphaga mystacalis, Temm. Pl. Col. 335. f. 2, “ environs de Manille” (1825). Climacteris strioluta, Kittlitz, Kupft. p. 5, pl. 6. £. 2, “ Luzon” (1832). Hab, Luzon (Meyer). CORVIDA. CoRVIN2. Corvus, Linnzeus. 125. * CorvUS PHILIPPINUS. Corvus philippinus, Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxvii. p. 830, “ Philippines” (1853) ; Notes Orn. Coll. Delattre, p.8; G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 6207. ? Corvus brevipennis, Schlegel, Bijdr. Dierk. pt. 8, p. 9, pl. 1. fig. 8, “ Philippines” (1859) ; Mas. Pays-Bas, Coraces, p. 22. Hab. Luzon, April; Negros, March ; Cujo, December (Meyer). Dr. Meyer obtained two examples (¢, 2) of this genus in Negros, one ( %) in Luzon, and one (2) in the island of Cujo. All the four are in perfect and identical plumage. Head, nape, and under plumage black ; primaries black, washed with green; remainder ‘A. rhizophore, Swinh., differs from A. flammavillaris in possessing a steel-blue frontal patch and in having a dark band below the maroon. The Penang specimen alluded to (P.Z.S. 1871, p, 349, no. 86) is probably A. pectoralis ; but I have observed a tendency in some species, in A. zenobia and A. frenata for instance, to develop a frontal patch. 202 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS of the wings, the back, and the rectrices purple-black. In all, the basal portion of the body feathers is white, the gradation of the quills is the same, and the form of the bill scarcely differs. I do not doubt that the Luzon and Cujo individuals belong to Bonaparte’s species; and the Negros examples only differ in their dimensions, which are greater. These Philippine Crows, while nearly allied to C. enca of Java and Celebes, are distinguishable by the under plumage being shaded with green, and not with purple, and by their larger size. Professor Schlegel (/. c.) founded on a specimen procured by Cuming in the Philip- pines his C. brevipennis. He did not treat C. philippinus as a distinct species either in his well-known Monograph or in his list of the Corvine in the Leyden Museum, but left it to be inferred that C. philippinus was the same as C. validus (Bijdr. t. d. Dierk. p. 15, C. enca). From C. validus, ap. nos, ex Malacca, Bonaparte’s species differs in being smaller, and in its green coloration. Whether a second species, C. brevipennis, occurs’in the Philippines, must remain for future collectors to ascertain. Mr. G. R. Gray (/.¢.) has united the two titles. Longitudo ale. caude. rostr. a nar. tarsi. 9, 11°50 8°25 1:50 2:25. Luzon. 3. 12:25 8:75 1-75 2°35. Negros. oS als} 8°75 1:67 2°35. 2. 11°50 8 1:37 2:25. Cujo. STURNIDZ. STURNINA. AcRIDOTHERES, Vieillot. 126. ACRIDOTHERES CRISTATELLUS. The Chinese Starling or Blackbird, Kdwards, Nat. Hist. i. p. 19, pl. 19, “ China,” (1743). Sturnus crinibus cinereis, etc., Klein, Hist. Av. p. 64, no. 3 (1750), ex Edwards. Merula sinensis cristata, Briss. Orn. ii. p. 258, no. 21 (1760), ex Edwards. Gracula cristatella, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 165, no. 5, “ China” (1766), ex Edwards. Le Merle huppé de la Chine, Montb. Hist. Nat. Ois. iii. p. 367, ex Brisson; D’Aubenton, PI. Enl. 507. Merula philippensis, Brisson, apud Bp. Consp. i. p. 420, no. 6, nec Brisson ; Coll. Delattre, p. 9. Acridotheres fuliginosus, Blyth, J. A.S. B. xiii. p. 362, av. juv., “ Macao” (1844). Acridotheres philippensis (Temm.), apud Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 352, “ Hainan.” Acridotheres cristatellus (Linn.), Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 384, “8. China to Shanghai, westwards to Szechuen, Hainan, Formosa.” Hab, Luzon, January and April (Meyer). INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 203 Two examples in adult plumage. The female (fide Meyer) has the wing a quarter of an inch shorter than the male. Dr. Meyer has this note on one of the labels, “ Said to have been introduced from China”—a tradition already recorded by Mr. Swinhoe (Ibis, 1867, pp. 387, 388). There is no difference to be detected between these Luzon individuals and examples from Hainan and Shanghai. Dr. Cabanis (Mus. Hein. i. p. 205, no. 968), as in so many other instances, was the author who first cleared up the confusion into which the synonymy of this species had been thrown. His identification of Pastor cristatellus (Gm.), Wagler (Syst. Av. Pastor, p. 90, no. 14, “China and Java”), with Pastor griseus, Horsf. (=Acridotheres javanicus’, Cab. J. c.), is undoubtedly correct. Turdus griseus, Gm., apud Bp. (/.c.), nec Gm., agrees with the J avan species. Gracula cristatella, L., apud Bp. (op. cit.) is probably Pastor fuscus, Wagler (op. cit.), of India and Burma, and not, as suggested by Mr. Swinhoe (Ibis, 1867, p. 387), Acri- dotheres siamensis, Swinh. P.Z.S. 1863, p. 303, which is a representative form of the Philippine A. cristatellus, but to be readily distinguished by its pure white under tail- coverts, broadly white-tipped rectrices, and unicoloured bill. Merula philippensis, Briss. Orn. ii. p. 278, no, 35, “ Philippines,” = Paradisea tristis, Linn. S. N. i. p. 167, no. 3 (1766), ex Briss., the Acridotheres tristis of modern authors, is now well known to be indigenous to India and Ceylon only, although Brisson expressly states that his type specimen was sent to M. Aubrey from the Philippines. SrurniA, Lesson. 127. STuRNIA VIOLACEA. Rubetra philippensis major, Brisson, Orn. iii, p. 446, no. 32, pl. 22. fig. 3, “ Philippines ” (adult). Le grand Traquet des Philippines, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Ois. v. p. 230; D’Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 185. fig. 2. Motacilla violacea, Boddaert, Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 11 (1783), ex D’Aubent. Motacilla philippinensis, Gm. S. N. i. p. 968, no. 101 (1788), ex Briss. Pastor ruficollis, Wagler, Syst. Av., Pastor, no. 19, “ Manilla” (1829) ; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 15, no. 64. Lamprotornis pyrrhogenys, Temm. & Schlegel, Faun. Jap. Aves, p. 86, “ Japan, Borneo ” (1842) ; Walden, Tr. Z. S. viii. p. 78, “ Celebes.” Lamprotornis pyrrhopogon, Temm. & Schlegel, tom. cit. pl. 46. ? Calornis albifrons, Blyth, J. A. S. B. 1861, p. 96, “ Philippines,” fide Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 302, no. 217. 1Dandin (Om. ii. p. 286, 1800) bestowed the specific title of griseus on Le Vaillant’s Martin gris de fer (Ois. @’Afr. pl. 95. f. 2), which is the same species as Turdus gingianus, Lath. Ind. Orn. i, p. 362, based on le petit Martin de Gingi of Sonnerat (Voy. Indes, ii. p. 194). Horsfield’s title of griseus for the Jayan Acridotheres was therefore anticipated, and Dr. Cabanis proposed that of javanicus, which stands. 204 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Le Merle dominiquain des Philippines, Montb. Hist. Nat. Ois. iii. p. 396 (juv.) ; D’Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 627. fig. 2. Turdus dominicanus, Boddaert, op. cit. p. 88 (1783), ex D’Aubent. Turdus dominicanus, Gm. tom. cit, p. 836, no. 123 (1788), ex Montb. There can be no doubt that the Philippine bird described by Brisson (/.¢.) and figured by D’Aubenton, pl. 185. fig. 2, belongs to the same species as that figured in the ‘ Fauna Japonica,’ pl. 46. That the Japanese species is a winter resident in the Philippines, we are assured by Mr. Swinhoe (P.Z.S, 1863, p. 302, no, 217). And Pastor ruficollis, described by Wagler from a Manilla specimen, is also undoubtedly the same as the Japanese species. I have already shown that it ranges as far as Celebes (U.c.); and Schlegel (7. ¢.) notes it from Borneo. It has not, however, been observed in China nor in the island of Formosa, The type of Turdus dominicanus, Bodd., was described by Montbeillard (/. ¢.) from an individual said to have been obtained in the Philippines by Sonnerat. It may, how- ever, have been in reality of African origin. This example, so indifferently figured by D'Aubenton (/.c.), and insufficiently described by Montbeillard (/.¢.), was clearly that of an immature bird. Wagler (/.c. no. 20) appears to have been the first author who referred Gracula sturnina, Pallas,=Sturnus dauricus, Pallas, to this species. He states that it inhabits the Philippines and China, and that it nests in Dauria. G. sturnina, Pallas, is known to winter in Java, Sumatra, Malacca, and Tenasserim, to occur during its migration in North China, and to breed in Dauria. Does it also occur along with 8. violacea (=pyrrhogenys) in the Philippines during the winter? If so, it may have supplied the type of D’Aubenton’s 627th plate. If S. sturnina is found not to migrate to the Philippines, then S. dominicanus must become a synonym of 8. violacea. One of the salient differentiating characters of 7. sturnina, even in the earliest plumage, is the occipital spot formed by the black or purple-black tips of the occipital feathers. In Mr. Blyth’s description of Calornis albifrons, taken from an undoubted but immature Philippine individual (cf. Swinhoe, /.¢.), this spot is stated to be present. It is true that Mr. Swinhoe identified it with S. pyrrhogenys, a species which I believe never exhibits an occipital black spot. Unless 7. dominicanus prove to be an African form, it is a title that must fall, being junior to both S. violacea and S. sturnina. The synonymy of Gracula sturnina is as follows :— Gracula sturnina, Pallas, Reisen Russischen Reichs, iii. p. 695, no. 11, “South Dauria” (1776). Sturnus dauricus, Pallas, Act. Holmiens, 1778, p. 197, pl. 7; Zoogr. Rosso-Asiatica, i, p. 422, no. 72 (1811-31). ’ Turdus striga, Raffles, Tr. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 311, no. 8, “ Sumatra” (1821). Pastor sturninus (Pallas), Wagler, Syst. Av. Pastor, no. 20 (1827). Pastor malayensis, Eyton, P. Z.S. 1839, p. 103, “ Malaya ;” Blyth, J. A. S. B, 1846, p. 35, “Common at Malacca.” INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 205 Pastor dominicanus (Gm.), Strick]. J. A. S. B. 1847, p. 470. Sturnius pyrrhogenys (Temm. & Schlegel), Swinhoe, Ibis, 1861, p. 338, “ between Takoo and Peking,” nec T. & S. Calornis dauricus (Pallas), Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Mus. E. I. C. ii. p. 544, no. 814. Temenuchus dauricus (Pall.), Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 384, no. 365. Catornis, G, R. Gray. 128. * CALORNIS PANAYENSIS. Le petit Merle ou Musicien de Visle Panay, Sonn. Voy. Nouy. Guin. p. 115, pl. 73. Muscicapa panayensis, Scop. Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 96, no. 110, ex Sonn. (1786) ; Walden, Tr. Z. 8. viii. p. 79. Turdus cantor, Gm. S. N. i. p. 837, no, 124 (1788), ex Sonn. ; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 15, no. 66. Le Merle des colombiers, Month. Hist. Nat. Ois. ii. p. 381, “ Philippines.” Turdus columbinus, Gm. op. cit. p. 836, no. 122 (1788), ex Montb. Turdus cantor, Lath., Kittliz, Kupft. p. 11, pl. 15. f. 1, “ Pbilippines.” Lamprotornis panayensis (Scop.), Cab. M. Hein. i. p. 200. Calornis panayensis, Scop., et Calornis columbina, Gm., apud G. R. Gray, Hand-list, nos. 6373, 6384. Hab. Zebu, April; Luzon, January; Negros, March (Meyer). The Philippine Calornis, for long confounded by several authors with the Javan and the Malaccan species, was first recognized as distinct by Dr. Cabanis (/.¢.). A good series in Dr. Meyer's collection enables me to fully confirm the opinion of Dr. Cabanis. It is a large species of a dark bronze-green colour, and ranges nearest to Calornis neglecta, nob. As labelled by Dr. Meyer, the sexes do not differ; we must therefore assume that examples in streaked plumage are young individuals. The eggs are described in ‘ The Ibis,’ 1872, p. 97. Lamprotornis magnus, yon Rosenb., Schlegel (Ned. Tijdsch. Dierk. iv. p. 18, “* Island of Soék ”—1871), is a Calornis with the two pairs of middle rectrices exceedingly deve- loped and measuring more than twice the length of the body. EULABETINA. Sarcops, Walden. 129, *SaRcops CALVUS. Merula calva, Brisson, Orn. ii. p. 280, no. 36, “ Philippines.” Gracula calva, Linn. 8. N, i, p. 164, no. 2 (1766), ex Brisson; y. Kittlitz, Kupft. p. 9, pl. ; xiii. f. 2. Le Goulin, Montb. Hist. Nat. Ois. iii. p. 420. Le Goulin gris, Cuv. R, A. i. p. 381 (1829). VOL. 1X.—ParT Ul. April, 1875. bo ico} 206 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS « Gymnops’ calvus (Gm.), Cuy., l.c. Gymnops griseus, Cuv., ap. Meyen, Noy. Acta Acad. C. L. C. Nat. Cur. xvi. suppl. prim. p. 78. Gymnops tricolor (L. S. Miiller), ap. G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 6275, nee L. 8S. Miller. Gymnops calvus (Linn.), Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, p. 103. Hab. Luzon (mus. nostr.); Guimaras, Negros (Meyer). Inhabitants from localities cited identical. Sexes (fide Meyer) alike. The two following species of IcrERID& are described and figured by Sonnerat, who informs us that they are found at Antigua (Panay), and also on the New Continent. Beyond his statement, there is not a tittle of evidence in favour of their Philippine habitat. (1) Le Troupiale rouge d Antique, Sonnerat, Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 113, pl. 68. Xanthornus holosericeus 3, Scopoli, Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 88, no. 56 (1786), ex Sonn.; G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 6501; Sclater, Cat. Am. Birds, no. 831; Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 190, no. 919. Oriolus ruber, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 388, no. 34 (1788), ex Sonn.; Bp. Consp. i. p. 129. Amblyramphus bicolor, Leach, Zool. Mise. p. 82, pl. 36, “ Cayenne” (1814). And (2) Le Troupiale jaune d@ Antique, Sonnerat, J. c. pl. 59. Xanthornus holosericeus 2, Scopoli, l.@ (1786), ex Sonn. Oriolus flavus, Gm. tom. cit. p. 889, no. 385 (1788), ex Sonn. Xanthosomus flavus (Gm.), Sclater, op. cit: no. 830; G. R. Gray, op. cit. no. 6491. FRINGILLIDZ. FRINGILLINE. Pyraita, Cuvier. 130. Pyra@ira MONTANUS. Fringilla montana, Linn. S. N. 1, p. 324, no. 37, “ Europe” (1766) ; Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 156, no. 792. The occurrence of the Tree-sparrow in the Philippines, in itself not unlikely, rests solely on the authority of Dr. Cabanis (J. ¢.) Passer jugiferus, Temm., Bp. Consp. i. p. 508, “ Philippines” (1850), is stated by Mr. Blyth (Ibis, 1870, p. 172) to be the same as his Passer flaveolus, J. A.S. B. xiii. p. 946, “ Arracan” (1844); and he regards its Philippine habitat as dubious. ' Previously employed by Spix (Ay. Brasil. i. p. 11, 1824) for Falco aterrimus, Temm. Pl. Col. pl. 37,= Daptrius ater, Vieillot (Analyse, p. 694). INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 207 PLOCEID. PLOCEIN&. Pappa, Reichenbach. 151. Pappa oRYzIVORA. The cock Padda, or Rice-bird, Edwards, Nat. Hist. i. pl. 41, “ China.”’ Loxia oryzivora, Linn. Amen. Acad. iv. p. 243, no. 16 (1759), ex Edwards; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 14, no. 59; Walden, Tr. Zool. Soc. viii. p. 72. Observed by Dr. y. Martens in the Museum of the Military Library at Manilla, and, in all likelihood, an indigenous species. Monts, Hodgson. 132. * MuUNIA JAGoRI. Munia (Dermophrys) jagori, Cab., vy. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 14, no. 60, “ Luzon.” Dermophrys jagori, Cab. op. cit. 1872, p. 316, no. 6. Munia minuta (Meyen), G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 6761. Hab. Zebu, April (Meyer). Two examples (3 2, fide Meyer) of an almost black-headed Munia were obtained in Zebu by Dr. B. Meyer. Both have the upper tail-coverts glistening dark chestnut, and the middle pair of rectrices rich glistening ferruginous. In the male the black extends from the breast to the under tail-coverts, forming a broad, mesial, black, con- tinuous band. In the female this black mesial band is interrupted by a chestnut band crossing the breast. In examples of WM. rubro-nigra from the Deyra Doon, Bengal, Tippera, Mymensing, and Tongoo, as well as of M. formosana from Formosa, and WM. brunneiceps from Celebes and Banjarmassing, the black mesial band is not continuous, nor is it so broadly developed on the abdomen. In M. rubro-nigra the whole head is intensely black. In MW. formgsana the occiput and nape are faded brown; and Mr. Swinhoe has established that this is normal in the adult bird (Ibis, 1865, p. 356). The Philippine, Celebean, and South-Bornean forms do not appear to have the head so intensely black as in M/. rubro-nigra, although darker than in MW. formosana. In the Philippine examples the head and nape are not of a true black, but rather of a dark brown. ‘This has also been pointed out by Dr. Cabanis (/. c.). In M. brunneiceps of Celebes the head is still less black, and the black abdominal band is interrupted. As the synonymy of M. atricapilla and M. rubro-nigra, thoroughly disentangled by Mr. Blyth (Cat. Cale. Mus.) and by Mr. Moore (Cat. E. I. C. Mus.), has again been thrown into confusion by Mr. Gray (Hand-list), it may be useful to recapi- tulate it. 252 208 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Munia atricapilla. The Chinese Sparrow, Edwards, Nat. Hist. Birds, i. p. 43, pl. 43, ¢. Coccothraustes sinensis, Brisson, Orn. iii. p. 235, no. 7, ex Edwards. Lovia malacca, var. B, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 302, no. 16, ex Brisson. Lowia atricapilla, Vieillot, Ois. Chant. p. 84, pl. 53 (1805). Distinguished by the absence of a black mesial abdominal band; otherwise like JV. rubro-nigra. The exact range remains to be ascertained. Blyth (op. cit. p. 337) mentions having seen it from Pinang. Moore (op. cit. ii. p. 508, no. 775) notes a drawing of the species from Sumatra, and an example from Pinang. Under the title of Munia sinensis (Brisson), Swinhoe includes the species in his list of the Birds of China (P. Z.S. 1871, p. 384, no. 368). Nothing more has been recorded of its distribution. Munia rubro-nigra. Munia rubro-nigra, Hodgs. As. Researches, xix. p. 153, ‘ Nipaul” (1836). Lonchura melanocephala, M’Clelland, P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 163, ‘ Assam.” Spermestes melanocephalus, Hodgs. Gray’s Zool. Misc. p. 84 (1844). Munia atricapilla (Vieill.), G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 6759, nec Vieillot. Said by Mr. Layard to occur in Ceylon’ (Ann. & Mag. Nat Hist. 1854, vol. xiii. p. 258), this species appears to be rare, if even known, in Southern India. It is common in the British territories to the north-east and south-east of Bengal, such as Assam, Tippera, Arracan, Tenasserim, Burma, also in Bengal, and along the base of the Himalayas, 99 33. * MUNIA MINUTA. Fringilla minuta, Meyen, Nov. Act. Acad. C. L. C. Nat. Cur. xvi. suppl. prim. p. 86, pl. 12. fig. 2, “ Manilla” (1834) ; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 14, no. 61. Hab. Sugar-plantations of Luzon (Meyen). As described and depicted by Meyen, this Wunia, with the exception of the chin and throat, is bright rufous. I have never met with examples agreeing with Meyen’s de- scription, although he states that this Finch occurs in numberless troops in the Luzon sugar-plantations. It may be distinct from J/. jagovi, and is so treated by Dr. v. Martens (/.¢.). The M. minuta of Mr. Gray’s Hand-list, no. 6761, refers to examples of M. jagori. Oxycerca, G. R. Gray. 134. * Oxycerca JAGORI. Uroloncha jagori, Cab. J. £. O. 1866, p. 14, no. 62, “ Luzon” (descr. nulla). Oxycerca jagori, Cab. op. cit. 1872, p. 317, no. 7 (descr. princeps). Hab. Luzon, in February, 5,? ; bill, feet, and claws bluish grey (Meyer). Of the same type as Munia topela, Swinh., but of greater dimensions. ‘The chin and ‘ Its occurrence in Ceylon as an indigenous species has not been confirmed. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 209 throat dark chocolate-brown, without a tinge of ferruginous. Nor does this colour descend so low as its corresponding shade in MW. topela. The undulations on the under surface, which are of the same character as in WV. topela, are bolder and larger. Quite distinct from MW. punctularia (Linn.) and MW. nisoria (Temm. _). Coccothraustes philippinensis, Brisson, Orn. iii. p. 232, no. 6, pl. xii. fig. 1, 3, pl. xviii. figs. 1, 2, nest (1760). Loxia philippina, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 305, no. 36 (1766), ex Brisson; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 14. Gros-bee des Philippines, D’Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 135. fig. 2. Le Toucnam-courvi, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Ois. ii. p. 465. Loxia maculata, L. S. Miller, Suppl. p. 150, no. 56 (1776), ex D’Aubent. Originally and minutely described by Brisson from examples in M. Aubrey’s cabinet, said to have come from the Philippines. Since that date (1760) there is no evidence of any species of Ploceus inhabiting those islands. Camel does not include any members of the genus; and he would certainly have noticed a bird so remarkable for the con- spicuous nest it constructs. Dr. Jerdon (Birds of India, ii. p. 348) states that he is convinced that the figure in D’Aubenton’s plate (/.c.) refers to P. hypoxanthus (Daud.'). In this opinion I find it impossible to concur. D’Aubenton’s figure fairly depicts the common Indian Weaverbird, Ploceus baya, Blyth (J. A. S. B. 1844, p. 945), the belly being represented pure white, while in the so-called P. hypovanthus the belly and under tail-coverts are rich golden. According to Buffon (/.c.), D’Aubenton’s figure was taken from a male example of Brisson’s Coccothraustes philippinensis, on which Linnzus founded Lovia philippina. Brisson’s description completely agrees with P. baya, Blyth, and cannot apply to P. hypoxanthus of the Indian authors. Moreover Brisson describes and figures the nest of his Weaverbird, and unmistakably represents the pensile nest of P. baya, Blyth, and not the non-pensile nests of the other known Asiatic Weavers P. manyar (Horsf.), P. bengalensis (Linn.), and P. javanensis (Less.). It is satisfactory to find that Hermann (Observ. Zool. p. 205, 1804) identified an example of a Weaver- bird, sent from Tranquebar along with its pensile nest, as Loxia philippina, Linn. ; for he evidently describes a young male of P. baya, Blyth. * Toucnam-courvi,” the supposed native name in the Philippines, according to Brisson (1. c.), does not sound Tagalish, as already remarked by Dr. v. Martens (J. ¢.); while, on the other hand, it closely resembles the Malay name tor the common Weaverbird, 1 Lowxia hypoxantha, Sparrman, Mus. Carls. fase. iii, no. 71, ‘‘ Sumatra” (1788). Lowxia hypowantha, Daudin, Traité d’Ornith. ii. p. 429 (1800), ex Sparrm. Above uniform olive-green ; forehead and undersurface bright yellow. Evidently not a Ploceus (cf. Sun- deyall, Kritisk, p. 12, no. 711), The well-marked species to which the specific title of hypowanthus has been applied by Jerdon, Blyth, and Dr. Pucheran (Rey. Zool, 1854, p. 67), and which is found, in suitable localities, throughout Burma, must take the title of Ploceus javanensis (Lesson), Traité, p. 446, “Java” (1831). 210 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS P. baya, Blyth, in Ceylon, and which Mr. Layard (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii, 2nd series, p. 257, no. 158) renders Tokanam cooroovi, 7. e. Basket-maker bird. Therefore, until authentic examples of a Philippine species of Ploceus sufficiently agreeing with Brisson’s original description are obtained, it will be most in accordance with existing evidence to refer the common Indian and Ceylon Weaverbird, P. baya, Blyth, to the Linnzan species Loxia philippina. The Ploceus philippinus of Gray’s Hand-list, no. 6612, and stated to be from the Philippines only, is not represented in the British Museum. The following species, stated by Sonnerat to inhabit the island of Panay as well as the Cape of Good Hope, is now known to be restricted to the African continent. La veuve de Visle de Panay, Sonnerat, Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 117, pl. 75. Emberiza signata, Scopoli, Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 95, no. 103 (1786) ex Sonn. Emberiza panayensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 885, no. 69 (1788), ex Sonn.’ Veuve a poitrine rouge, D’Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 647. Fringilla ardens, Boddaert, Tabl. d. Pl. Enl. p. 39 (1783), ex D’Aubent. Vidua rubritorques, Swainson, Birds West Africa, i. p. 174 (1857). Pentheria rubritorques (Sw.), Bp. Consp. i. p. 448. Niobe ardens (Bodd.), G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 6669. COLUMB. TRERONID. OsMotTRERON, Bonaparte. 135. OSMOTRERON VERNANS. Columba viridis philippensis, Briss. Orn. i. p. 143, pl. 11. f. 2, “ Philippines ” (1760). Columba vernans, Linn. Mantissa Plant. p. 526 (1771), ex Briss.; Walden, Tr. Z. S. viii. pp- 81, 113. Pigeon verd des Philippines, D’ Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 138. Columba viridis, L. 8. Miiller, Suppl. p. 1382 (1776), ex D’Aubent. Le Pigeon verd de Visle de Lucon et @ Antigue, Sonn. Voy. N. Guin. p. 110, pl. 64, ¢, 65, 2 (1776). Columba viridis, Scopoli (mot. propr.), Del. Fl. Faun, Insubr. ii. p. 94, no. 95 (1786), ex Sonn. The purple Pigeon, Brown, Ilustr. p- 42, p. 18, “ Java” (1776). Columba purpurea, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 784, no. 61 (1788), ex Brown. Hab. Luzon, April (Meyer). A single example. a male, but erroneously marked a female by the collector, is contained in Dr. Meyer’s collection. It agrees in dimensions and colouring with Malaccan, North-Bornean, Celebean, and Cambodjan (mus. nostr.). ‘ Gmelin erroneously quotes Sonnerat’s 76th plate. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 211 136. * OsMOTRERON AXILLARIS. “Treron axillaris, G. R. Gray,” Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxix. p. 875 (1854) patr. incert.; Conspectus, ii, p. 13 (1857). Treron aromatica, Gm., ap. G. R. Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus. Columbe (1856), p. 10, “ Philippines,” nec Gm. Treron amboinensis (Miiller), ap. G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 9079, nec Miiller. Treron aromatica (Gm.), ap. Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. 1863, p. 64, “ Philippines,” nee Gm.; Mus. Pays-Bas, Columbe, p. 53 (March 1873) ; Bp. Icon. Pig. pl. 7. Hab. Luzon, Guimaras, Negros (Meyer). A large series of the Philippine maroon-backed Osmotreron was obtained by Dr. Meyer from the localities cited; and they in no way differ among one another. They belong to the same subsection as Osmotreron aromatica (Gm.) of the Moluccas (cf. Wallace, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 33, & Ibis, 1863, p. 319), in which the undercoverts of the tail in both sexes are white, or yellowish white, without any markings. From the Moluccan species O. axillaris it differs in being somewhat larger, by having a large and very powerful bill, by the maroon mantle covering a larger surface of the back and being of a lighter shade, and by the ventral plumage and the thigh-coverts being almost bright yellow mixed with very dark green. The middle toe measures one inch, and in 0. aromatica an eighth less; the corneous part of the maxilla seven-sixteenths against five- sixteenths of an inch in the Moluccan bird. The title aaillaris refers to the black edge of the shoulder in this species (fide Bp. Icon. Pig.). This part and the lesser shoulder-coverts are nearly black, being very dark slate-colour in fully adult males. Professor Schlegel (Mus. Pays-Bas, Columba, p. 53) makes O. azillaris, G. R. Gray, apud Bp. Consp. ii. p. 13, equal to 7. griseicauda, G. R. Gray; but Bonaparte’s diagnosis does not agree with either 0. azillaris or O. aromatica. Wagler states (Syst. Av. Columba, no. 8) that he saw a specimen of his Columba (Osmotreron) fulvicollis among a number of Philippine birds sent to Amsterdam. Prince Bonaparte (Consp. ii. p. 14) also cites the Philippines as being within the range of that species. I can find no other evidence of its Philippine habitat; and Wagler does not include the Philippines when writing on the species at a subsequent date (Isis, 1829, p. 738). Great confusion still prevails in the synonymy of the “ maroon-backed” members of the genus Osmotreron; and I therefore add a list of the ten species known to me as falling under this definition :— VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS bo fant bo Under tail-coverts creamy white and immaculate in both sexes. (1) Columba amboinensis, L, 8. Miiller, Suppl. p. 182, no, 35, ex Pl. Enl. 163° (1776). Columba aromatica, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 778, no. 47, “ Amboina,” ex Brisson, Orn. 1. p. 145, no. 39, « Amboyna.” Hab. Bourou and Amboyna (Wallace). (2) Treron axillaris, G. R. Gray, /.c. ‘ Philippines.” Hab, Luzon, Negros, Guimaras (Meyer). Under tail-coverts creamy immaculate white in male, mottled with greenish in female. (3) Columba pompadora, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 775, no. 9, * Zeyloniz,” ex Brisson, Ilustr. pl. 19, ¢, 20, 2, “Ceylon;” Bp. Icon. Pigeons, pl. xi. f. 1, 2. Treron flavo-gularis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxvi. p. 225, “ Ceylon” (1857), Hab. Ceylon (mus, nostr.) . Under tail-coverts green, with cream-coloured tips in both sexes. (4) Treron chloroptera, Blyth, J. A.S. B. 1845, p. 852, “ Nicobars,” Hab. Nicobars (Blyth) ; Andamans (mus. nostr.). Under tail-coverts cinnamon in male, yellowish white, mottled with green, in female. (5) Vinago affinis, Jerd. Madr, J. L. & Se. xii. p. 13, 2. Vinago malabarica, Jerd. Ilustr. Ornith. letterpress to pl. 21, ¢, “ Malabar” (March, 1845) ; Bp. Icon. Pigeons, pl. xi. fig. 2, 9, pl. xii. ¢. Hab. Peninsular India (Jerdon). (6) Treron pulverulenta, Wallace, Ibis, 1863, p. 319, “ Java.” Treron curvirostra, Vieill., Bp. leon. Pigeons, pl. vi. Hab. Java (Wallace). (7) Treron griseicauda, G. R. Gray, Mus. Brit..Columbe, p. 10, “ patr. incert.” (1856). Hab. Celebes, Sula Islands (Wallace). A large ochreous pectoral patch ; under tail-coverts in male dark cinnamon, in female creamy white dashed with pale cinnamon. (8) Columba olax, Temm, Pl. Col. 241, 3, Sumatra” (1823). Hab. Sumatra, Malacca (mus. nostr.) ; Java (Schlegel). (9) Osmotreron phayrei, Blyth, J. A. S. B. 1862, p. 344. Hab. Assam, Sylhet, Arakan, Pegu, Martaban, rare in Lower Bengal (Blyth) ; Tongoo (mus. nostr.) . * Buffon (H. N. Ois. ii. p. 528) expressly states that this figure was taken from Brisson’s Pigeon vert cd’ Amboine, INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 213 Under tail-coverts cinnamon in the male, green edged with white and tinged with cinnamon in the female ; head and neck ferruginous chestnut. (10) Columba fulvicollis, Wagler, Syst. Av. Columba, no. 8 (1827), ex Temm.; Wallace, Ibis, 1865, p. 375. Columba aromatica, var., Temm. & Knip, Pig. p. 30, pl. 6, “Batavia;” Pig. et Gallin. i. pp. 53, 442. “Columba ferruginea, Reinhardt, MS.” Wagler, Isis, 1829, p. 738. Columba cinnamomea, Temm. Recueil d’Ois. livr. 93, “ Pontianak ” (1835). Treron tenuirostre, Eyton, Ann. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 230, “ Malacca” (1845). Hab. Borneo (Temm.).; Malacca (Eyton) ; Sumatra (Wallace). Levcorreron, Bonaparte. 137. * LEUCOTRERON GIRONIERI. (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 1.) Leucotreron gironieri, J. Verr. et Des Murs, Ibis, 1862, p. 342, pl. 12, “Tallawan (Philippines) ” (juv.). Ptilopus geversi, Schlegel, Ibis, 1863, p. 120. Ptilopus hugoniana, Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. 1863, p. 60, pl. 3. f. 2, “ Lucon” (jwv.) ; Wallace, Ibis, 1865, p. 378. Ptilopus hugonianus, Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Columbe, p. 36 (March, 1878). Hab. Luzon, Guimaras (Meyer). In the adult plumage this species has the entire head, neck, and upper breast pale ashy white, the occiput and nape being faintly washed with light green. Bordering the grey of the breast and intervening between it and the ashy green of the lower parts is a broad dark purple band, rather deeper in the middle than at the sides. The under tail-coverts are cinnamon-colour. The under surface of the rectrices is slate- colour, with a broad terminal almost white band, which above appears yellow; the chin and throat and the space before the eye black; remainder of the upper plumage bright rich green, with a golden gloss in certain lights. From a Guimaras example, noted as a male by Dr. Meyer. Another male example from Luzon has the abdominal region of a still more ashy green, some of the ventral plumage being tawny. An individual from Guimaras, and noted a female, has the abdominal region deep green, and the dark purple pectoral band is represented by a large triangular patch of the same colour, a few purple feathers on each side only indicating the position of the band. The pale ashy white of the nape is more deeply tinged with green. Another Guimaras female (fide Meyer) has the head, nape, and breast green, the forehead alone being bluish grey; the abdomen is mixed tawny ashy green; on the breast is a limited purple triangular patch. This individual resembles very nearly the figure in ‘The Ibis’ (/. s. ¢.), only that in the plate by Jennens the purple patch is represented much too low down, and the under tail-coverts are not dark enough. It also agrees well with the description given by Professor Schlegel (J. c.). VOL, IX.—PART II. April, 1875. 2F 214 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS A fourth Guimaras individual (female, jide Meyer) has the plumage still more intensely green than the last; the bluish grey of the forehead is less distinct, and the uniform deep green of the breast is only broken by a faint indication of dark purple . at the tips of two or three feathers. The under tail-coverts are mostly pale cinnamon. In all five examples the mandible is carmine at its base, the remainder of the bill yellow, the feet carmine. It is probable that in the young birds the head and breast are green, and that the dark purple pectoral patches are rudimentary indications of the broad pectoral band of the adult. As in Leucotreron gularis, of which this Philippine species is a beautiful representative form, the first primary is abruptly attenuated near the end. RampPuicuLus, Bonaparte. 138. * RAMPHICULUS OCCIPITALIS. Ptilonopus occipitalis, G. R. Gray, List Birds Brit. Mus. Galline, iii. p. 1, “ Philippines” (1844), descr. nulla; Gray & Mitch. Genera, ii. p. 467, pl. 118; List Birds Brit. Mus. Columbe, p. 7, no. 17 (1856) ; Wallace, Ibis, 1865, p. 378; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 22, no. 124. Ramphiculus occipitalis (G. R. Gray), Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxix. p. 878 (1854) ; Consp. u. p. 17; Iconogr. Pig. pl. 14. Osmotreron batilda, Bp. Compt. Rend. /. c. juv. “ Philippines” (1854) ; Consp. i. p. 27 ; Wallace, tom. cit. p. 882; v. Martens, /. ¢. no. 125. Columba occipitalis (G. R. Gray), Schlegel, Handleiding, i. p. 411 (1857). Hab. Luzon (Meyer). No difference between the sexes as determined by Dr. Meyer. The young bird was described as distinct by Prince Bonaparte, and the adult and young severally made the type of separate genera. A Luzon example of Ptilopus jambu (Gm.) is stated by Professor Schlegel to be contained in the Leyden Museum (Mus. Pays-Bas, Columbe p. 36). The correctness of the attributed habitat requires confirmation. PHABOTRERON, Bonaparte. 139. * PHABOTRERON AMETHYSTINA. (Pl. XXXIV. fig. 2.) Phapitreron amethystina, Bp. Compt. Rend. xl. p. 214, “ Philippines” (1855) ; Consp. ii. p. 28 (1857). Chlorenas amethystina (Bp.), Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Columba, p. 80. 140. * PHABOTRERON LEUCOTIS. Columba leucotis, Temm. Pl. Col. 189, “ environs de Manille”’ (1823) ; Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, p. 104, “Isl. of Negros.” Phapitreron leucotis (Temm.), Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxix. p. 879 (1854) ; Consp. ii. p. 28. Chlorenas leucotis (Temm.), Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Columbe, p. 78, “ Luzon.” Hab. Luzon and Guimaras (Meyer); Negros (L. C. Layard). The sexes do not differ. Examples from all three localities are undistinguishable. to i or INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. Carpopnaaa, Selby. 141. CARPOPHAGA AINEA. Palumbus moluccensis, Briss. Orn. i. p. 148, no. 41, “ ex Moluccis insulis”’ (1760). Columba enea, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 283, no. 22 (1776), ex Briss. Pigeon Ramier des Moluques, D’Aubent. Pl. Enl. 164. Columba moluccensis, L. 8. Miiller, Suppl. p. 133, no. 35d (1776), ex D’Aubent. Columba sylvatica, Tickell, J. A.S. B. 1833, p. 581, “ Jungles of Borabhim & Dholbhim.” Carpophaga pusilla, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. 1849, p. 816, “ Nilgiris ” errore. Carpophaga chalybura, Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxix. p. 1074, “ Philippines ” (1854) ; Consp. ii. p. 32 ; Iconogr. pl. 42. Carpophaga sylvatica “ (Tickell) ,’”’ Blyth, J. A. S. B. 1861, p. 97, “ Philippines.” Hab. Luzon, January, April; Negros, March (Meyer). Examples from Ceylon, India, Burma, the Andamans, and Java cannot be specifically separated from this Philippine species. Mr. Blyth has already remarked (J. c.) that a young Philippine example before him did not differ from the Indian and Burmese species. The Sumatran, Bangkan, Sumbawan, and Flores forms are also considered to belong to C. ewnea by Professor Schlegel (Mus. Pays-Bas, Columba, p. 85), although he keeps C. sylvatica apart as being a smaller race. And Mr. Wallace (Ibis, 1865, p. 383 includes Lombok and the Malay peninsula within the range of C. wnea. Bonaparte (/.¢.) relied on the Philippine bird having the head and neck whiter, and on the under surface of the tail being paler and of a steel-grey, and not brown-black. The under surface of the rectrices is certainly somewhat paler; but the difference between the colouring of the head and neck, as described by Bonaparte, is not apparent in Dr. Meyer’s examples, which are in perfect plumage. The chief difference they exhibit is in the colouring of the breast, which appears to be more tinged with vinous ; and thus the entire under surface is more or less vinous, and not the abdomen only as in C. e@nea. On the head, nape, and back of the neck also the rather deep vinous shading of C. wnea is absent. Bonaparte’s plate (/. ¢.) so little resembles these Philip- pine examples that it cannot be relied on. Carpophaga pickeringi, Cassin, Pr. Ac. Philad. vii. p. 228 (1854), and U.S. Expl. Exped. pl. 27, 2nd ed., obtained on Mangsi Island, one of the Sooloo archipelago, seems to be a distinct species, with light-cinereous under tail-coverts, and consequently related to C. perspicillata. ; Carpophaga paulina (Temm.), ex Celebes, is always readily. to be distinguished by its _ intensely vinous breast, and by its bright rufous nape. Yet an intermediate form is said to also occur in Luzon (ef. Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. 1866, p. 201; Mus. Pays-Bas, Columba, p. 85)—the Philippine habitat, however, only resting on a single example, said to have been obtained in Luzon by M. H. Gevers. The following measurements are taken (the Luzon male excepted) from examples in full plumage. 2F2 216 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Carpophaga insularis, Blyth, apparently peculiar to the Nicobars, is a perfectly distinct species, allied to C. perspicillata. Longitudo rostr. alee. caudee. Clanea . 2) 3 0564 9:00 6:00. Java. s Saeki tt arg canOOe 9°12 6°62. Sarawak. x Dust & ate (toned W064 9°25 6°50. Busan, N. Borneo. “5 Sua we) een sO 9°25 6°37. Tongoo, Burma. 3 Pear ste sme ee OsO: 9:12 6:25. Maunbhoom. es OF Fah) eae NOLO: 9:25 6°25. Kyodan, Salween river. es Ramm er: (U15)0) 8:25 5°62. Malabar. FF Set. ee eee 0760 8:25 5°62. Dambool, Ceylon. 55 LARA, oe EO OEG 0 8-25 5°75. Cocarry, Ceylon. a a YSN BORD 8:00 5°62. Ceylon. C. chalybura $. 5 os 064 9°50 6°25. Luzon. Fe Oe a BOO: 64l 9°25 6712. “ . OF 7 ees A060 9:12 6:00. bs 5S oR LI eis 9°64 6°75. Negros. Carpophaga perspicillata, (Temm.) Pl. Col. 246, was described from the Philippines and the Moluccas. Professor Schlegel (Nederd. Tijdschr. Dierk. 1866, p. 195) doubts the correctness of the Philippine habitat, and confines the range to the Halmaheira group of islands and the island of Bouru. The allied form, Carpophaga neglecta, Schl., i. ¢., occurs only in Ceram, Amboyna, and the island of Boano. PritoconPa, Bonaparte. 142. * PrmLocoLPA GRISEOPECTUS. Carpophaga pectoralis, G. R. Gray, List Birds Brit. Mus. iii. Galline, p. 7, adult, “ Philippines ” (1844), descr. nulla; nec Wagler, Isis, 1829, p. 740. Carpophaga griseopectus, G. R. Gray, in Mus. Brit. (1854) ; List Birds Brit. Mus. Columba, p. 22, no. 24, “ Philippines ” (1856) ; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 24, no. 129. Ptilocolpa griseopectus (G. R. Gray), Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxix. p. 1075, “ins. Philipp.” (1854), descr. princeps; Consp. ii. p. 84 (1857) ; Iconogr. Pig. pl.51; G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 9226; Wallace, Ibis, 1865, p. 385. Carpophaga pectoralis, G. R. Gray, Hartl. J. f. O. 1855, p. 98, “ Philippimes.” Ptilocolpa carola, Bp. Compt. Rend. /. c. (juv.), “ins. Philipp.” (1854). Carpophaga carola (Bp.), G. R. Gray, J. c. no. 25; Hand-list, no. 9227; Wallace, /.c.; v. Martens, J. e. no. 130. Hab. Philippines (Cuming); Luzon (Gevers). The range of this Pigeon within the Philippines, to which archipelago it appears restricted, has yet to be ascertained. bo _ =I INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. Myristictvora, Reichenbach. 143. MyRISTICIVORA BICOLOR. Le Pigeon blane mangeur de Muscade de la Nouvelle Guinée, Sonnerat, Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 169, pl. 103. Columba bicolor, Scopoli', Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 94, no. 97 (1786), ex Sonn.; Cassin, Un. St. Expl. Exped. 2nd ed. p. 265, pl. 28, ¢ adult. Columba alba, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 780, no. 58 (1788), ex Sonn. Columba littoralis, Temm. Knip. i. pt. 2, p. 15, pl. 7, “ Java, New Guinea” (1811) ; Pig. et Gallin. i. pp. 99, 448 (1813). Carpophaga casta, Peale, Un. St. Expl. Exped. Ist ed. Zool. p. 204, “ Sooloo Islands” (1848) ; Hartlaub, Archiv f. Naturgesch. xiii. Jahrgang, i. p. 116. Hab. Negros, March (Meyer). The example above referred to, a male (fide Meyer), in no way differs from an authentic New-Guinea individual. It possesses fourteen rectrices. Several examples collected near Malacca by Mr. Maingay’ are also not to be distinguished, and all possess fourteen rectrices. A large series of this species, as well as of M. luctuosa, was sent from Celebes by Dr. Meyer; but unfortunately no exact localities were given. This Pigeon appears to extend from the Andamans and Java to New Guinea, timing its migrations according to the ripening of the various fruits it feeds on’. HemipHaca, Bonaparte. 144. * HemMIPHaGA POLIOCEPHALA. Carpophaga poliocephala, G. R. Gray, List Birds Brit. Mus. Gallina, iii. p. 6, “ Philippines” (1844), descr. nulla; Gray & Mitch. Genera, il. p. 469, pl. 119; List Birds Brit. Mus. Columée, p. 22, no. 22 (1856) ; Hand-list, no. 9223; Hartl. J. f. O. 1855, p. 91 (descr. princeps) ; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Columbe, p. 92. Hemiphaga poliocephala (G. R. Gray), Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxix. p. 1077 (1854) ; Consp. ii. p. 39 (1857). Hab. Philippines (Cuming); Luzon (Hartlaub, Gevers). This Pigeon is a representative form of H. forsteni, ex Celebes. * Conf. Cassin (J. c.) on Seopoli’s title. * Mr. Maingay, in his MS. notes on this species, states that it is never found on the mainland of the Malaccan peninsula. It arrives at the Water Islands, nine miles from Malacca, about the beginning or middle of July, is abundant towards the latter end of August, and departs towards the end of September. Captain Pinwill observed a flock pass over Pinang in July, but adds that they are not found on that island. * On the range of MW. bicolor, cf. Schlegel, Neder. Tijdschr. iii. p. 205. 218 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS COLUMBID. TantHa@nas, Reichenbach. 145, * IANTH@NAS GRISEOGULARIS. Tanthenas griseogularis, Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, p. 104, pl. 6, “ Guimaras ” (April, 1872). Carpophaga metallica, var., Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. 1866, p. 202, “ Luzon.” Janthenas luzoniensis, Siblesel Mus. Pays-Bas, Columbe, p. 75, “ Luzon” (March, 1873). Hab. Guimaras (Meyer) ; Luzon ((evers). Discriminated, described, figured, and named for the first time in 1872 by the 1 two English authors above cited, from an individual obtained in the island of Guimaras. Professor Schlegel in 1873 (/. c.) again named it, and quoted its original title as a synonym. As the species is not confined to the island of Luzon the last title is also misleading. Macropyera, Swainson. 146. * MAcRoPYGIA TENUIROSTRIS. Macropygia tenuirostris, G. R. Gray, List Birds Brit. Mus. Columba, p. 39, “ Philippines,” descr. nulla (1856) ; Bp. Consp. ii. p. 57, “ Philippmes” (1857). Columba phasianella, Temm, Pl. Col. 100, “ Manilla,” nec Temm. Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 129. Hab. Luzon, Negros (Meyer). This species belongs to the same section as M. phasianella (Temm.), and J. emiliana, Bp. In Negros Dr. Meyer obtained a single example of a Macropygia which differs from the Luzon species in having the back and uropygium dark brown without a trace of rufous, in the shoulder-coverts being uniform brown, not edged with rufous, in the upper surface of the middle pair of rectrices being brown like the back, and in having a black band traversing the whole breadth of the second and third outer pair of rectrices (the first pair are wanting). This individual is stated on the label to be a male, while the Luzon example with which the above comparison is made is marked a female. The differences observable may therefore be sexual. M. tenuirostris is stated by Professor Schlegel (Mus. Pays-Bas, Columba, p. 109) to belong to the Javan and Lombock species, M. emiliana, Bp.,—an opinion in which I regret I cannot concur. Besides being considerably smaller, M. emiliana has the upper plumage of a much lighter and clearer rufous, and the upper surface of the rectrices are pure light rufous, and not brown. Turtur, Selby 147. * TuRTUR DUSSUMIERI. Columba dussumieri, Temm. PI. Col. 188, “ Lucon ” (1823). Hab. Luzon and Negros (Meyer). INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. . 219 Otherwise closely allied to 7. bitorquata (Temm.), this Luzon Dove differs in having not merely the crown, but the whole of the head, nape, cheeks, and sides of the throat ash-grey, in the nuchal band being formed of pale grey feathers margined with iron grey, in wanting the pure white collar, in the bill being much weaker and shorter, and in the white terminal bands on the lateral rectrices being much narrower. Two Luzon examples are respectively marked male and female by Dr. Meyer, and do not differ. A third Luzon individual, marked a female by Dr. Meyer, has the head the same colour as the back, the feathers of the nuchal band smaller and almost entirely iron grey or black, bordered below by a bright ferruginous zone. It is pro- bably an immature bird. ‘The example from Negros is identical with those from Luzon. Professor Schlegel (Mus. Pays-Bas, Columba, p. 120) says that 7. dussumieri has been wrongly indicated as inhabiting the Indian continent and Malacca, and further observes that Mr. G. R. Gray gives its habitat as Luzon, while it in reality probably inhabits the Mariannes. The species certainly does not occur either on the Asiatic continent or in the Sunda Islands, but does inhabit the Philippines, whence the type described by Temminck originated. TZ. gaimardi, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 66, with which Professor Schlegel associates 7. dusswimieri, was described from Marianne specimens obtained by Quoy and Gaimard, and placed by them in the Paris Museum in 1811. The Prince, in his diagnosis, distinguished this Marianne Dove from 7’. dusswmieri, the habi- tat of which, however, he erroneously gave as being Malasia, Java, Sumatra, and Borneo. 148. 'TURTUR HUMILIs. Columba humilis, Temm. Pl. Col. pl. 259, g nec 9, 258, 9 nee g, “ Bengale, ile de Lucon” (1824) ; Bp. Consp. il. p. 66, 2, “ Philippines ;” Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 397, no. 473. Hab. Luzon (Meyer); S. China to Shanghai, Formosa, Hainan (Swinhoe). The red Turtledove of Luzon differs from that of India (7. humilis, ap. Jerd., no. 797) in being of a much darker red, and in having the under wing-coverts dark ash instead of pale ash inclining to white, and the head, uropygium, and upper tail-coverts much darker ash. ‘The form which inhabits China and Cambodia belongs to the Luzon, and not to the Indian race. The Indian bird will have to take the title of Turtur tranquebarica, Herm. Obs. Zool. p. 200, “ ex Tranquebaria” (1804), while for that of Luzon it will perhaps be best to retain Temminck’s title, although he does not make it quite clear whether he described and figured a Bengal or a Philippine individual. In 1855 Prince Bonaparte (Compt. Rend. x1. p. 18) maintained that individuals from Coromandel and the Philippines were absolutely identical. But later, 1856, after his visit to the British Museum, the same author observed (op. cit. xli. p. 659), ‘“ Turtur muroensis, Hodgs., de l Inde” [7. humilis of Indian authors], “ pouvait fort bien différer spécifiquement de Streptopelia humilis des Philippines.” 220 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Dr. Meyer notes the colour of the feet and nails as being grey, and of the bill as slate-colour. La Tourterelle cendrée de Visle de Lugon, Sonn. Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 52, pl. 22. Columba cinerea, Scop. Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 94, no. 93 (1786), ex Sonn. ; nec Scop. ap. Bp. Consp. ii. p. 61. Turtur luzoniensis, Gm. S. N. i. p. 786, no. 32 Turtur, var. 8 (1788), ex Sonn. Columba phanicorhyncha, Wagler, Isis, 1829, p. 745, ex Sonn. Under the title above cited Sonnerat described a species of ‘Turtledove which, he stated, inhabits the island of Luzon, and mentions no other locality. I can find no evidence of any species agreeing with Sonnerat’s description having been found in the Philippines since Sonnerat wrote. The diagnosis agrees fairly with Columba picturata, Temm., from which bird Sonnerat probably took his description. Bonaparte (J. c.) confounded two, if not three, distinct species of the genus Turtur described by Sonnerat, under Scopoli’s title of Columba cinerea. The description given by Bonaparte (J. ¢.) is of Columba miniata, Temm. Pig. & Gall. i. pp. 369, 460, founded on Sonnerat’s Grande Tourterelle de la Chine, Voy. aux Indes, ii. p. 178. In his reference to Sonnerat the Prince commits three mistakes. He quotes page 176, where Sonnerat describes his Tourterelle grise de la Chine, on which Scopoli founded his Columba chinensis; and he adds plate 22—the number of Sonnerat’s plate (in the ‘Voyage a la Nouvelle Guinée’) which represents Columba cinerea, Scopoli'. ‘There is no plate numbered 22 in the second volume of the ‘ Voyage aux Indes.’ Having thus confounded the two species, the Prince adds China as a habitat of Columba cinerea. Previously the Prince had stated (Compt. Rend. xl. p. 16) that he considered C. miniata, Temm., =C. cinerea, Scop. It is difficult to decide from what species Sonnerat described his Grande Tourterelle de la Chine. On reading Temminck’s diagnosis (/.c.) of Columba miniata it is obvious that he copied from Sonnerat. Together with its size (Sonnerat says that it isas large as a Wood-pigeon), the colouring described is inconsistent with any known Chinese species of Dove. La Tourterelle brine de la Chine, Sonn. Voy. aux Indes, ii. p. 177, on which Latham founded his Columba orientalis (Ind. Orn. ii. p. 606), is Turtur gelastes, Temm. & Schlegel. Mr. Blyth (Ibis, 1870, p. 173) mentions having observed in the Leyden Museum a Dove labelled Columba turtur, from the Philippines, “like 7. awritus, but darker, the black predominating on the upper parts; lower tail-coverts white.” Can this be Columba cinerea? 1 Prince Bonaparte (J. c.) also misquotes Vieillot; for he refers to N. Dict. xxvi. p. 312; whereas C. miniata, Temm., occurs at p. 368, and Columba cinerea is treated by Vieillot as a separate species at p. 381, although partly misquoting Sonnerat’s French title. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. i) i) = GOURID. PuHiocanas, Reichenbach. 149. * PHLOGG@NAS LUZONICA. La Tourterelle grise ensanglantée de Visle de Lucon, Sonnerat, Voy. N. Guin. p. 52, pl. 21, “ Lugon,” (1776). Columba luzonica, Scop. Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 94, no. 92 (1786), ex Sonn. Columba cruenta, Gm. S.N.i. p.785, no. 66 (1788), ex Sonn.; Knip, Colomb. et Gall. p. 16, pl. 8; Gould, B. of As. pl —. Var. albina. La Tourterelle blanche ensanglantée de Visle de Lugon, Sonn. op. cit. p. 51, pl. 20, “ Lugon.” Columba nivea, Scop. op. cit. p. 94, no. 91 (1786), ex Sonn. Columba sanguinea, Gm. op. cit. p. 785, no. 65, ex Sonn.; Knip, op. cit. p. 17, pl. 9. Hab. Luzon (Meyer); Calamine Island (Buzeta). CuHaLcopuars, Gould. 150. CHALCOPHAPS INDICA. The Green-winged Dove, Edwards, Nat. Hist. i. pl. 14, “ East Indies.” Columba indica, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 284 (1766), ex Edwards ; Schlegel, Nederd. Tijdschr. Dierk. 1866, p. 265. Tourterelle de Java, D’ Aubent. Pl. Enl. 177°. Le Turvert, no. 8, Buffon, Hist. Nat. ii. p. 556, “ Java.” Columba javanensis, L. S. Miller, Suppl. p. 133 (1776), ex D’Aubenton. Columba javanica, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 781, no. 55 (1788), ex Buffon. ? Palumbus amboinensis, Brisson, Orn. i. p. 150, no. 42, “ ex Amboinensi Ins.” descr. orig. ? Columba cyaneopileata, Bonnaterre, Tabl. Enc. Méthod. i. p. 288 (1823), ex Brisson. ? Chalcophaps moluccensis, G. R. Gray, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 361, 2, “ Amboyna and Batchian.” Le Pigeon vert & téte grise d’ Antigue, Sonnerat, Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 112, pl. 66, “ Panay.” Columba pileata, Scop. Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 94, no. 96 (1786), ex Sonn. Columba albicapilla, Gm. 8. N.1. p. 775, no. 8 (1788), ex Sonn. Columba griseocapillata, Bonnat. tom. cit. p. 238 (1823), ex Sonn. Columba superciliaris, Wagler, Syst. Av. p. 256 (1827), ex Edwards. Monornis perpulchra, Hodgs., Gray, Zool. Misc. 1844, p. 85, “ Nipaul.” Calcophaps bornensis, Miller, Bp. Compt. Rend. xi. p. 208 (1855) ; op. cit. lxiti. p. 947 (1856). Calcophaps formosana, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1865, p. 357, ¢, p. 540, 2, “ Formosa.” Hab. Luzon, Negros (Meyer). Examples obtained in the above-mentioned Philippine Islands in no essential respect, either of dimensions or plumage, differ from Ceylonese, Indian, Burman, Andaman, Malaccan, Javan, Bornean, Celebean, and Formosan individuals. I have therefore 1 Buffon (1. c.), through a misprint, quotes Pl, Enl. 117. VOL. IX.—PaRT u. April, 1875. 2a 222 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS united all the titles founded on examples from those localities under the Linnean designation. 2 In deference to the opinion of Mr. Wallace (Ibis, 1865, p. 393), I have excluded C. moluccensis, G. R. Gray, although Professor Schlegel (/.¢.) does not admit its distinctness. A Ceram example of a female in my collection certainly does differ from all others within the range of C. indica, as stated above, in having the rump earthy brown, with the cross bars dark brown, without a trace of grey. If, however, the Moluccan species prove to be distinct it will have to take the title of C. cyaneopileata, Bonn. J. s. ¢. ©. timorensis, Bp. (javanicoides, Temm. Mus. Lugd.) op. cit. Ixili. p. 948, is an excellent species, wing 6°25, but is doubtfully separable from C. chrysochlora, Wagl. l.c., ex Australia. C. augusta, Bp. op. cit. 1855, p. 209, described from an example of unknown origin, has not as yet been identified. Professor Schlegel (/.c.) states that it is based on C. indica in transition-plumage; but the diagnosis is undoubtedly that of an adult male. The Prince suggests that C. augusta may be the same as the Nicobar form of C. indica described by Mr. Blyth (J. A. S. B. 1846, p. 371), and treated by him as a variety of C. indica (Cat. Calc. Mus. p. 238, no. 440)". The titles Columba cyanocephala, Gm. tom. cit. p. 781, no. 56, nec no. 20, and C. cwruleocephala, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 610, no. 61, both founded on Latham’s Blue- crowned Turtle, Synop. iv. p. 655, no. 52, cannot be allotted, Latham’s description being too vague, and no species of Chalcophaps having been discovered in China north of the island of Hainan. Le Pigeon violet & téte rouge d’ Antigue, Sonn. Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 112, pl. 67. Columba pulcherrima, Scop. Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 94, no. 98 (1786), ex Sonn. Columba rubricapilla, Gm. S. N. i. p. 784, no. 62 (1788), ex Sonn. This bird is now known to be confined to the Seychelles. Cata@yas, G. R. Gray. 151. CALG@NAS NICOBARICA. The Nincombar Pigeon, Albin, Nat. Hist. Birds, iii. p. 44, pls. 47, 48, “Islands of Nincombar near Pegu”’ (1740). Columba nicobarica, Linn. S. N. i. p. 283, no. 27 (1766), ex Albin ; Cassin, Un. St. Expl. Exped. p- 276. Hab. Philippine Islands (Peale). Seen by Peale in the Philippine Islands, but afterwards in greater abundance at the island of Mangsi. The same author states that the habits of this Pigeon, as observed on that island, were decidedly arboreal. 1 Conf. Blyth, Ibis, 1868, p. 133. The Nicobar race appears to me undistinguishable. oo INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 22: 152. GEOPELIA STRIATA. Columba striata, Linn. S. N. i. p. 282 (1766) ; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 24, no. 136. Observed by Dr. v. Martens in the collection of the Military Library at Manilla. GALLIN PHASIANID/. Gau.us, Linneus. 153. GALLUS BANKIVA. Gallus bankiva, Temm. Pig. et Gallin. ii. p. 87, “Java” (1813). Hab. Luzon, Guimaras (Meyer). These Philippine examples agree with Malaccan. TETRAONID. PERDICINA. ARBOROPHILA, Hodgsun. sp.? ? Le perdrix de Gingi, Sonn. Voy. aux Indes, ii. p. 167. ? Tetrao gingicus, Gm. S. N. i. p. 760, no. 41 (1788), ex Sonn.; Temminck, Pig. et Gallin, ii. pp. 410, 733, “ India, Coromandelia ;” Blyth, This, 1870, p. 174, “Philippines ?” Arboricola, sp., v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 25, no. 142, “ Philippines.” A Philippine species of Arborophila is described by Dr. v. Martens (/.¢.) from an example he observed in the Military Library at Manilla. Temminck (J. ¢.) de- scribed, from an example in his cabinet, the male of what he identified as the Perdix gingica, Lath. ‘This specific title, which Latham only copied from Gmelin, was founded by the latter author on Sonnerat’s species (J. c.). Sonnerat having named the bird Perdrix de Gingi, it was inferred by Temminck that the species inhabited the Coromandel coast. But it is pretty well ascertained that no such species is known in India, or, indeed, in any part of continental Asia, nor has it been discovered in Ceylon, or in any of the Malay Islands. Hence it may be pre- sumed (also the surmise of Mr. Blyth, 7. c.) that Sonnerat’s Partridge was obtained in the Philippines and not in Coromandel. The description given by Dr. v. Mar- tens (J. c.) is too short to enable us to identify the examples he saw with the species 262 154. * ARBOROPHILA 224 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS fully described both by Sonnerat and Temminck. In one particular his description materially differs; for Dr. v. Martens describes the head as being green-black, whereas Sonnerat says that in his bird the top of the head is dark brown, and Temminck calls it maroon-brown, The example similar to his own, which Temminck (J. c.) mentions as being preserved in the British Museum, seems to be no longer extant. Dr. v. Martens thus describes the example alluded to by him:—* Head green-black ; breast wine-red, streaked with black ; sides pale red, spotted with black.” For full description of the example in the Leyden Museum, ef. Blyth, 7. c. EXcALFAcToRIA, Bonaparte. 155. EXcALFACTORIA CHINENSIS. Chinese Quail, Edwards, Llustr. v. p. 77, pl. 247, 3, “ China.” Tetrao chinensis, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 277, no. 19 (1766), ex Edwards; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 25, no. 143. La Caille des Philippines, Brisson, Orn. i. p. 254, no. 17, pl. 25. f. 1, “ Philippines.” La petite Caille de Visle de Lugon, Sonn. Voy. Nouy. Guin. p. 54, pl. 24, 2, “ Lucgon.” Oriolus lineatus, Scop. Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 87, no. 34 (1786), ex Sonn. Tetrao manillensis, Gm. 8S. N. i. p. 764, no. 57 (1788), ex Sonn. Coturnix excalfactoria, Temm. Pig. & Gallin. i. pp. 516, 742 (1815). Coturnix flavipes, Blyth, J. A.S. B. 1842, p. 808, 2, “ Bengal.” Hab. Philippines (Jagor). Brisson described from a Philippine example sent to M. Aubrey. He states that the Philippine form is smaller than the one which inhabits China, and that Chinese examples have the breast spotted with black. It is not improbable that the Philippine species may prove to belong to the Celebean form, E. minima, Gould, in which case both will have to assume the title of lineata, Scop. TURNICID. Turnrx, Bonnaterre. 156, * TurNix ocELLATA. Caille de Visle de Lucon, Sonn. Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 54, pl. 23. Oriolus ocellatus, Scopoli, Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 88, no. 35 (1786), ex Sonn.; Blyth, J. A.S.B. 1861, p. 97. Tetrao luzoniensis, Gm. 8, N. i. p. 767, no. 61 (1788), ex Sonn. Hemipodius thoracicus, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 622, 755, “ Luzonia” (1815). Ortygis ocellata, Meyen, Nov. Act. Ac. C, L. C. Nat. Cur. xvi. suppl. prim. p. 101, pl. 17, “ South Peru, from 10-12000 feet above the sea”! errore (1834); y. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 26, no. 144; G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 9912. Hab. Philippines (Blyth, 1. c.). INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 225 Hemipodius fasciatus, Temm. Pig. & Gallin. iii. pp. 634, 757, ‘* Philippines” (1815), was described from a single example, stated on its label to be from the Philippines. Later Temminck (Receuil d’Ois. 10° livr. 1823) in his monographic sketch of the genus Hemipodius, omitted this title altogether, but added to the Javan habitat of his H. pugnax, as first described (Pig. et Gall.), that of the Philippines as well as Sumatra. Beyond this there seems to be no evidence of a second species of Turniv inhabiting the Philippines; and it may be taken that 17. fasciatus is the same species as H. pugnav. ROLLULID. Ro.iu.us, Bonnaterre. 157. * RotuuLus —— sp. Cryptonyx, sp. v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 25, no. 141. * Above red-brown ; underneath black. No crest, nor nail on the hallux.” Dr. y. Martens thus describes a bird of this genus he observed in the collection of the Military Library at Manilla. MEGAPODIID&. MeGapopius, Quoy et Gaimard. 158. MuGaPoDIvs CUMINGI. Megapodius rufipes, Temm., G. R. Gray (lapsu cal.), List of Birds, Brit. Mus. Galline, p. 21, “ Manilla” (1844), nec Temm. Megapodius cumingii, Dillwyn, P. Z.S. 1851, p. 118, pl. 39, “ Labuan, Philippines ;” G. R. Gray, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 290, no. 11; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 26. Described from Labuan individuals, and identified by Mr. Dillwyn as identical with the species obtained in the Philippines by Mr. Cuming. A recomparison is, however, desirable. A species of Bustard, described and figured by Sonnerat under the title of le Paon sauvage de Visle de Lugon (Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 85, pl. 49), and said by him to occur also at the Cape of Good Hope, is clearly not a Philippine species. It, however, is a well-known South-African Bustard, of which the following is the synonymy :— Charadrius cristatus, Scop. Del. Fl. Faun. Insub. ii. p. 93, no. 82 (1788), ex Sonn.; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Cursores, p. 8; G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 9919. Otis kori, Burchell, Tr. 8. Africa, i. p. 393, (vignette) p. 402 (1822); Riippell, Mus. Senckenb. ii. p- 213, pl. 13; Tem. Recueil d’Ois. 102° livr., add. genre Outarde. Otis lugoniensis, Vieillot, Tabl. Enc. Méthod. Ornith. i. p. 382 (1823), ex Sonn, Otis arabs, Limn., var. a, Latham, Gen. Hist. viii. p. 355 (1823), ex Sonn. ? Vanellus, sp., v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 26. 226 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Gmelin appears to have overlooked Sonnerat’s description and plate. Latham (Ind. Orn. ii. p. 659, no. 4) identified Sonnerat’s species with Otis arabs, Linn., but subse- quently (Gen. Hist. /.c.) treated it as a separate variety of that species. Vieillot (N. Dict. xxiv. p. 294) adopted Latham’s original view, but later (/. ¢.) regarded Sonnerat’s Bustard as a distinct Philippine species, and gave it the title above cited. Temminck was the first to point out (Recueil d’Ois. 90° livr.) that Sonnerat’s Paon sauvage belonged to a species distinct from Otis arabs; and on the subsequent discovery of Otis kori by Burchell, Temminck at once (/.¢.) identified it with Sonnerat’s species, Riippell (tom. cit. p. 218) having in the mean time united Sonnerat’s Bustard to the Indian Otis nigriceps. Professor Schlegel and the majority of recent authors have adopted Temminck’s view. Dr. vy. Martens, however (J. ¢.), classes Sonnerat’s bird as a Plover, and remarks, ‘‘ Diesen Kibitz finde ich nirgends citirt.” GRALL. CHARADRIID#. CHARADRIIN&. Cuaraprivs, Linnus. 159. CHARADRIUS FULVUS. Fulvous Plover, Lath. Gen. Synop. ui. p. 211, no. 17, “ Otaheite.” Charadrius fulvus, Gm. 8. N.1. p. 687, no. 18 (1788), ex Latham; Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Centr.-Polyn. p. 188; Sharpe & Dresser, Birds of Europe, pt. ix. pl. —; Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, p. 105. Charadrius pluvialis, Linn., ap. v. Kittlitz, Liitke, Voy. (Postel), iii. p. 327, “ Manilla.” Charadrius longipes, Temm., vy. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 27, no. 147, “ Luzon.” Hab. Luzon, February; %, bill black, legs bluish grey (Meyer); Negros (L. C. Layard). In winter plumage. SQuaTAROLA, Cuvier. 160. SQuaTAROLA HELVETICA. Vanellus helveticus, Briss. Orn. y. p. 106, no. 4, “ Helvetia.” Tringa subtridactyla, Hasselquist, Iter Palzstinum, p. 397, no. 28 (1757); Reise nach Palistina (Gade- busch, German tr.), p. 307, no, 28 (1762). Charadrius helveticus, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 250, no, 12 (1766), ex Brisson; Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, p. 105. Hab. Cujo, December (Meyer) ; Negros, March (L. C. Layard). In winter plumage. bo bo ~I INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. /EGIALITIS, Boie. 161. ARGIALITIS GEOFFROYI. Charadrius geoffroyi, Wagler, Syst. Av. p. 61, no. 19, “ Pondicherry, Java” (1827) ; Harting, Ibis, 1870, p. 378, pl. 11. Stated by Mr. Harting (/. c.), on Cuming’s authority, to inhabit the Philippines. 162. AMGIALITIS DUBIA. Le petit Pluvier a collier de Lugon, Sonn. Voy. Nouy. Guin. p. 84, pl. 46, “ Lucon.” Charadrius dubius, Scopoli, Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 93, no. 81 (1786), ex Sonn. ; Walden, Tr. Zool. Soe. viii. p. 89. Charadrius alexandrinus, Hasselq., var. 8, Gm. S. N. i. p. 684, no. 2, ex Sonn. Charadrius philippinus, Latham, Ind. Orn. ii. p. 745, no. 11 (1790), ex Sonn. Charadrius curonicus, Beseke, =minor, Meyer, v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 26, no. 146. Philippine examples have still to be compared with the Z. minutus (Pall.), ap. Jerdon, of India. Von Heuglin, in his great work (Ornithologie Nordostafrikas, p. 1029, no. 753), identifies Sonnerat’s petit Pluvier de Visle de Lugon with C. curonicus, but with doubt adopts as synonyms C. dubius, Scop., and C. philippinus, Lath., titles founded on Sonnerat’s description and plate. 163. /EGIALITIS MONGOLICA. Charadrius mongolus, Pallas, Reisen Russischen Reichs, iii. p. 700, no. 29, “ Mongolia,’ (1776) ; Harting, Ibis, 1870, p. 384; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Cursores, p. 41. Hab. Philippines (Cuming). CEDICNENINA. Esacus, Lesson. 164. EsacUs MAGNIROSTRIS. Gdicnemus magnirostris, Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, Vicill. N. Dict. xxiii. p. 231 (1818), nec Latham; Cassin, Un. St. Expl. Exped. p. 329; Walden, Tr. Zool. Soe. viii. p. 91. Hab. Common in the Philippine and Sooloo Islands (Peale). VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS bo bo io 2) HIMANTOPODIN&. Himantopus, Brisson. 165. HIMantToPUs AUTUMNALIS. Charadrius autumnalis', Hasselq., Iter Palestinum, p. 253, no. 29 (1757); Reise nach Palastina (Gadebusch, Germ. Trans.) , 308, no. 29, “ Egypt, in October” (1762). Himantopus rufipes, Bechst., v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 28, no. 160. Hab. Luzon (Jagor). A Luzon example is thus identified by Dr. v. Martens (J. ¢.). 166. HIMANTOPUS LEUCOCEPHALUS. Himantopus leucocephalus, Gould, P. Z.S. 1837, “ Australia, Java, Sumatra ;” Walden, Tr. Zool. Soe. viii. p. 91; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 28, no. 161. Hab. Mindanao (Cuming). GLAREOLIDZ. GLAREOLINA. GLAREOLA, Brisson. 167. GLAREOLA ORIENTALIS. Glareola orientalis, Leach, Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 182, pl. xiii. fig. 1, 2, “Jaya” (1820); Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, p. 105, “ Negros.” Hab. Negros (L. C. Layard). GALLINULID. PoORPHYRIONIN. Porpuyrio, Brisson. 168. * PoRPHYRIO PULVERULENTUS. Porphyrio pulverulentus, Temm, Pl. Col. 405, “ Africa” errore (1826) ; v. Martens, J. £. O. 1866, p- 29, no. 176. Porphyrio poliocephalus, Lath., apud Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ralli, p. 54, “ Philippines,” nec Lath. ; conf. Walden, Tr. Z. S. viii. p. 92. Hab. Philippines (type, fide Schlegel, /. c.). ‘T adopt Hasselquist’s title for this species because I believe it was republished in the English translation (Voy. Travels in the Levant, 1766), and in the French translation by Eidous (Voyage dans le Levant, 1769), as well as having been published by Linnzus as a synonym in his twelfth edition of the ‘ Systema.’ INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 229 Dr. y. Martens (/. c.) notes this species as being among the Philippine birds preserved in the Military Library at Manilla. GALLINULIN &. GALLINULA, Brisson. 169. GALLINULA CHLOROPUS. Fulica chloropus, Linn. 8. N. 1. p. 258, no. 4 (1766). Hab. Iuzon, 7th of February, ¢ 2 ; bill red, yellow at the tip; legs yellow-green ; nails grey (Meyer). These examples agree with European specimens. Ga.iicrex, Blyth. 170. GALLICREX CINEREA. Crested Gallinule, Lath. Gen. Synopsis, v. p. 267, no. 22, “China? ” descr. orig. Fulica cinerea, Gm. 8S. N. 1. p. 702, no. 20 (1788), ex Lath.; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 29, no. 174. Gallinula cristata, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 773, no. 23 (1790), ex Lath., nee Fulica cristata, Lath. tom. cit. p. 779, no. 3; G. R. Gray, List Br. Mus. Graille, p. 123, “ Isl. of Manilla.” Gallinula plumbea, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xii. p. 404, ¢, “ Java” (1817). Gallinula lugubris, Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 195, ¢, “ Java” (1820). Gallinula gularis, Horsf. 1. c. 2, “ Java.” Gallinula nevia, Gm., apud Lesson, Tr. p. 534, 2, “ Manilla” (1831), nec Gm.; Pucheran, Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 569. Gallinula porphyrioides, Less. 1. c., 3g, “ Patr. incog. ;’ Pucheran, /. c. Rallus rufescens, Vieill., Jerdon, Madras J. L. & Sc. xii. p. 205, no. 331, 2, “near Cochin” (1840). Gallicrex cristatus (Lath.), Blyth, Cat. Cale. Mus. p. 283, no. 1660 (1849). Hab. Manilla (Dussumier, Cuming). Observed by Dr. vy. Martens in the Military Library of Manilla. Erytura, Reichenbach. 171. EryrHra PH@NICURA. Rallus phenicurus, Forster, Zool. Ind. p. 19, pl. 9, “Ceylon” (1781); v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p- 29, no. 171; Walden, Tr. Z. S. vii. p. 94. Hab. Zamboanga (v. Martens). VOL. IX.—pPaRT U. April, 1875. 24H 230 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS RALLIDZ. OrtTYGOMETRA, Linnzus. 172. ORTYGOMETRA CINEREA. Porphyrio cinereus, Vieill. Nouy. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xxviii. p. 29, “Java” (1819); Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ralli, p. 32; Walden, Tr. Z. 8. viii. p. 94. Hab. Philippines (Cuming). Porzana, Vieillot. 175. PorzANA PYGMA. Crex pygmea, Naumann, Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Rall, p. 30. Hab. Philippines (Verreauz). The Philippine habitat of this Water-crake rests solely on a single individual thus identified by Professor Schlegel in the Leyden Museum, and acquired from M. Verreaux. 174. PORZANA FUSCA. Rallus philippensis fuscus, Brisson, Orn. y. p. 173, no. 2, “ Philippines.” Rallus fuscus, Linn. S. N. i. p. 262, no. 4 (1766), ex Brisson; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ralli, p. 20. Rdle brun des Philippines, D’Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 773. Gallinula rubiginosa, Temm. Pl. Col. 357, “ Java” (1825). Hab. Philippines (Cuming). An adult Philippine example, obtained by Cuming, is preserved in the Leyden Museum; and with it Professor Schlegel (/. c.) identifies imdividuals from Borneo, Java, and Sumatra. From Javan examples I am unable to distinguish Ceylon speci- mens. (Gallinula erythrothorax, Schlegel, Faun. Japon. Aves, p. 121, pl. 78, “ Japan,” only differs in being considerably larger. It is still a question whether the race which occurs in Nipaul, Zapornia flammiceps, Hodgs., Gray (Zool. Mise. 1844, p. 86, sine descr.), belongs to the Japanese or the Southern-Asiatic race. Radde (Reisen im Siiden von Ost-Sib. ii. p. 309) obtained, in June and July, on the middle Amoor, examples of greater size than even those from Japan. Mr. Swinhoe (P.Z.S. 1871, p. 414, no. 605) states that the “pectoral red does not extend so low down as in P. fusca,” this character being a sign of immaturity in the South-Asiatic form. In the Hand-list, P. fusca and P. rubiginosa are kept separate. ‘To the last, Pl. Col.. 357 is correctly referred; to the first, Pl. Col. 387 (which represents Hsacus magni- rostris) is added as a reference '. ' This error seems to haye arisen from the misprint in Blyth’s Cat. of the Cale. Mus, p. 285, no. 1666, having been copied. oo _ INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. Di * Raia, Reichenbach. 175. RALLINA FASCIATA. Rallus fasciatus, Raffles, Tr. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 328, “ Sumatra” (1821). Gallinula eurizona, Temm. Pl. Col. 417, “ Java” (1826). Rallus ruficeps, Cuv. Mus. Par.; Lesson, Tr. p. 537, no. 24, “ Java, Manilla” (1831). Ortygometra ocularis, G. R. Gray, List Br. Mus. Gralla, p. 119, “ Philippine Isl.’ (1844), Ortygometra eurizona (Temm.), G. R. Gray, op. cit. p. 117, “ Manilla ” (1844), Hab. Philippines, Manilla (Cuming, Dussumier). AMAURORNIS, Reichenbach. 176. * AMAURORNIS OLIVACEA. (PI. XX XIII. fig. 2.) Gallinula olivacea, Meyen, Noy. Act. Ac. C. L.C. Nat. Cur. xvi. suppl. prim. p. 109, pl. 20, « Manilla” (1834). Amaurornis olivacea (Meyen), Reichenbach, Natiirl. Syst. Hab. Manilla, near the sea-coast (Meyen); Luzon (mus. nostr.). Said also to occur in Ternate and in Halmaheira (Schlegel, M. Pays-Bas, alli, p. 43) ; but examples from these localities have yet to be compared with Philippine specimens. Hypor#nipia, Reichenbach. 177. * HyporanipIA TORQUATA. Rallus philippensis torquatus, Briss. Orn. y. p. 170, no. 6, ‘ Philippines ” (1760). Rallus torquatus, Linn. 8. N. ed. 12, 1. p. 262 (1766), ex Brisson. Rallus lineatus, Cuy. Mus. Paris, fide Pucher. Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 276, “ Manilla ;” Lesson, Tr. p. 536, no. 11 (1831). Rallus torquatus, Briss., Meyen, Noy. Act. Ac. C. L. C. Nat. Cur. suppl. prim. p. 108, pl. 19; Lesson, /. c. no. 12. Hab. Luzon, January (Meyer). Two examples, both marked female, were obtained by Dr. Meyer. One is in full plumage, with all its colours fresh and bright, the maroon collar well developed; this I believe to be a male. The other has its markings less sharply defined, the black of the throat mixed with grey, and the pectoral band of the same colour as the back; in its dimensions it considerably exceeds the first. 178. HyporanipiA PHILIPPENSIS. Rallus philippensis, Brisson, Orn. vy. p. 163, no. 4, “ Philippines.” Rallus philippensis, Linn. S. N. i. p. 263, no. 7 (1766), ex Brisson ; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ralli, p. 23 ; Walden, Tr. Z. S. viii. p. 95 ; Buller, Birds N. Zealand, part m1. pl. 6. fig. —. 2H2 232 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Réle rayé des Philippines, D’Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 774. Hab. Philippines (Cuming). 179. HypormNIDIA STRIATA. Rallus philippensis striatus, Brisson, Orn. v. p. 167, no. 5, “ Philippines.” Rallus striatus, Linn. S. N. i. p. 262, no. 5 (1766), ex Brisson; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ralli, p- 24; Walden, Tr. Zool. Soc. viii. p. 95. Hab. Luzon (evers). Lesson (Tr. p. 538, no. 30) introduces, without description, a species of Rail said to be from the Philippines, under the titles of “ Réle écaudé, Cuv., Gal. de Paris; Gallinula circoleps, Temm.” Bonaparte (Compt. Rend. xliii. p. 599, no. 382) classified the same bird under Corethrura, and transformed Cuvier’s French museum title into Rallus ecaudatus, Cuy. This, in its tum, becomes caudatus, Cuv., in Mr. Gray’s Hand-list, no. 10474. Dr. Pucheran does not not notice this type; and I am unable to identify it. PARRID. HypRoPHasiaANus, Wagler. 180. HyDROPHASIANUS CHIRURGUS. Le Chirurgien de Pisle de Lucon, Sonnerat, Voy. Nouy. Guin. p. 81, pl. 45. Tringa chirurgus, Scopoli, Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 92, no. 80 (1786), ex Soun. Parra luzoniensis, Gm. 8S. N. i. p. 709, no. 13 (1788) ex Sonn. Chinese Jacana, Latham, Gen. Synop. vy. p. 246, no. 8, “ China.” Parra sinensis, Gm. /.¢c. no. 15, ex Lath.; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ralli, p. 71; y. Martens, J. £. O. 1866, p. 29, no. 177. Hydrophasianus sinensis (Gm.), Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 279. Hab. Luzon (mus. Lugd.; v. Martens). SCOLOPACID. LIMosiINn&. Numentus, Linnzeus. 181. NUMENIUS PHXOPUS. Scolopax pheopus, Linn. S. N. 1. p. 243, no. 4 (1766). Hab. Cujo Island, December (Meyer). Example referred to by Mr. Dresser (Birds of Eur. pt. xvii.), where, however, the name of the locality is misprinted. ? INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 23% oO Le Courly tacheté de Visle de Lugon, Sonn. Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 85, pl. 48, ‘* Lucon.” Tantalus variegatus, Scopoli, Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 92, no. 78 (1786), ex Sonn. Scolopax luzoniensis, Gm. 8S. N. i. p. 656, no. 21 (1788), ex Sonn.; G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 10252. Numenius atricapillus, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. viii. p. 303 (1817), ex Sonn. Numenius luzoniensis (Gm.), v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 28, pl. 159. Professor Schlegel (Mus. Pays-Bas, Scolopaces, p. 93) identifies this species with Numenius pheopus. Sonnerat’s plate and description do not perfectly agree with that species, more especially as he describes and figures the crown of the head as being black. Mr. Swinhoe, who considers NV. wropygialis, Gould, distinct from N. pheopus, has identified Mr. Gould’s species with that described by Sonnerat (P. Z.S. 1871, p. 410, no. 572). Mr. Dresser (Birds of Eur. pt. 17) has united N. phwopus with N. uropygialis, and regards Sonnerat’s plate as having been drawn from a Philippine example of the common Whimbrel. Courly brun de Visle de Lugon, Sonn. Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 85, pl. 47. Tantalus rufus, Scopoli, Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 92, no. 77 (1786), ex Sonn. Tantalus manillensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 649, no. 12 (1788), ex Sonn. Ibis fuscata, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xvi. p. 16 (1817),ex Sonn. ; Wagler, Syst. Av. p. 372. Iam unable to determine this species; nor has it been recognized since Sonnerat published its description. No author appears to have suggested its identity with any known species. But, curiously enough, Mr. G. R. Gray, in the index (Hand-list, iii. pp- 235, 268), refers Vieillot’s title fuscata, and Gmelin’s title manillensis, both being founded on Sonnerat’s plate (J. ¢.), to no. 10234 of his Hand-list. This is the number pertaining to Tantalus albicollis, Gm., the young of Tantalus melanopis, Gm.; but the two titles above given are not added as synonyms, nor do they appear, although indexed, in any part of the work. From this it may be inferred that Mr. Gray at one time identified Sonnerat’s Cowrly brun with the South-American species. The elements of Sonnerat’s short description are manifestly taken from some form of the genus Jdis. and not of Nwmenius. ToTANINA. RuYAcoPHiLus, Kaup. 182. RHYACOPHILUS GLAREOLA. Tringa glareola, Gm. 8. N.1. p. 677, no. 21 (1788) ; Kittlitz, Liitke, Voy. (Postels) iii. p. 327; vy. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 28, no. 164. Actitis’ glareola (Gm.), Walden, Tr. Zool. Soc. viii. p. 96, no. 160. * Actitis, Kaup, Prodromus, p. 262 (1811), is Kaup’s title for an incongruous group consisting of Scolopus limosa, S. totanus, Tringa pugnax, and 7’, hypoleucos. 234 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Hab. Luzon, 9th of February ; bill brownish black ; legs yellowish green; nails grey (Meyer); Manilla (Kittlitz, Jagor). A female (fide Meyer) in winter dress. TRINGOIDES, Bonaparte. _ 185. ‘TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCOS. Tringa hypoleucos, Linn. 8. N, i. p. 250, no. 14 (1766) ; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Scolopaces, p. 80; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 28, no. 166; Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ost-Afrikas, p. 752. Hah. Philippines (Cuming); Luzon (Jagor). For complete synonymy and range cf. O. Finsch & Hartl. J. ¢. Totanvs, Bechstein. 184, Toranus CALIDRIS. Scolopax calidris, Linn. 8S. N.i. p. 245, no. 11 (1766) ; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Scolopaces, p. 65. Hab. Philippines (Cuming). A Philippine example from Cuming’s collection is preserved in the Leyden Museum. 185. Toranus GLortis. Scolopax glottis, Linn. 8S. N. i. p. 245, no. 10 (1766); Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Scolopaces, p. 61 ; y. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 28, no. 165. Hab. Philippines (Cuming); Luzon (Jagor). TRINGINA. Trinea, Linneus, 186, TRINGA RUFICOLLIS. Tringa ruficollis, Pallas, Reisen Russisch. Reichs, iii. p. 700, no. 31, “ Dauria” (1776), descr. orig. Tringa salina, Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiatica, ii. p. 199, no. 809, pl. 61 (1811-31), ex Pallas; Swinhoe, P. Z.S8. 1871, p. 409, no. 566; Sharpe & Dresser, Birds of Europe, pt. vii. “ Tringa hw minuta,”’ p. 5. Totanus damacensis, Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 192, “ Java” (1820); Walden, Tr. Zool. Soe. vill. p. 97. Hab. Luzon, 7th of February ; bill black ; feet yellowish grey; claws black (Meyer). A single example of a very long-toed Tringa, in winter plumage, was obtained in Luzon, which I do not doubt belongs to this species. The outer rectrices are brownish grey, and not pure white, and the shaft of the first primary only is white. In dimensions it agrees with a Lake-Baikal example in red summer plumage. The general ground-colour of the upper plumage is greyish brown, most of the feathers INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 235 being largely centred with dark brown; from the base of the bill to the eye an unspotted bald albescent stripe, which passes over the eye and loses itself above the ear-coverts. Under plumage white, the sides of the breast clothed by cinereous feathers with small brown centres. My Lake-Baikal example also has the sides of the breast similarly marked, only that the rufous is mixed with the cinereous. The middle toe. including the nail, nearly measures a full inch. Pallas altered his first title, rwficollis (which Gmelin and Latham adopted), to salina. SCOLOPACIN &. GALLInaGo, Leach. 187. GALLINAGO SCOLOPACINA. Scolopax gallinago, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 244, no. 7 (1766). Gallinago scolopacina, Bonap. Compt. Rend. xliti. p. 579 (1856). Hab. Luzon ; feet yellowish ; nails grey (J/eyer). Two examples of this species of Snipe (¢ fide Meyer) were procured by Dr. A. B. Meyer on the 7th of February at Laguna de Bai. 188. GALLINAGO MEGALA. Gallinago megala, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1861, p. 343, no. 118, “ Amoy.”’ Scolopax (Spilura) stenura, Temm., apud Radde, Reisen im Siiden von Ost-Sibir. ii. p. 334, no. 208, pl. xiii. f. 1, 2, 3 (1863). Scolopar heterura, Cab. J. f. O. 1866, p. 28, no. 163, “ Luzon” (minime Hodgson), deser. nulla. Gallinago heterocerca, Cab. op. cit. 1870, p. 235, descr. princeps ; id. op. cit. 1872, p. 317. Scolopax heterocerca (Cab.), Taczanowski, J. f. O. 1870, p. 311, no. 17. “ Gallinago megala, Swinhoe,” O. Finsch, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1872, p. 267 (sub G. sfenura). Hab. Luzon (Jagor). Rayne, Cuvier. 189. RayNcH#A CAPENSIS. Gallinago capitis bone spei, Brisson, Orn. vi. suppl. p. 141. Scolopax capensis, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 246, no. 14 (1766), ex Brisson; O. Pinsch & Hartl. Vog. Ost-Afrikas, p. 774. Rhynchea variegata, Vieill., Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Scolopaces, p. 16. Rhynchea, sp.? v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 28, no. 162. Hab. Philippines (Cuming). : Several examples obtained by Cuming in the Philippines are contained in the Leyden Museum. 236 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Grus, sp., Vv. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 27, no. 148. If we may rely on Camel, and also on Buzeta, the Philippines are inhabited by members of both the Ciconiide and the Gruide. No other author has confirmed the statement (cf. v. Martens, /. c.). ARDEID. ARDEIN. Arpea, Linnzus. 190. ARDEA PURPUREA. Ardea purpurea, Linn. 8. N. 1. p. 236, no. 10 (1766). Ardea purpurea, var. manillensis, Meyen, Noy. Act. Ac. C. L.C. Nat. Cur. xvi. suppl. prim. p. 102, “ Manilla” (1834). Hab. Manilla (Meyen). Separated from the European species by Meyen, chiefly on account of its greater size. Ardea longicollis, Meyen, Noy. Act. Ac. C. L.C. Nat. Cur. xvi. suppl. prim. p. 104, “ Philippines” (1854), has never been identified. If not a distinct species, it probably belongs to one of the races of Ardea alba, not to H. garzetta, as assigned by Mr. G. R. Gray in the Hand-list, no. 1013. Arpetta, G. R. Gray. 191. ARDETTA FLAVICOLLIS. Yellow-necked Heron, Latham, Synop. Suppl. p. 239, no. 82, “ India, Oude.” Ardea flavicollis, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 701, no. 87 (1790), ex Lath. ; Gray & Hardw. Ill. Ind. Zool. i. pl. 66. fig. 2; Jerd. Ill. Ind. Orn. pl. 16; Wagler, Syst. Av. p. 180, no. 16; Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 189, “ Java;” Bp. Consp. ii. p. 131, “Ind. continent ;” Gould, Birds Austral., 8yvo, ii. p. 315, “ Australia.” Ardea nigra, Vieill. N. Dict. xiv. p. 417, “ Bengal” (1817). Ardea bilineata, Cuy. Mus. Paris. ; Pucher. Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 374, “ Java;” Bp. tom. cit. p- 182, “ Malasia, Java, Sumatra ;” v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 28, “ Philippines.” Ardea picta, Rafiles, Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 326, “ Sumatra” (1821). Ardea australis, Cuv. Mus. Paris.; Pucher. tom. cit. p. 875 (juv.), ‘ Australia.” Ardetta gouldi, Bp. tom. cit. p. 132, “ Australia” (1857). Ardea flavicollis australis, Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ardee, p. 46, “ Australie.” Dr. von Martens (/. c.) identified a species of Heron, contained in the Military library at Manilla, with Ardea bilineata, Cuv. This title Pucheran has shown (J. ¢.) to have been bestowed on Javan examples of a species identical with the Indian Yellow-necked Heron. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO, 237 192. ARDETTA CINNAMOMEA. Cinnamon Heron, Lath. Gen. Synop. iii. pt. 1, p. 77, no. 43, “ China.” Ardea cinnamomea, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 643, no. 73 (1788), ex Lath.; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ardea, p. 40; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 28, no. 154. Hab. Philippines (Schlegel, v. Martens). 193. ARDETTA SINENSIS. Chinese Heron, Latham, Gen. Synop. iii. pt. 1, p. 99, no. 73, “ China.” Ardea sinensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 643 (1788), ex Lath. ; Walden, Tr. Zool. Soc. viii. p. 99; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ardee, p. 40, “ Philippines.” Hab. Philippines (Schlegel). Busuucus, Pucheran. 194. BuBULCcUS COROMANDA. Le Crabier de Coromandel, Buffon, Hist. Nat. vii. p.393; D’Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 910. Cancroma coromanda, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 54 (1783), ex D’Aubent. ; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p- 27, “ Luzon ;” Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ardea, p. 30. Hab. Luzon (Jagor). HERop1I\s, Boie. 195. HmRODIAS GARZETTA. Ardea garzetta, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 237, no. 18 (1766) ; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 27, no. 151, “ Luzon ;” Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ardee, p. 15, ‘ Philippines.” Ardea nigripes, Temm. Man. d’Orn. 2nd ed. pt. iv. p. 376, “ l’Archipel des Indes” (1840). Ardea candidissima, Gm., Kittlitz, Liitke, Voy. (Postels) iii. p. 327, “ Manilla,” nec Gm. Hab. Luzon (Jagor). 196. HERODIAS INTERMEDIA. Ardea intermedia, Wagler, Isis, 1829, p. 659, “ Java;” Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ardea, p. 20. A Philippine example in the Leyden Museum is thus identified by Professor Schlegel. ButoriveEs, Blyth. 197. BurorIDES JAVANICA. Ardea javanica, Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 190, “ Java” (1820) ; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ar- dee, p. 43; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 27; Walden, Tr. Zool. Soc. viii. p. 100; Finsch & Hartl. Faun. Central-Polynes. p. 207; Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, p. 105, “ Negros.” Hab. Philippines (Schlegel); Luzon (Jagor); Negros (Z. C. Layard). VOL. Ix.—PaRT . April, 1875. 21 238 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS BovavuRIN&. Nycticorax, Stephens. 198, * NycTICORAX MANILLENSIS. Nycticorax manillensis, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1831, p. 98, “ neighbourhood of Manilla;” Fraser, Zool. Typica, pl.66; Bp. Consp. ii. p. 140, “ Philippines ;” v. Martens, J. f.O. 1866, p. 28, “Isl. of Samar;” Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ardee, p. 60, “Lugon;” G. R. Gray, Hand-List, no. 10173, « Philippines.” “« Ardea caledonica, Forster,’? Meyen, Noy. Ac. C. L.C. Nat. Cur. xvi. suppl. prim. p. 103, “ Ma- nilla,” nec Forster; v. Martens, tom. cit. no. 158. Hab. Manilla (Lindsay). Professor Schlegel (/.c.) unites Nycticorax crassirostris, Vigors (Voy. Blossom, Zool. p- 27, “Bonin isl.” 1839), with WV. manillensis. According to Vigors, it only differs from N. caledonicus in the shape of the bill and its colour, and in the wing being an inch shorter. With WV. manillensis he makes no comparison. ‘This last does appear to differ from NV. caledonicus; but as the type of WV. crassirostris is no longer contained in the British Museum, although enumerated in the Hand-list as being extant, I am unable to confirm Professor Schlegel’s opinion. 199. NycricoRAX GRISEUS. Ardea grisea, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 239, av. juv. (1766). nycticorax, Linn. tom. cit. p. 235 ; Meyen, Noy. Act. Ac. C. L.C. Nat. Cur. xvi. suppl. prim. p- 104, “ Manilla;” vy. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 28, “ Taalsee.” Hab. Manilla (Meyen). Gorsacuius, Bonaparte. 200. GoRSACHIUS MELANOLOPHUS. Ardea melanolopha, Raffles, Tr. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 326, adult, “ Sumatra” (1821); Layard, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1854, 2nd ser. vol. xiv. p. 114, “Ceylon ;” Blyth, Ibis, 1865, p. 38; op. cit. 1867, pp. 178, 309; Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1871, p, 413; Holdsworth, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 478, “ Ceylon.” Nycticorax limnophilar, Temm. Pl. Col. 581, juv., “Java” (1835); Bp. Consp. ii. p. 156; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ardee, p. 55, “ Philippines, Bangka, Java.” Gorsachius goisagi, Temm., Bp. Consp. 11. p. 138, no. 122 (adult, Mus. Paris); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1865, p. 358; op. cit. 1866, pp. 123, 403. Tigrisoma limnicola, Reichenb, Syst. Av. p. 16 (1852). typus, Pucheran, Bp. J. c. Ardea (Botaurus) philippensis, Gm., apud vy. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 28, no. 155 (nec Gm.). INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 239 ? Nycticorax goisagi, Temm. Pl. Col. 582, adult, “ Japan” (1835); Faun. Japon. p. 116, pl. 70: Bp. Consp. ii. p. 138, no. 122, juv. ex Japan; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ardea, p. 54. ? Gorsachius melanolophus (Raffles), G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no, 10177, “ Japan.” It is still a matter of some doubt whether the species of the genus Gorsachius which occurs in Ceylon, Tenasserim, the Sunda islands, the Malayan peninsula, and the Philippines (Ardea melanolopha, Raflles) is the same as that which inhabits Japan (Nycticorax goisagi, Temm.). Professor Schlegel (/.c.) keeps them distinct, whereas Mr. Swinhoe, in his last list of the Birds of China (J. c.), unites them. Professor Schlegel’s materials for comparison consisted of four Japanese individuals, two from Java, one from Bangka, and one from the Philippines, while Mr. Swinhoe appears to have obtained his in Formosa only. The most marked differential character possessed by G'. melanolophus is its black crown and long black crest, each plume in the immature bird (Nycticorax limnophilax, Temm.) haying a bold subterminal white irregular mark. In no authentic Japanese individuals do the crown and crest seem to be black; in the adult they are of a rich purple chestnut. Prince Bonaparte (/.¢.) described two indivi- duals: one, contained in the Paris Museum, having a black crest, he noted as the adult; the other, with the head and nape bright chestnut, asthe young. They are both stated to be “ex Japan, nec inss. Philippensibus.” They are certainly examples of adult birds; for the immature plumage of the Archepelagic, the Formosan, and the Japanese races have been fully described. The type of Ardea melanolopha is described by Sir Stamford Raffles (/.c.) as possessing a black crest’. Mr. Blyth (Ibis, 1865, p.58) mentions that he has seen A. melanolopha from Malacca, Arakan, Ceylon, and the Philippines, that the adult is similar to G. goisagi, but has a long black-crested pileus at all ages, while G. goisagi from Japan has no black on the crest at any age. This opinion Mr. Blyth subsequently modified (op. cit. 1867, p. 173), in consequence of some observations of Mr. Swinhoe (op. cit. 1866, p. 403) on the seasonal changes of the crest-feathers, based on two adult specimens sent from Formosa. Mr. Swinhoe speaks positively of the black crest being present in the summer dress, and adds :—* In winter the crest seems to fall, leaving the head smooth and plain chestnut, instead of being capped and crested with cinereous-black plumes.” A valuable and detailed account given by Mr. Swinhoe (tom. cit. p. 123) of the Formosan species when young (nearly full-grown) agrees with the Archipelagic bird at a similar age. This state of plumage is not found, or at least has not been described as occurring, in the Japan species (cf. Faun. Jap. pl. 70, immat., and Mus. Pays-Bas, /.c.). The facts known, bearing on the phases of plumage peculiar to the Japanese and the South-Asiatic races, induce me to hesitate before adopting Mr. Swinhoe’s views. As a fact, the Malayan species (G. melanolophus) 1 Mr. Blyth (7. c.) considers that A. melanolopha, Raffles, is the young; but Sir Stamford’s description agrees best with the adult plumage. 212 240 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS wears the full chestnut plumage and the long black crest in winter; for I possess speci- mens, obtained by the late Mr. Maingay at Malacca in December, in that dress. Again, the Japanese, although said not to possess a black crest, does wear a long purple- chestnut crest; for so it is described by Temminck (/.c.); and a Nagasaki example (mus. nostr.) has a full chestnut-coloured crest. The only Japanese example in the British Museum wears the same plumage. The bill in all the Malaccan examples I have examined is longer and straighter than in that of the Nagasaki individual above referred to. The British Museum contains a Philippine example in chestnut plumage, with a black crown and flowing black crest. It is not enumerated in the Hand-list. In the same work, on the other hand, WV. limnophilax, Temm., is entered as a separate species (No. 10164), from the Philippines, but not as being represented in the Museum. Dr. v. Martens (J. c.) described a species of Botaurus which he had observed in the Military Library at Manilla, and identified it with Ardea philippensis,Gm. His short account agrees best with G. goisagi; for he says nothing about a black crest; and this negative evidence favours the hypothesis that G. melanolophus =G. goisagi. Ardea philippensis, Gm., is generally considered to be the same as A. undulata, Gm. S. N. i. p. 637, no. 54. Brisson first described the individual (Orn. v. p. 474, no. 38) on which Gmelin bestowed the title of A. philippensis. The type, according to Brisson, was sent from the Philippines to M. Aubrey. The description of the plumage, given in great detail, does not tally as well with G. melanolophus, or G. goisagi, as with the American species, while the dimensions are much too small. Buffon, also, who (Hist. Nat. Ois. vii. p. 395) entitled it “le petit Crabier,” mentions that it is even smaller than “le Blongios” (Ardetta minuta). Prince Bonaparte’s identification of A. philippensis, Gm., with A. wndulata, Gm. (Consp. ii. p. 138), in which he is con- firmed by Professor Schlegel (Mus. Pays-Bas, Ardew, p. 56), appears therefore, on the whole, to be well founded. In Mr. Gray’s Hand-list, no. 10154, it is treated as a distinct Philippine species, under the title of Zebrilus pumilus (Bodd.). Two species of Spoonbills were described by Sonnerat as inhabiting the island of Luzon, namely :— La Spatule blanche de Visle de Lugon, Sonn. Voy. Nouy. Guin. p. 89, pl. 51. Platalea alba, Scop. Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 92, no. 75 (1786), ex Sonn. Platalea leucorodia, var. 8, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 614, ex Sonn., and La Spatule huppée de Visle de Lugon, Sonn. tom. cit. p. 90, pl. 52. Platalea cristata, Scop. tom. cit. p. 92, no. 76, ex Sonn. Platalea leucorodia, var. y, Gm. 1. c., ex Sonn. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 241 Platalea tenuirostris, Temm. Man. d’Orn., 2nd edit. p. citi (1820)!, ex Sonn. pls. 51, 52; Handboek der Eur. Vog. (Dutch tr.) p. cxxxiv (1824), ex Sonn. Platalea luzoniensis, Bp. Consp.’ ii. p. 148, no. 6 (1857), ex Sonn. pls. 51, 52; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 27, no. 149. The first is evidently the young of the second species; and if the Philippine habitat assigned to them by Sonnerat is incorrect, the types were in all probability obtained by him either at Madagascar, at the Mauritius (PJ. telfairi, Vigors, P. Z.S. 1830-31, p. 41), or in Southern Africa (PJ. chlororhyncha, Drapiez, Dict. Cl. d’Hist. Nat. xv. p. 531, 1829; Pl. nudifrons, Cuv. Mus. Paris.; Pucher. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p- 376,—titles founded on individuals generally admitted to belong to one and the same species). Sonnerat’s description of his two species is very meagre; but the bill of the first is described as reddish brown, and the feet as being yellow inclining to red. The bill of the second (the adult, crested bird) is stated to be of a ruddy grey (gris roux), the edges being red, and the legs of a light but dull red (rouge claire et terne). These characters being only found in Pl. chlororhyncha, and as no species of Spoonbill has, since Sonnerat wrote, been recorded as inhabiting the Philippines or, indeed, any of the islands of the Malay archipelago, we may with much certainty adopt Professor Schlegel’s decided opinion that Sonnerat described from individuals belonging to the African species (ef. Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ciconide, Pl. chlororhyncha, p. 22). Buffon (Hist. Nat. vii. p. 456) considered Sonnerat’s two birds to represent one species not differing from P/. leucorodia. But if it be conceded that Sonnerat described from either Mauritius, Madagascar, or African individuals, Scopoli’s specific title alba must be adopted for the red-legged Spoonbill. This title Prince Bonaparte (tom. cit. p- 147) referred to Pl. leuwcorodia, quoting Annus I. Hist. Nat. page 115. No such title occurs at page 115; but under number 115 Scopoli enumerates Pl. leucorodia, Linn., and, as its chief character, uses the word alia. In the synonymy of Pl. lewcorodia by Finsch and Hartlaub (Vog. Ost-Afrikas, p. 715) this reference of Bonaparte’s has been accepted without examination and the number misquoted. The same error reappears in Heuglin (Orn. Nordost-Afrikas, p. 1122). * Not 1816, as quoted by Bonaparte, tom. cit. p. 148, no. 5, a misprint copied by Dr. O. Finsch, Vog. Ost- Afrikas, p. 718, and by von Heuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afrikas, p. 1126, who adds “ premiére édition.” * A title established by the Prince, although attributed by him to Scopoli. 242 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS ANSERES. ANATID. ANATIN&. QuERQUEDULA, Stephens. 201. * QUERQUEDULA MULTICOLOR. La petite Sarcelle de Visle de Lucon, Sonn, Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 91, pl. 55. Sterna multicolor, Scopoli, Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 92, no. 74 (1786), ex Sonn. Anas manillensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 528, no. 91 (1788), ex Sonn.; Eyton, Monogr. Anatidz, p. 125. Mr. Eyton (J. ¢), without hesitation, identifies Manilla (?) examples in Lord Derby’s collection and his own with Sonnerat’s Luzon Teal, adding that it is allied to Q. formosa. Professor Schlegel (Mus. Pays-Bas, Anseres, p. 77) identifies, with doubt, Sonnerat’s species with the Australian Nettapus pulchellus, Gould. Anas, Linneeus. 202. * ANAS LUZONICA. Anas luzonica, Fraser, P. Z.S. 1839, p. 118, “ Luzon;” Zool. Typica, pl. 67; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 30, no. 189. Hab. Luzon (Cuming, Jagor). Anas boschas is stated by Dr. Pickering (Cassin, Un. St. Expl. Exped. p. 340) to be raised in immense numbers at the Philippine Islands, but to be undoubtedly of Malay introduction. I do not, therefore, enumerate it as an indigenous species; but there is no good reason to doubt the probability of its being also a wild winter Duck in the Archipelago. DENDROCYGNA, Swainson. 203. DENDROCYGNA VAGANS. Dendrocygna vagans, Kyton, MS.; Fraser, Zool. Typica, pl. 68, “ Manilla” (1849); Walden, Tr. Zool. Soc. viii. p. 102; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 30, no. 190; v. Pelzeln, Reise ‘ Novara,’ Vog. p. 137. Hab. Manilla (Cuming); island of Samar (Jagor). INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 243 ANSERIN &. Nerrapus, Brandt. 204, NETTAPUS COROMANDELIANUS. La Sarcelle de Coromandel, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Ois. ix. p. 274, “Céte de Coromandel ;” D’Aubent. Pl. Enl. 549, 550. Anas coromandeliana, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 522, no, 90 (1788), ex Buffon; v. Pelzeln, Reise ‘Novara,’ Vogel, p. 136. Hab. Luzon (Laguna de Bai), June 20th (Zelebor). PROCELLARIID. PROCELLARIINA. Purrinus, Brisson. 205. PUFFINUS LEUCOMELAS. Procellaria leucomelas, Temm. PI. Col. 587, “Japan” (1836); Temm. & Schlegel, Faun. Japonica, Aves, p. 131, pl. 85; G. R. Gray, List. Br. Mus. Anseres, p. 160, “Cataguan” (1844). Hab. Cataguan (Cuming). LARID#. LARIN A. Larus, Linneus. 206. Larus, sp. “ Larus ridibundus, Linn.,” v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 30, no. 184. Dr. y. Martens (/. c.) mentions having observed the Laughing Gull, during the month of May, common on the Passig river; and one or more examples, obtained at Manilla by Jagor, are stated to be preserved in the Berlin Museum. The species occurs rarely as a winter visitant in South China (Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 421); and the above identification requires confirmation. A species of Lestris (L. hardyi, Bp. Compt. Rend. xlii. p. 770, 1856) has the Philip- pines among other localities assigned to it in the Hand-list, no. 10939. Its right to rank as a distinct species is denied by Professor Schlegel (cf. Bp. op. cit. xliii. p- 644); and its sole claim to be included within the Philippine range rests on the fact of an example, contained in the Berlin Museum, having been captured in mid ocean between the Sandwich and Philippine Islands. In the Leyden Museum, at the time 244 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Bonaparte wrote, it was labelled Lestris parasiticus? ex Malasia, Boie; and in the Berlin Museum (example above referred to) Lestris crepidata, Cabanis. STERNINA. HyDROCHELIDON, Boie. 207. HyDROCHELIDON LEUCOPAREIA. Sterna leucopareia, Natterer, Temm. Man. d’Orm. 2nd ed. ii. p. 746 (1820); Walden, Tr. Zool. Soe. vii. p. 103. Hab. Luzon, February. Bill grey-black; feet coral-red; nails black (Meyer). The example thus labelled has the bill and feet dark carmine in the dried skin. 208. HyDROCHELIDON, sp. Sterna (Hydrochelidon) fluviatilis, Gould? , v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 30, no. 186. Dr. v. Martens (/. ¢.) mentions having seen a Tern very abundant on the Passig river and in the Bay of Manilla, which he identifies, with doubt, as above. Examples are noted by him as being preserved in the Berlin Museum. Sterna brachyura, v. Kittlitz, Voy. Liitke (Postels), iii. p. 327, sine descr., ‘* Manilla,” has not since been recognized. OnycHoprion, Wagler. 209. ONYCHOPRION ANASTHETUS. L’Hirondelle de mer de Visle de Panay, Sonn. Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 125, pl. 84. Sterna anesthetus, Scopoli, Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 92, no. 72 (1786), ex Sonn. Panayan Tern, Lath, Synop. iii. pt. 2, p. 363, no. 15, ex Sonn. Sterna panayensis, Gm. S. N. i. p. 607, no. 16 (1788), ex Lath. Sterna panaya, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 808, no. 16 (1790), ex Gm.; Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Central- polyn. p. 228; Végl. Ost-Afrik. p. 833. Hab. Panay (Sonnerat). Awnous, Leach. 210. Anous sToLipus ? Sterna stolida, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 227, no. 1 (1766). Le petit Fouquet des Philippines, Sonn. Voy. Nouv. Guin. p. 125, pl. 85. Sterna pileata, Scopoli, Del. Fl. Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 92, no. 73 (1786), ex Sonn. Sterna philippina, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 805, no. 7 (1790), ex Sonn. Sonnerat’s description differs somewhat from A. stolidus; and until Philippine ex- amples can be compared, the question of identity must remain in doubt. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. iw) ie on PODICIPID. Popicrers, Latham. 211. * PoDIcEPs PHILIPPENSIS. Le Castagneux des Philippines, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Ois. viii. p. 246; D’Aubenton, Pl. Enl. 945 ; Temm. Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 729. Colymbus minor, var. 8, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 591, no. 20, ex Buffon. Colymbus philippensis, Bonnaterre, Encycl. i. p. 58, pl. 46. f. 3 (1823), ex Buffon; vy. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 31, no. 192. Hab. Luzon (Jagor). Messrs. Finsch and Hartlaub (Ost-Afrik. iv. 812) unite the Asiatic species of Little Grebe with European P. minor. Buffon (/. c.) states that the Philippine species is distinct. 'Temminck (/. ¢.) is of the same opinion; and Dr. v. Martens, who has had opportunities of comparing Jagor’s Philippine example in the Berlin Museum, enumerates the Philippine Dabchick under Bonnaterre’s title. PELECANIDZ. PELECANINA. PELEcANUs, Linnzus. 212. PELECANUS ROSEUS. Le Pelican rose de Visle de Lucon, Sonnerat, Voy. Nouy. Guin. p. 91, pl. 54, adult. Pelecanus roseus, Gm. S. N. i. p. 570, no. 9 (1788), ex Sonn. ; Donndorff, Zool. Beytr. vol. ii. pt. 1, p. 848, no. 9 (1794), ex Gm. Le Pelican brun de Visle de Lucon, Sonn. loc. cit. pl. 53, juv.* Pelecanus manillensis, Gm. op. cit. p. 571, no. 11 (1788), ex Sonn. ? Pelecanus javanicus, Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 197, “ Java” (1820). P. manillensis, Gm., and P. roseus, Gm., have been regarded by most authors, and latterly by Mr. Elliot in his useful Monograph of the genus (P. Z.S. 1869, p. 583), as belonging to P. philippensis, Gm. A reference to Sonnerat’s plate 54, and his descrip- tion of the Pelican there figured, however, leaves it almost certain that he intended to represent a different species. This was also the view maintained by Dr. Jerdon (Birds Ind. iii. pp. 858, 859), who identified the Lesser White Pelican of India with P. roseus, Gm. Until Luzon examples can be examined, the question must remain in doubt. Sonnerat’s 53rd plate appears to represent the immature plumage. ‘ Scopoli omitted to bestow a Latin title on either of the two Pelicans figured by Sonnerat. VOL. 1X.—ParT u. April, 1875. 2K 246 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS 213. PELECANUS PHILIPPINENSIS. Onocrotalus philippinensis, Brisson, Orn. vi. p. 527, no. 3, “ Lugon.” Pelecanus philippinensis, Gm. 8. N. 1. p. 571, no. 12 (1788), ex Brisson; Bp. Compt. Rend. xliii. p. 574; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 268; op. cit. 1871, p. 633. Pelecanus rufescens, Gm. (partim) ; Lichtenst. Abhandl. Akad. Wissensch. Berl. 1838, p. 439 (partim) ; Elliot, P. Z.S. 1869, p. 583 (partim) ; G. R. Gray, Hand-list, no. 11155 (partim). Originally described from an example obtained in Luzon and sent to M. Aubrey at Paris. Although Lichtenstein, Schlegel, Elliot, and G. R. Gray unite this Pelican with P. rufescens, the view adopted by Bonaparte, Sclater, Barboza du Bocage, and Finsch & Hartlaub, that the African bird belongs to a distinct species, is most in accordance with the known facts. SULARINA. Dysporvs, Illiger. 214. DyYsPoRUS SULA. Pelecanus sula, Linn, 8. N. i. p. 218, no. 7 (1766) ; Walden, Tr. Zool. Soe. viii. p. 106, no. 191. Sula fiber (Linn.), G. R. Gray, List Br. Mus. Anseres, p. 183, “ Mindanao” (1844). Hab. Mindanao (Cuming). 215. DyYsPoRUS PISCATOR. Pelecanus piscator, Linn. Amoen. Acad. iv. p. 239, no. 8 (1759); S. N. 1. p. 217, no. 6 (1766) ; Cassin, Un. St. Expl. Exped. 2nd edit. Ornith. p. 365; Finsch & Hartl. Faun. Centralpolyn. p. 255. Hab. Philippines (Pickering). GRACULINA. PHALACROCORAX, Brisson. 216. PHALACROCORAX, sp. Carbo sinensis, Shaw, v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 29, no, 180. A species of Cormorant, “ einfarbig schwarz,” observed by Dr. y. Martens in the Military Library at Manilla, is identified by him with Pelecanus sinensis, Shaw and Nodder (Nat. Misc. vol. xiii., pl. 529, juv., “‘ China”). 217. PHALACROCORAX, sp. Carbo lucidus, Lichtenstein, v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 30, no. 181. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 247 An example from Manilla, preserved in the Berlin Museum, is identified by Dr. y. Martens (/. ¢.) with the well-known African Ph. lucidus, a species unknown in Asia and its islands. PLOTIDZ. Piotus, Linnus. 218. PLOTUS MELANOGASTER. Anhinga melanogaster, Forster, Zool. Ind. p. 22, pl. xii., “Java,Ceylon” (1781) ; Walden, Tr. Zool. Soe. viii. p. 106; v. Martens, J. f. O. 1866, p. 30, no. 182; Walden & Layard, Ibis, 1872, p. 96, “ Negros.” Plotus nove-hollandie, Gould, v. Pelzeln, Reise der ‘ Novara,’ Vogel, p. 156. Hab. Luzon, April (Meyer); Negros (L. C. Layard). DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XXIII. Map of the Philippine Archipelago. PLATE XXIV. Limnaétus philippensis, p. 141. From a specimen in the Norwich Museum. PLATE XXV. Fig. 1. Minox philippensis, p. 144. From a specimen in Lord Walden’s collection. _Fig. 2. Pseudoptynx philippensis, p. 144. From a specimen in the British Museum. Fig. 3. Lempijius megalotis, p. 145. From a specimen in the British Museum. PLATE XXVI. Fig. 1. Merops bicolor, p. 150. i i Walden’s Collection. er ons somatranus, p. 151: From specimens in Lord Walden’s Collection PLATE XXVII. Cranorrhinus leucocephalus, p. 165. Fig. 1, young male; fig. 2, female, not quite adult. Specimens in the British Museum. 248 1. Graucalus striatus, p. 175. 2. Volvocivora cerulescens, p. 178. . Dicrurus balicassius, p. 180. . Hyloterpe philippinensis, p. 179. . Philentoma cyaniceps, p. 182. . Ixus urostictus’, p. 191. . Copsychus mindanensis, p. 194. . Amaurornis olivacea, p. 231. . Leucotreron gironiert, p. 213. . Phabotreron amethystina, p. 214. ON THE BIRDS INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. PLATE XXVIII. Penelopides panini, p. 166, Fig. 1 ¢,2 2. From specimens in Lord Walden’s collection. PLATE XXIX. . Lanius lucionensis, p. 171. From a specimen in Lord Walden’s collection. . Pseudolalage melanoleuca, p.178. From a specimen in the British Museum. PLATE XXX. From specimens in Lord Walden’s collection. PLATE XXXII. From specimens in Lord Walden’s collection. PLATE XXXII. From specimens in Lord Walden’s collection. PLATE XXXIITI. From specimens in Lord Walden’s collection. PLATE XXXIV. From specimens in Lord Walden’s collection. 1 Written Pycnonotus urostictus on the Plate. INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. 249 APPENDIX. Containing Index of Philippine species and a Table showing their Geographical distribution’. Philippines. 4 = gs ? ] aimee z e pile Species. ae eas d 4/3 E 2\@ g)2/e| elzislels AR See |al=|o|z|S|a/\8 Seale) ciel 1. Cacatua hematuropygia, p.132....]..| % J++) %| 2. Prioniturus discurus,p.152 ...... ora) se 22 age] cafes a 3. Tanygnathus luconensis, 133 . eelales lal ae 4. Cyclopsitta lunulata, p. b3 re state Bo) Pd (or Aelia ee 5. Loriculus philippensis, p. 135 ...... Bs 6. 6 regulus, p. 185.......... Faller |palsailes| [to San cee italis, p. 1.335) Biber Aa belisctlea lon ls ile ” rtlaubi, p. 136 ........ ea ae | 4 apel| ake sual ae 8. cena ee RLSM aides Biel onal | ea cel on ae 9. Hypotriorchis severus, p. UGB noooe alata eae cealcesdesel[ 2 sla]. aes 10. Hierax erythrogenys, p. 139 ...... «ole 11. Lophospiza trivirgata, p. 140 ...... dle cfecfe ste cfe ele ele ele ePe Par | ae | x ..| Formosa, Ceylon. 12. Teraspiza virgata, p.141.......... wafaeteefacle cde efe cle e[eePe Dae] ae | ae | x ..|..] China, Japan, Formosa. 13. Tachyspiza soloénsis,p. 141 ...... Paley ol ee alee. .| | China. 14, Limnaétus philippensis, p. 141 ....|..| % 15. Cuncuma leucogaster, p. 142 ...... Pile cal lonl ero ec ee) oe (ae | «|x x | «| «| Ceylon. ee olcepilne, p. 12 20 208886 wolaefectec[e ele ela]. ol p 17. Haliastur intermedius, p. 142 ...... calles] elects efecte ale ope ofool | .| Siam. 18, Elanus hypoleucus, p. 142 ........ Brel eles | aia| rel evel lincal eral * 19, Baza magnirostris, p. 143.....-.... * 20. Butastur indicus, p. 143 .......... welaclecfalesfee|e fale oPad- >| ale -| al. .| 4] Tenasserim, Japan, China. 21. Circus melanoleucos, p. 145........ 241) foe leecl reo] ae |e) al bel kee) ect ofa ea . .| China, Siberia, Ceylon. 22, ,, spilonotus,p.143.......... |. ele |> ..| China, Formosa, Dauria. 23. 4, wruginosus, p. 144 ........ Pelee locl ool fin Pele, Mol orl Fc] bolo antes .| China, Formosa, Ceylon. 24, Ninox philippensis, p. 144 ........ ole 25, Pseudoptynx philippensis, p. 144 ..| « 26, Lempijius? megalotis, p. 145 nent le 27. Scelostrix candida, p. (Ce eames 60|fs\\0cllor|oc|eclon ballod bo Belen «|-.|.-| Formosa. 28. Thriponax javensis, p. 146 ........ cela fecfe cece s|acfee[e fe Parl ae]. | ae 29, Mulleripicus funebris, p.146 ...... ool 30. Chrysocolaptes heematribon, p. 147. .|. .| « 31. a xanthocephalus, p- MVEA belee * 32. = lucidus, p. 147...... wel 33, Yungipicus maculatus, p. 148...... so) get Se zal o ce ge 34, Harpactes ardens, p. 149 .......... vefaele cde cte cleo] x lon. 35, Merops philippinus, p. 149 ........ ae] meth ove) get st oeel| ese | at # |x| # .| China, Flores, Lombock, Cey- Bema bicolor, p. 250)... ccc ensue TAP Baleee (Flores, Ceylon. 37. Eurystomus orientalis, p.152...... «ole lela ale ele states #) x) # ..| China, Siberia, Lombock, 38, Alcedo bengalensis, p. Shon get eae alle ol ese cl el eve) roller) fed ena fea berms .| Central Asia, Siberia, China, 39. Aleyone cyanopectus, p.153 ...... Pan [Japan, Flores, Gilolo, Ceylon. 40, Pelargopsis gouldi, ze IBSM bosecasc ole 4], Ceyx melanura, p. 153 ............ wel x 42, ,, tridactyla, p.153............ Beco ode cdaclevfecfecle Pa ofe [ae] alge .| Ceylon. 43, _,, philippinensis, p.153........ wal x 44, Entomobia gularis,p. 154 ........ celale cde -] gle 45, ” plleata; paloL fone s sd PAA eellaadlee| ec aa leicl eee foe * | .| China, Ceylon. 46, Callialeyon coromanda, p.155 ....| |. .J- +]. -JeuJee]e Je efe Pe -[ae | | | 47, Sauropatis chloris, p.165.......... colle elite lie He s|ece [ee #| el x 48, Actenoides hombroni, p.155 ...... 352 <{aolloc| acl eee . lindsayi, p. la ioacrceo «ole 50, Xantholema hemacephala, p. 156. oJ. ela fee [e efecto fae fe cde fe efe eee] ae | ae 61. 0 Tokea, Poll oe ecse ee bdllon|lod ales iactectioct Bel bel Balle 52, Macropteryx comatus, p. 158 ...... Ss} 63] ofall atel| eres itl evaters| mas well e| 58. Collocalia troglodytes, p. 158 ...... vole 54, Lyncornis macrotis, p. 159 ........ ole 55, Caprimulgus manillensis, p. 159 .. 5) Fl [oe oo eral eo eee oe Bae at column gives the species whose exact habitat within the Archipelago is not known. European and African ranges are exclu VOL. 1X—PartT u. April, 1875. 21 50 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS Sous se a] sia Philippines. 4 < & 2 a lal Species. Hell We 3| lz 2 a|Zle a/5/ 3/8] ./8 $| ./8/e)e) 5/8/3818 8) 2/8/81 2/3 2) 3] a/4/1a\s/5| 2 alélslelsls ale|aleléle|als |e 56, Caprimulgus griseatus, p.160......| % | 57. Cacomantis merulinus, p. 160...... ela 58. Chaleococcyx amethystinus, p. 160. .|. .| » 59:-Hierococcyx strenuus, p.161 ...... ae 60. ” pectoralis, p. 161 “| 61. Eudynamis mindanensis, p. 162 ....|..|..) «| #|..).-|% | 62. Dasylophus superciliosus, p, 162... .|..| 63, Lepidogrammus cumingi, p. 163....|..| « 64, Centrococeyx viridis, p.163 ...... sola lel ele 65. Pyrrhocentor melanops, p. 164 ....|..)../../ee|..]e el 66, Buceros hydrocorax, p. 164........ aa 67. Craniorrhinus leucocephalus, p. 165 |..|..|..)..|..)..) 68. Penelopides panini, p. 166 ........ hers iaelliaae 69. «(ae |) efae|-.|..]..] China, Japan, Formosa,Siberia.| 93. ,, chrysolaus, p. 187 ........ Pod ge) bel bn or on bel ce en ec ac ed or ..{..{ China, Formosa, Japan, 94, Erythropitta erythrogastra, p. 187 ..| « | 95. Melanopitta sordida, p.187........ wef ae dente dae } 96. Megalurus palustris, p. 189 ........ Salas al ale Pap all 97. Crateropus caudatus, p. 189........ we eleale ate le 98, Irena cyanogastra, p. 190,......... oof ae | a 99. Ixus goiavier, p.190,............. wal ae 1005 5, )eammenkisyp) 10 np nace eso fal. .| China, Formosa. 101." ,, urostictus, a Seooanasce: Palka 102. Hypsipetes philippinensis, p.191 ..|..) %{..) ¢/..) % 103. Monticola solitarius, p.192........ wo faele lal x allay bo fl ape Gilolo,China, Formosa, Japan. 104, Pratincola caprata, p. 193 ........ Rdlllmalora| eal while cbeltael .| Lombock, Formosa, Flores. 105, Cittocincla luzoniensis, p.193...... ele 106, Copsychus mindanensis, p. 194 ....|..|..J..)%/ | «| % 107. Calliope camtschatkensis, p. 194 ..) ye}. .Jo.[oe|. {ele ale ate cle cfeeleele elects «fae |- .| Siberia, China. 108. ee ae Simplex, p.194 ........ ele 109. Phyllopneuste magnirostris, be DOB alle | cisoclee|s PFI [a Se .} China, Siberia. 110. Acrocephalus orientalis, p. 195 Bo a belie ics fe 2 we ol ae le China, Japan, Lombock. 111. Cisticola semirufa, p.195 ........ «ele 112. Orthotomus derbianus, p. 195 ...... * Nes yh castaneiceps, p.195....|..|..}..] 114. Budytes viridis, p.196............ cafte fete cf ete ele cleus faeds [ae [eo] als fae .| China, Moluccas, Ceylon. 115, Calobates melanope, p. 196 ....... J. Jae]. u{- fe o|a}ecfo le efe fae] ae] se | al Lae .|. | China, Formosa, Siberia, Cey- 116. Motacilla luzonensis, p.198 ...... He clarlee|sa|nale seals Peeps als ole ofeels .| Unidentified. (lon. 117, Corydalla lugubris, p.198 ........ Agee 3 INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. coe an , djs Philippines. 4 ale 5 | ee Species. 3 $ ale alg aoe a cldlal li, (dlalel aleelsald 8) 8/5| S/Z/e]s| Sle] el elaie a Ajalola is |E/e|6/o/a)2/a/= 4|5 All| fe ec eee * # le | srleslealenl. pe] *!- Heel] ae ee oak Pepe | |e) | 133, ,, minuta, p. 208 . 134. Oxycerca jagori, p. 208 ar 135, Osmotreron vernans, p.210........ Pals haniioo ee adel al«l«l: 136. 5 axillaris, p.211........ solaele sl alae 137. Leucotreron gironieri, p. 213 ...... wl ae le elm 188, Ramphiculus occipitalis, p. 214 ....|..| x 139, Phapitreron amethystina, p.214....)..| on re leucotis,p.214 ...... vole fe ele ol ge Al. Carpophaga enea, p. 215..-....... cola lel ete. Le é 142. Ptilocelpa. ae is PASS Goce Gale Abel 143, Myristicivora bicolor, p.217 ...... 2596005 1s 6 Pa fall. -lel- 144, Hemiphaga poliocephala, p. 217... .|..| % 145. Ianthcenas griseogularis, p. 218 ....|..|4|-.|--| 146. Macropygia tenuirostris, p. 218 ....|..) %|.-|..\% 147. Turtur dussumieri, p. 218 ........ ie feel ee eel ae 148, ,, humilis, p.219...... eoauna lel Bale a one luzonica, p.221........ «|e . Chalcophaps indica, p. 221 ........ Bl al ero) or es) clelelelael «|: Be Gicenes nicobarica,p. 222 pneseore 6 lselooleelaals ade |--|.-lael- 152. Geopelia striata, p. 223 ..........- el valor enals edal «| «|x|: 153. Gallus bankiva, p. 223 ...........+. sol ael> >| ae. bed. -dal.-la 164, Arborophila, sp., p. 223 .........- * 155. Excalfactoria chinensis, p. 224 ....| 4). # | #)e|#)> 156. Turnix ocellata, p. 224............ * i. peunine, 5] ee) Soriercoe eel 58. Megapodius cumingi, p. 225 ...... #|+-|+ sefecle ole ole efe fae 159, Charadrius fulvus, $96 seen e teens i Se ae ed eee ee ee ea * | * 160. Squatarola helvetica, p.226 ...... wefesfecdesl ge]. o[e ela]. fe fal al. le #|-- 161. Aigialitis geoffroyi, p. 227 Ba hiaie resis |e Peleg 5 ed oa) feel eal Fal eal ee Pan SREP | CUDIA, D227 6 vee. sein ine *|--|- Ba bol bballa ee helbclecl “scale 163, 5) mongolica, p. 227.......- elves Seite) onl ofa lee. val 164, Esacus magnirostris, p. 227........ Pano wcleelesfecte a) 0+ «| 1 ae] ole 165, Himantopus autumnalis, p. 228 ....|..)%{.+].-|../..]../. ba baler bale sak 166. = leucocephalus, p. 228 ..]..]..J.-].-|..J..Ja|--|.-fada |e]: |. 167, Glareola orientalis, p. 228 ........ Rallies Alege evel le ell ~ofae |ae le «|e |. 168, Porphyrio pulverulentus, p. 228....| x 169, Gallinula chloropus, p. 229 ........ + e/a. Se Srl lec! lool ae 20 170, Gallicrex cinerea, p.229 .......... Seta ete excl evalelei eva Bl eae a eed ie 171. Erythra phenicura, p. 229 co vcveees welecleelecleole ol ele Sea oe ae oe oa 172. Ortygometra cinerea, p.230 .,.... Pane wale. ]e fae pak ae | | # | % 175. Porzana pygmea, p. 230 .......... «|... Wel Het Gal bal lal acl [Pallas 174. ” fusca, p- 2810 Meee ba ann #|--|. Pele] ¥]-- 175, Rallina fasciata, p. 231..........+. ool es hale |e |e 176. Amaurornis olivacea, p.231 ...... «ole 177. Hypotenidia torquata, p.231...... wale 178. 5 philippensis, p. 231 ..|%|..|. Pape e |e fe ode ole ofe +] | 179. ” striata, p. Dee cawverd chen oe] le HE) *) #1) #!- . Papuan Subregion, ..| China, Formosa. .| Japan. .| China, Formosa. LS. China, Lombock. .| Cambodia. .| Ceylon, Lombock. Nicobars. .| S. China, Formosa,Cambodia. .| Hainan, Formosa. Nicobars. .| Lombock, Bangka, Sumbawa. .|S. China, Formosa, Ceylon. China, Formosa, Japan ,Siberia. Almost cosmopolitan. China, Japan, Formosa, Flores Species undetermined. N. Asia, China. China. China, Formosa, Bangka. China, Formosa. 8. China, Formosa, Ceylon. 8, China, Formosa, Ceylon. China, Japan, Ceylon. .| Ceylon. .| China, Formosa, Ceylon. 252 BIRDS INHABITING THE PHILIPPINE ARCHIPELAGO. Pee tO glale | Philippines. 4 & & 4 } l 4 allel t | Species. 2. g é 5 EI a\a d/ 14/8] |3] | 5] 5. FI z g 9) 2| 8) &| 3\'3\.s) | 3/\4 | By ala lsle|s |e) 2/2/82 2s |e 180. Hydrophasianus chirurgus, p. 252 ..|. «| vefeatee{e cla sPeefe-fae]e |e -fs-Pae]--[..]«-] China, Formosa, Ceylon. 181. Numenius phopus, p. 252 ........ Abb) so|pa econ eal ie x |||. +] ||| «| China,Formosa,Japan,Ceylon. 182, Rhyacophilus glareola, p. 235 ...... ++ |e «| «|%|+-Ja|--|--|--| Japan, Ceylon, China. 183. TTringoiles hypoleucos, p, 234...... ele all ale dal aed. China,Formosa,Japan,Ceylon. 184, Totanus calidris, p. 284 .......... Falls Bol Belo ne eel nal bs we le clalecPa fects sfee China, Ceylon. 185i 4, glottis pr2ee cen. came « we esl rail esa soi] tharell ai|sre ale ele ele fae] ae Asia. Rea Hows 186. Tringa ruficollis, p. 234 .......... ool ae x | {-.]+ fae}. +. . [+] China, Formosa, Siberia, Cey- 187. Gallinago scolo; prin QOD) selerayeis alae vafeelesfes]esfae]--[..[..] China, Formosa, Japan. 188, i megala, p. 285 ........66 * By ieealeeal eae a) leche) China, Formosa, Siberia. 189. Rhynchea capensis, ps ZEN ag octa Pane | «|| « |) -Pae|-.|--|--] China, Formosa, Japan,Ceylon. 190. Ardea purpurea, p. 236........++6- ola: [ef a le -|e fae] |e] f China, Japan. 191. Ardetta flavicollis, p.286.......... Hele cle cle sfeods efecto ole ofp Pa] alae leo | alae | ale China, Asia. 192 » Cinnamomea, p. 287 ...... aw lecfecfectecleleelecte «fe -Pae|ae|ae[--leePaele+|--|--{ Ohina, Formosa, Ceylon. 193. a sinensis, p. 237 .....+. volte lecle cles lecle cle ele ole Poe d al aes clecleodaele= .| China, Formosa, Ceylon. 194, Bubulcus coromanda, p. 237 ......|.-/alecleefe se efe ele efe fe fae | ae laa leeds S. China, Formosa, Japan, 195, Herodias garzetta, p. 237. ......... wed geile tail ofeka| = afis ol all eccl ae hae ae «Pale |> Ceylon. [Ceylon. 196. » _ intermedia, p. 2387........ Pes rol (onl re ler) Into acl ool Gel kh --[x||.-|..] China, Japan, Ceylon. | 197. Butorides javanica, p. 237 ........ eelacte ele efaele ele e]ee]e PaeDae| alee]. el aed] ale 8. China, Formosa, Japan, | 198. Nycticorax manillensis, p. 238 ....|..| x [Ceylon. 199. A griseus, p. 288 ........ cehig|ee|- cheelecd|oce}e o]eofaehage lays «| eels fae: | Asia, - 200. Gorsachius melanolophus, p. 288 ..| |. .)--{.-{--feeleejeele fe -Pe ola] ae] ae le of ef- .| Ceylon, Tenasserim, 201, Querquedula iaiictian p. 242 ....|../* 202. Anas luzonica, p. 242 ...........- le 203. Dendrocygna vagans, p. 242 ...... £815] oo bole ao rcioa eel Fl bo Foy ae bo lal 204, Nettapus coromandelianus, p. 243 ..|..)%|-.|--|--|--[eele-]e Pe Pee} ae]e fe. ..{..|--| Ceylon. 205, Puffinus leucomelas, p. 243 ........ ove} ofa | aval evel tel] eeall oll ciel elf chef ake feral la] .| Japan. 206) Laros, Spi P 243 neciaw css canes ves Sl etl ell eral al ocal ol evel ena wre See eee | .| Species undetermined. 207. Hydrochelidon leucopareia, p. 244. .|..)%|-.|--{-.JaeJee|ee|.. | |e * .| Formosa, Asia. 208. 5) SDs DGEe ociectung.o'4 ole > | ta | te .| Species undetermined. 209, Onychoprion anzsthetus, p. 244 . * a | ae le | % || «| China, Ceylon. 210. Anous stolidus ?, p. 244 .......... *% salen ..| Species undetermined. 211. Podiceps philippensis, p. 245 ...... * . re es . .| Species undetermined. 212. Pelecanus roseus, p. 245 .......... * 5 | Ses 6 .| Species undetermined. 213. ” hilippinensis, p. 246 . * 2 as] |- ina. 214, Dysporus sula, p. 246 ..........05 Wala Pan alate: | * China, Formosa. 215. = piscator, p. 246.......... Paani Peis ales ae | S. China. 216, Phalacrocorax, sp., p. 246.......... #|++|- Eel a ..|..] Species undetermined. 217. ” “A Fn Se Ooeeeeoitor ral gl ot tel| Gcathetal nce . .| Species undetermined. 218. Plotus melanogaster, p.247........ velaefeefeefaefee|e- «| * -| Ceylon. Motel 7s yare/arevetcv psig BS 1B ES 1S SS ON 91312 ae | | MAP PauLPraote OF THE AR CEOOPE LAG O call) {\Balabac L Balabac Strait i Cagayan Sooloo Gorontalo {) Tulur I* Silababoo ts, : Gulto of Tomini Togean SS ose Edw? Weller J. Smut lith a |) tee oor . b : sia tg ae : 5 rt. ") hat, igh, 1 NR A ae i h ee ‘et POUT PE hie PPA 33 a . ‘ ro a) : S ~ M . : . . ; r . i , : ‘ 7 . . \ “ 4 me . . é , ‘ 1 2 ; 5 ae j *« i . . * : i . = . » ORT ON ee ee ey Rey te ye mS " ‘ _ J.Smit ith M&N Hanhart imp - A? te Yl oe rn ey . J.Smit lith. t hth Smit omit hth Va I oat Smit lith M&N-Hanhart imp i , betty! : om a ’ "= ie * : : Ws i | a \ ~ __ - “ee : ' PS . aie \ ‘ “ > =h iv pe a dad nel ia a 4 - ~ + - a* ~*~ a si y . eo Ae) os rae a a JSmit hth 2 > e = + al - = - 7 y f a . _ ' ! 5 « - < . : j ‘ 7 . - PT n 7 : wa . > i La ” « 7 : we. Ee ee. ee oe Mé&N Hanhart tmp JSmut lith iS. @.HYLOTERPE FPHILIPPENSIS sip ap 1. DICRURUS J.Smit lith YCNONOTUS M& N.Hanhart imp SS ‘a t oh ” eo iGal ae mit lth 8) Ln A 258 ] III. On Drivornis (Part XX.): containing a Restoration of the Skeleton of Cnemiornis calcitrans, Ow., with remarks on its affinities in the Lamellirostral group. By Professor Owen, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. Read December 2nd, 1873. [Piates XXXYV. to XX XIX. ] § 1. Introduction. IN a preceding Memoir! this genus of the extinct flightless birds of New Zealand was founded upon portions of the skeleton, including some vertebre of the neck *, the pelvis’, portions of the sternum ‘ indicative of the rudimental state of the keel and consequent incapacity of the bird for flight, a femur®, a tibia®, a metatarsus’, and a humerus*® described as belonging “ to some such flightless bird,” and provisionally referred to the species represented by the first-named bones’. The resemblance of the tibia in certain characters to that of a natatinal bird (Colymbus) was pointed out; but there were other features of the bone which checked the choice of the family. The minor degree of inward extension of the inner distal condyle (tom. cit. pl. 66. fig. 1, @), as compared with that characteristic of Anatide— still more the out-springing of the innear trochlear joint at the distal end of the meta- tarsus (tom. cit. pl. 67. fig. 1, ii, and fig. 3, iv) below the level of the interval between the other two trochlez, instead of the inner trochlea rising from a higher level than the origin of the other two trochle, together with the absence of any backward production of the innear trochlea beyond the plane reached by the other two trochles, were characters which, in the then (1865) inability to extend my comparisons of these bones with their homologues in the Anatide, so as to include the rare Australian form Cereopsis, counselled reticence as to positive statement of the Anserine affinities of Cnemiornis, the cranial grounds for determining the family affinities of the genus being wanting. These grounds have now been supplied by an esteemed and accomplished corre- spondent, James Hector, M.D., F.R.S., Government Geologist of the province of Wel- lington, New Zealand, from whom, in September last, I received outline figures and brief notes of Cnemiornis in addition to those given in my first Memoir (tom. cit.), or 1 «On Dinornis” (Part X.) &e., Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. v. p. 395. 2 Tb. pl. 63. figs. 1-4, pl. 64. figs. 1 & 2, 3 Pl. 64. figs. 5, 6, 7. ‘ Pl. 63. figs. 5, 6, 7, 8. * Tb. pl. 65. figs. 1 & 2. ® Th. pl. 66. figs. 1-5. 7 Ib. pl. 67. figs. 1-4. * Th, pl. 66. figs. 7-10. ° Ib. p. 396. VOL. IX.—ParT 1. Day, 1875. 2M 254 PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. in a more perfect state than were some of those bones—as, e. g., the sternum and pelvis therein described and represented. The most instructive additional bones of this second series were an almost entire skull and a humerus, the latter showing that the bone referred to Cnemiornis in the description of pl. lxiv. (tom. cif.) must have belonged to some other, apparently similar-sized, flightless bird, which I deem to have been probably an Aptornis, inasmuch as a few bones referable to that genus were included in the collection sent to me in 1864 from Timaru. For this instructive accession to the evidences of Cnemiornis (tom. cit. p. 395) ornithology is indebted to the Hon. Captain Fraser, F.R.G.S., who has consigned an account of the cave in which the bones were discovered to the ‘ Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute,’ vol. v. (1872)'. The ‘ Notes’ by Dr. Hector on these remains, now in the Museum of the Wellington Philosophical Society, have been published in the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,’ Part I. 1874. Having since had the opportunity of examining portions of two crania, certain ribs, humeri, and a metacarpus of other individuals of Cnemiornis, I can testify to the accuracy of the figures of those bones given by Dr. Hector; and to his ‘ Notes’ my later acqui- sitions enable me to add descriptions and figures of an ulna and an almost entire coracoid of Cnemiornis. The more perfect of my two skulls includes also the roof and fore (lacrymal) part of the orbits, wanting in Dr. Hector’s figure: and I believe, therefore, that a description of these specimens confirming Dr. Hector’s demonstration of the former existence of a very large, not to say gigantic, Anserine bird in New Zealand will not be unacceptable, inasmuch as in their description comparisons will be made with the skulls of other Lamellirostrals, more especially of the flightless Duck (Tachy- eres® brachypterus, Latham) of Magellan’s Strait, and of the Cereopsis cinereus of Australia. The latter bird is notable among Anserines for the length of its legs and shortness of its bill; and it appears to me more terrestrial in its habits than most of its living congeners. § 2. Skull. The occipital surface of the skull of Cnemiornis is remarkable, in the present com- parative series, for its breadth, especially at its base, here due to the outward expansion of the paroccipitals (Pl. XX XV. fig. 2, 4,4), in which feature the skull of Tachyeres is ' «A description of the Earnsclough Moa-Cave,’ p. 102. (This cave is in the interior of the province of Otago.) * The generic name Micropterus, applied by Lesson in 183] to the Anas brachyptera of Latham, was bespoken by Lacépéde, in 1802, for a genus of Fishes. Microptera was applied by Grayenhorst, in the same year, to a family of pentamerous Coleoptera, and by Robin, in 1830, to a genus of Diptera. -Micropterya was given by Hiibner, in 1816, to a genus of Lepidoptera, and by Agassiz, in 1829, to a genus of Fishes. The name aboye proposed for a subgeneric type of Anatide, as well-marked as any of those to which terms indicative of such distinction have been applied, is derived from rayuypns, swift rower, and relates to the characteristic move- ments of Latham’s species in water, which has obtained for it, from navigators, the name of “ Steamer Duck,” PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. 255 more like it than is that of Cereopsis (ib. fig. 7). It resembles more the latter Anserine in its complex ossification. Cnemiornis differs from both those genera and most other Anserines in the greater breadth of the cerebellar prominence (ib. 3) along the middle of the superoccipital tract, and in its greater slope forward as it rises from the foramen magnum (compare fig. 1, 3, with fig. 6, 3, Pl. XXXV.). A narrow mesial tract slightly projects from the convex prominence in Cnemiornis; it answers to the sharper ridge (3) in Cereopsis (ib. fig. 7,3). The foramen magnum has a rela- tively longer vertical diameter in Cnemiornis than in Cereopsis or Tachyeres. In the vertical extent of the basioccipital’, beneath the condyle (ib. fig. 7), Cereopsis comes nearer to Cnemiornis than does Tachyeres. A greater proportion of the parieto-frontal expansion of the cranium appears in the direct back view of the skull in Cereopsis than in Cnemiornis—the brain being smaller relatively, and the muscular impressions more extensive, in the larger extinct Anserine. The extent of the insertion of the portion of the “longus colli posticus” (Zool. Trans. ili. p. 283, pl. 52. o**), impressing the sides of the cerebellar protuberance, and leaving a convex ridge on each side the mid tract, dividing the occipital from the parietal surface, gives greater breadth to the upper part of the occiput, so defined, in Cnemiornis than in Cereopsis; the insertions of the “ complexus” (tom. cit. ib. y) leave the deeper impressions (Pl. XXXYV. fig. 2, y 7) bounded by the lateral ridges ; and these are more distinct from the “ biventer” impressions than in Cereopsis. The basioccipital protuberances (ib. figs. 2, 4,1’) are more developed than in any known Anserine, though they are well marked in Cereopsis (ib. fig. 7,1') and indicate great size and power of the “recti capitis laterales” muscles (Zool. Trans. iii. p. 286, pl. 32.d). In the deep chink-like fossa between the protuberances and the paroccipitals open the canals giving passage to the hypoglossal and vagal (fig. 2, v) nerves and the paroccipital foramen (ib. p) (perforating the base of the paroccipital and opening into the tympanic cavity). The paroccipitals (figs. 1-4, 4), giving insertion to the “ trachelo- paroccipitales” (Trans. Zool. Soc. iii. pl. 34, fig. 1, z), are subcompressed, and do not descend below the basioccipital protuberances. The basisphenoidal fossa (Pl. XXXV. figs. 4 & 9, 5), the floor of which is formed by a short triangular lamelliform process, receives on each side a (vascular?) canal from the tympanic cavity. On each side of the fore part of this fossa the entocarotid canals (ib. ib. ec) are exposed in Cnemiornis, which converge to terminate at the back part of the deep “sella.” Of these canals there is only a minute indication in Cereopsis. In advance of them the basisphenoid contracts and develops the pair of pterapophyses (ib. ib. 5’), here, asin other Anserines, well marked, but sessile; they are a long ellipse in shape. The base of the alisphenoid swells out, external to the entocarotid opening, to * The “fontanelles” “due to original arrest of ossification between the exoccipital aud mastoid” (Anat. of Vertebrates, tom. ii. p. 49), are obliterated in both Cnemiornis and Cereopsis. 2mM2 256 PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. augment the tympanic cavity, with which such “bulla” communicates by an aperture (Pl. XXXV. fig. 1, £2) below the inner articular facet for the tympanic. The tympanic cavity opens upon the basis cranii by a wider aperture (ib. fig. 4, ¢)), directed outward and forward as well as downward, of a transversely elliptical form, which seems to be bisected at a higher level by the process of bone (from the alisphenoid), forming the inner articular cavity for the inner division or condyle of the head of the tympanic. A vacuity divides this from the outer articular cavity, which looks inward and a little downward. The prebasal aperture of the tympanic cavity (Pl. XXXYV. fig. 4, £4) is bounded behind by the bar of bone extending, as in Cereopsis and Aptornis', from the side of the basisphenoid (ib. figs. 1 & 4, 5*) to the mastoid process (ib. fig. 1, 8’). This bar bounds the fore part of the lateral opening of the tympanic cavity (ib. figs. 1 & 4, #7). The inner wall of this cavity is perforated by two openings leading to the pneumatic cancellous structure of the cranial walls. The paroccipital forms the hinder wall of the tympanic cavity, and is continuous by the thin plate forming the lower part of the inner wall of the cavity with the basisphenoidal pier of the vertical ‘“‘ sphenomastoid ” bar or arch (fig. 1, 5-8’). The sphenoidal tympanic bulla is homologous with that in the Marsupial genus Peragalea*, Anterior to it opens the foramen ovale (figs. 1 & 4, 6), divided, on one or both sides, by a slender bar between the issue of the motory and larger sensory parts of the third division of the trigeminal nerve. Five lines in advance and mesiad of this is the “foramen rotundum;” and two lines in advance of this is the larger elliptic foramen for the optic nerve (ib. fig. 1, 10) and first division of the trigeminal. On the inner surface of the cranium the petrosal is impressed above the cribriform depression, representing the ‘‘ foramen auditorium internum ” by a very deep vertically elliptical fossa, answering to the “‘appendicular fossa” in that part of the epen- cephalic chamber of certain Marsupialia*®. The side walls of the epencephalic com- partment are from 9 lines to 5 lines in thickness, and are occupied by air-cells; the walls of the prosencephalic compartment are thinner, but still with a pneumatic diploé. ' Tn the description of the sphenomastoid part of the skull of Aptornis defossor it is stated :— “The articulation is close and deep, whereby, with a peculiar suspensory structure, the tympanic is retained on the right side of the present skull, where the surrounding parts of the cayity are entire.” The structure is described as follows :—‘ This process” (the mesomastoid) “ has contracted a filamentary bony union with the expanded base of the alisphenoid, the filament passing behind the neck of the tympanic, helping to suspend and maintain it wm situ.””—Trans. Zool. Soc. v. (1870) p. 356, pl. 40. fig. 1,8. ? Perameles lagotis, Art. Marsupialia, Cycl. of Anatomy, vol. iii. p. 274, fig. 96. 3 «The petrous bone in the Kangaroo, Koala, and Phalanger, is impressed above the ‘ meatus auditorius in- ternus’ by a deep, smooth, round pit, which lodges the lateral appendage of the cerebellum.”—Art. Marsupialia, ut supra. p. 274, Thisis the “appendicular fossa ;” the “ floceus” of Reil is a different part of the cerebellum, PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. 257 The greatest breadth of the cranial cavity is at the lateral depressions for the optic lobes, where it is 1} inch across; the greatest vertical diameter is 1} inch; the length of the cavity is 1 inch 9 lines; it is short, therefore, in proportion to its breadth and height. In the proportion of the mandibular to the cranial part of the skull, Cnemi- ornis, a8 is Shown in Pl. XXXYV. fig. 1, most nearly resembles Cereopsis (ib. fig. 6) among Lamellirostrals. There are no sutural indications of the limits of the parietals. The occipital surface, which, from its upper slope, appears in the view of the skull given in Pl. XXXV. fig. 3, through its more vertical position in Cereopsis does not there appear (ib. fig. 8); but a parietal tract (ib. ib. 7) is indicated in Cereopsis by the more marked and definite rise of the “frontal” covering (ib. ib. 11, 11) of the cerebral hemispheres. This difference is shown also in the profile views (fig. 1, 3-7, Cnemiornis; and fig. 6, 3-7, Cereopsis),in Pl. XXXY. The “ crotaphyte surface” (ib. fig. 6, ¢) is small and feebly indicated in Cereopsis ; the postcrotaphite surface (ib. pc) is better marked. In Cnemiornis both crotaphite (ib. fig. 1, #) and postcrotaphite (ib. pe) surfaces are better defined by intermuscular ridges. The “processes” of the mastoid are limited to that (8') which passes behind the joint for the tympanic to coalesce with the basisphenoidal extension (5') in Cnemiornis, as in Cereopsis and Aptornis; but in Aptornis there is a second, longer and stronger process of the mastoid, which descends external and anterior to the tympanic articu- lation *. The postfrontal is a long and strong trihedral process, terminating obtusely in Cnemiornis (Pl. XXXYV. fig. 1, 12), but extending forward to coalesce with the back- wardly produced lacrymal in Cereopsis, in which anserine the bony rim of the orbit is thus completed (ib. fig. 6, 73-12). The lacrymal is long, and directed backward as well as downward, in Cnemiornis (ib. fig. 1, 73), but terminates half an inch from the end of the postfrontal, leaving the lower part of the rim of the orbit incomplete to that extent. The hind part of the base of the postfrontal is deeply impressed by an oblong fossa (ib. fig. 4,1 ) in Cnemiornis ; and this fossa is well defined, though less deep, in Cereopsis. The upper part of the orbital rim, or frame, is more complete, better defined, in Cnemiornis, and is separated by a smooth upper tract of about 2 lines from the depres- sions for the superorbital mucous glands (ib. fig. 3, m m), which depressions are absolutely as well as relatively larger in Cereopsis, and cause by their pressure, combined with that of the eyeball from below, absorption of parts of the upper orbital border. The interspace between the glandular fosse is gently concave across, but undulated by a feeble mesial rising of the frontal. 1 Tt is referred to in Dr. Hector’s Paper as the “‘ premastoid arch ;” but the process effects no junction with any outstanding part of the basis cranii. 258 PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. The prefrontals (Pl. XXXYV. fig. 12, 14), perforated in Birds, as in all other vertebrates, by the olfactory nerves, expand from their coalescence with the presphenoid (ib. fig. 4, 9) to articulate above with the fore part of the frontals and to give support to the lacrymals. They form the fore part of the rhinencephalic cavity, and contribute to the hind part of the walls of the olfactory cavity, of which they there commence the “septum,” by their mutual coalescence. Each olfactory nerve passes from the rhinencephalic to the olfactory chamber by a single canal (fig. 12, o/), the right and left nerve forming a pair separated by the base of the “septum,” and indicating the primitive quality of the neurapophyses of the third cranial vertebra (ib. 14). The frontals are truncate anteriorly (ib. fig. 3, 11, 11’) and present two transversely elongate convexities or condyles (fig. 11, h, h) for articulating with the nasals; external to which junction the nasals (fig. 3, 15) expand slightly to form a convexity (fig. 12, &) articulating with a concavity at the fore part of the base of each lacrymal. A pair of ~ short fine fissures (fig. 3, 22) indicate the proportion which the premaxillary contributes to the naso-frontal joint. A similar indication in Cereopsis (ib. fig. 8) bespeaks a relatively broader nasal process of the premaxillary. The bifurcation of the nasal at a, d (figs. 1, 3, 6, 8) to form the hind border of the external nostril has the angle rounded at the apex in Cnemiornis (fig. 1, 2); it is notched and irregular in Cereopsis (fig. 6,); the nostril is large and ovate in both, but with the anterior end larger and more definitely marked and rounded in Cnemiornis. The internarial tract of the upper mandible is almost flat in Cnemiornis (fig. 3, c), but is convex, raised into an arch, in Cereopsis (fig. 8, c). The definition of the broad, short, rostral part (figs. 1, 3, 6, 8 d) of the premaxillary is well defined in both; but the defining channels at the sides of the base of such rostral part are deeper, and are bounded by a ridge behind, in Cnemiornis. The “rostrum” is pitted by the usual vascular impressions and foramina relating to renewal of the horny beak-sheath in both Anserines. On the bony palate a median “ prepalatal” vacuity exposes the anterior extremity of the vomer (fig. 4, 13) at a higher level. At a lower one, behind the vacuity, is the orifice of a longitudinal “ palato-vomerine” canal (figs. 4, 11, ¢), running backward between the bony palate and the vomer. The prepalatal vacuity is represented in Cereopsis by a depression (fig. 9, 13), into the back and deep part of which the palato-vomerine canal (ib. e)opens. The extent of median coalescence of the palatal plates of the maxillaries (1? if this be not due to the vomer), behind the palato-vomerine foramen, is relatively the same in Cnemiornis and Cereopsis. The palatal vacuity is present in Zachyeres brachypterus and most Lamellirostrals, is largest (so far as I have seen) in Carina moschata, is reduced to a fissure in some PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. 259 skulls of the Common Goose, and is exceptionally obliterated in Plectopterus gambianus, as it is in Cereopsis. The hind part of the bony palate is emarginate in Cnemiornis (Pl. XXXYV. fig. 4), but less deeply than in Cereopsis (ib. fig. 9); its outer angles extend backward and upward, internal to the palatines, and are continued into the swollen pneumatic or “antral” ends of the maxillaries, the outer wall of which is cribriform, or reticulate, in Cnemiornis (ib. fig. 10, 21*). The anterior, horizontally lamellate, ends of the palatines (fig. 4, 20) coalesce with the maxillaries (ib. ib. 21) between the “antero-palatal” plates and the angle to which the expanded end of the jugal style (ib. fig. 7, 26) is attached. From these attachments the palatines (20), retrograding, lose transverse and gain vertical extent, and this suddenly at their hind ends, from the upper and inner side of which a “nasal lamella” extends inward and forward to meet its fellow, and cir- cumscribe there the palato-naris (ib. figs. 4 & 9, f'). A ridge along the inner side of the free part of the palatine (ib. ib. 20’) seems to mark the inner boundary of the palatal surface; below this the “nasal” plate extends, with a concave surface next the meatus, to the terminal expansion; the outer surface is smooth and convex. The bony palate anterior to the vacuity (fig. 4, 13) is divided into three longitudinal channels, of which the median one is deepest; but all gradually shallow to the common palatal level close to the broad terminal alveolar or rostral border. From the conformity with Cereopsis of the articular cups for the bicondylar head of the tympanic, we may infer a similarity of that bone in Cnemiornis; and a like conformity of the pterapophyses (ib. figs. 4 & 9, 5') supports the same inference in regard to the pterygoids, and strengthens that in regard to the tympanic. Both these skull-bones are wanting in my specimens of Cnemiornis, as in that of Dr. Hector. The mandible of Cnemiornis shows the lamellirostral character of the ectocoronoid articular process (ib. figs. 1, 5, g). The ordinary coronoid (ib. g) is higher than in Cereopsis (ib. fig. 6, g), and has an angular form. The alveolar border of the dentary between the coronoid and the punctate symphysial end is smooth, rather swollen, and, as it were, bent over to the outer side of the mandible, where it over- hangs the more depressed lower part of that surface. This is relatively deeper than in Cereopsis, the whole mandible being deeper and broader in proportion to its length, and with the fore end more squarely terminated. The articular channels (fig. 5, w, x) for the tympanic are divided or defined by a longitudinal ridge, as in Cereopsis. The outer groove (w) is partly supported by an ectarticular process; the inner one (x) by a longer entarticular process, which bends upwards and terminates in a swollen apex. The angular process (30) is relatively shorter and deeper in Cnemiornis than in Cereopsis and Anserines generally. The oblique suture between the subangular (29) and dentary (32) is traceable in Cnemiornis as in most other Lamellirostrals. In the transverse joint between the nasal base of the upper 260 PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. mandible and the fronto-lacrymal apex of the cranium, and in the spheno-mastoid bridge crossing the tympanic cavity, Cereopsis agrees with Cnemiornis. § 3. Vertebre. Of the cervical vertebrae of Cnemiornis I have now as many as exemplify the usual modifications of their size, shape, and processes in this part of the spinal column of birds, also the general characteristics of such part in Lamellirostrals by a number of vertebre above the average in the feathered class; but the precise sum of cervicals waits a better opportunity of obtaining the skeleton of the same individual than has hitherto offered, and one knowingly availed of’. The main modification of the cervicals of Cnemiornis, as compared with those of other Natatores, is the greater extent of ossification of the neural arch. The parial hyp- apophyses also converge in the eleventh cervical to contact at their free ends; and those in the twelfth cervical have coalesced to form a complete inferior bony arch or ring.- This structure I have not observed in any other Anserine or Lamellirostral species’. Both characteristics of Cnemiornis are shown in the figures of the cervical vertebre in my first Monograph on the genus. The views chosen for this purpose gave, accord- ingly, the upper’, the under *, with the fore® and hind®, surfaces of the vertebre. In the present paper I therefore give a side view (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 6), and, for comparison with fig. 4, pl. 63, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. y., a corresponding view of the homologous cervical in Cereopsis (ib. fig. 7) and Tachyeres (fig. 8). The cervical vertebre in Anserines, which have a single hypapophysis at the hind part of the centrum, beneath the hind articular surface, are the two or three which follow the axis. After a certain number without lower processes a pair of prehypapo- physes (Pl. XXXVI. figs. 7 & 8, ph) begin to project from beneath the costal arch, approach each other in succeeding vertebre without coalescing, and gain the under surface of the centrum as they lengthen. They then usually abruptly cease, and are replaced by a single hypapophysis at the middle of the fore half of the centrum; and this is continued, usually with decreasing length or suppression, to the dorsal series, where, after the first, the hypapophysis reappears with increased length. The cervical vertebra of Cnemiornis the subject of figs. 1-4, pl. 63 (tom. cit.), answers by the position of its hypapophysis to the third or fourth cervical in Cereopsis and Tachyeres. My present series shows it to be the fourth, and also includes the third cervical, of which I give a side view in P]. XXXVI. fig. 1, with a similar view of the homologous vertebra in Cereopsis (ib. fig. 2) and Tachyeres (ib. fig. 4). ' Twelve cervical vertebra were collected by the Hon. Capt. Frazer in the Earnscleugh Caye, and are attri- buted to the same individual bird by Dr. Hector. * Tt oceurs in other groups of Aves; the illustration in my ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. ii. p. 40, fig. 25, is from a Pelican. * Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. y. pl. 63. fig. 3. * Th. ib. fig. 4. STbyabitige ws ° Ib. ib. fig. 2. PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. 261 Besides size, the chief difference is in the greater relative breadth of the entire vertebra, and more especially of the neural arch (as shown in fig. 3, pl. 63. tom. cit.). This breadth is due in the anterior fourth of the cervical region to a diapophysial ridge extending from the side of the pre- to that of the postzygapophysis, near which the ridge (ib. fig. 1, z) stands out furthest, and has its margin thickened and roughened for tendinous attachment. In the middle third of the cervical region the diapophysis loses in antero-posterior extent of origin, but gains in length, or outstanding, and in greater thickness of its free border for muscular attachment. The eighth cervical, for example, is here 23 inches in breadth. The outer surface of the base of the anchylosed cervical rib is strongly sculptured by irregular longitudinal ridges and furrows. No Anserine comes near to Cnemiornis in this respect. Its cervical vertebre recall the proportions of those in Megaceros, and have a like relation to the muscular powers brought to bear upon the head. In the extinct Anserine this probably related to the gripe and tug exercised by the broad, short, but strong beak upon the vegetable growths torn up for food. The third cervical (ib. fig. 1), like the fourth, is broader than it is long. The hyp- apophysis is represented by a sharp ridge, 8 lines in length, at the hinder half of the centrum, terminating in a short tuberosity (ib. hy) projecting beyond the hinder articular facet. The parapophysial plate extends from the lower angle of the anterior articular surface of the centrum to the hinder half of that element, ascending upon its side, and forming the floor (ib. p) of a vertebrarterial canal, 10 lines in length, and 8 lines in diameter at the hinder outlet (vy). The end of the rib-element (ib. p/) forming the outer wall of the canal is broken off. In the fourth cervical the neural spine is entire; it is also short and rounded, as in the third (fig. 1, 2s); and more of the pleurapophysis is preserved. ‘The hypapophysis has its base shortened to an extent of 5 lines; but its apex extends downwards, 3 lines below the hinder articular facet (h, fig. 2, pl. 63, tom. cit.). The side view of the twelfth cervical vertebra (ib. fig. 6) shows the division of the hinder part of the vertebrarterial canal into two foramina (ib. v, v') by the bony bar passing from the pleurapophysial plate backward and downward to the lower part of the side of the centrum. In Cereopsis (ib. fig. 9) and Tachyeres (ib. fig. 10) the vertebrarterial canal of the answerable vertebra has also two hinder outlets (v & v'); but the dividing bar passes from the hind border of the rib-plate upward to coalesce with the neural arch, and the upper outlet (v') is much less than the lower one (v). The diapophysis (ib. fig. 6, d) projects freely, in Cnemiornis, above the longitudinal ridges : these alone mark the rib-prominence below the prezygapophysis in Cereopsis (ib.fig. 9) and Tachyeres (ib. fig. 10). The vertebrz bearing freely-movable ribs are nine in number in Cnemiornis, of which the last three are anchylosed with the sacral mass. The rib of the first dorsal is free at the distal end; the centrum has a hypapophysial tuberosity at its fore part, the size of VoL. 1xX.—Part 1. May, 1875. 2N 262 PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. which is not definable by reason of fracture. The breadth of the anterior articular surface of the centrum is 1 inch 7 lines; its height at the middle is but 5 lines; this bilobed character is more strongly shown in the next. The second dorsal presents a structure which seems not to have hitherto been noted in birds. Besides the median process (hypapophysis) (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 11, hy) from the fore part of the under surface of the centrum, there is a pair of processes (ib. ib. Al, hl) from the sides of that part of the centrum, which part extends vertically below the anterior articular surface (ib. fig. 11, c, c) for an extent of from 2 to 5 lines, and is festooned below by the emarginations between the origins of the median (hy) and lateral (AJ) inferior processes. This character is rudimentally indicated in the first dorsal vertebra of Cereopsis (ib. fig. 13, hy, hl); the processes (h/) are broader and more transversely extended in Tachyeres (ib. fig. 14). The articular surface for the tubercle of the rib is supported in Cnemiornis by a distinct process (ib. figs. 11 & 12, dt) from the under part of the base of the diapophysis (d). ‘The process is feebly indi- cated in Cereopsis and Tachyeres (ib. fig. 14, dt). The length of the second dorsal vertebra in Cnemiornis from the postzygapophysis (z') to the broken end of the mid hypapophysis (/y) is 2 inches 4 lines. The length between the same points of the corresponding vertebra in Cereopsis is 1 inch. The rib has a short, straight sternal portion tied by ligament to the anterior small tubercle of the costal border of the sternum. In the third dorsal (Pl. XXXVI. figs. 15, 16) the hypapophysis (hy) extends its base the whole length of the centrum, and curves forward as it narrows to a trituber- culate end, the mid tubercle projecting beyond the lateral pair (ib. fig. 16, h/, hi), and also beyond the vertical parallel of the joint between’ the third and second dorsal centrums. The upper spine (ib. fig. 15, ms) also curves forward, its anterior apex reaching the same vertical parallel as that below (hy). One or two longitudinal ridges strengthen the neural spine near its summit. The hypapophysis of the fourth dorsal (ib. fig. 17, hy) has a less extensive base, but equal length; it is also curved forward, as is the neural spine; but this is longer, and gains more antero-posterior breadth toward its truncate summit. The fifth and sixth free dorsals cease to develop hypapophyses; their neural spines continue to gain in antero-posterior breadth. The principal pneumatic aperture in the dorsal vertebree of Cnemiornis is at the base of the diapophysis (ib. figs. 15, 17, d), between the articular surfaces (ib. p/ and dt) for the bifurcate head of the rib; in the cervical vertebree it is at the base of the neural arch. The ribs, both vertebral and sternal, increase in length; and epipleural appendages are attached to the former from the second to the seventh pair. The chief things notable in the dorsal vertebree of Cnemiornis, as compared with Cereopsis and existing Anserines, are the great breadth of the centrum in proportion to the length, the minor fore-and-aft extent of the neural spines in proportion to their a PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. 263 height, the forward curvature of both upper and lower spines, and, above all, the ab- sence of the osseous splints which connect together the summits of the neural spines and the diapophyses of a greater or less proportion of the dorsal series in all living and volant Lamellirostrals. The vigorous actions of flight need corresponding fixedness in the complex congeries of bones forming the centre whence the muscular forces converge to work the wings. In Lamellirostrals, as in most other birds’, the vertical convexity and transverse con- cavity of the anterior articular end of the centrum (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 11, ¢, c) closely clasps the posterior surface with reverse curvatures of the next centrum before it; and this double interlocking runs throughout the series of movable dorsals. The zyga- pophysial surfaces (ib. z, 2’) are large, and strongly connect together the neural arches of the dorsals. The pleurapophyses have two cup-and-ball joints with their vertebra, widely separate upon the bifurcate ends of the ribs) The bony hemapophyses, or sternal ribs, have, for the most part, bilobed articular ends for a double joint with the costal border of the sternum (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 3). Cnemiornis retains all these modifications, but has not the superadded strength gained by the bony beams passing from parts of one dorsal vertebra to the next; to which, in birds of strongest and swiftest flight, is superadded continuous anchylosis of certain neural spines of the segments of the thorax. Cereopsis shows the splint-like ossifications of the tendons of muscles inserted into the diapophyses and neural spines of the free dorsals; and this retardation of the ordinary Lamellirostral structure coexists with a development of wing, endowing the Australian Goose with the power of flight. § 4. Sternum. The sternum of Cnemiornis (Pl. XX XVII. figs. 1, 2,3) is of an oblong-quadrate form, 7 inches long by 4 inches broad at the middle of the bone, expanding to 4 inches 9 lines in the present specimen across the anterior border. This border shows three wide and shallow emarginations, the median one between the advanced angles (a, a) of the inner wall of the coracoid groove (), the lateral ones between these and the costal processes (d, d), near which the emargination deepens. From the median end of the outer wall of each coracoid groove the anterior ridged origins (c, c) of the keel converge backward to form the low, rather broad and flat beginning (s) of this instructive process. Its extreme depth or projection from the plane of the sternum does not exceed 3 lines; the breadth of its free border is 4 lines; and this is flat and roughened by transverse strie for aponeurotic attachments. It loses breadth and depth as it retrogrades, and subsides (at s’) about 3 inches from the origins. Beyond the keel the body of the sternum retains somewhat of the convexity, transversely and lengthwise, which characterizes in a greater degree the carinate part of the sternum; but the terminal third of the bone becomes almost flat. It is truncate posteriorly, with * The exception, in Aptenodytes, is figured in ‘ Phil. Trans.’ 1851. 2N2 264 PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. younded angles, retaining a breadth of 3 inches 3 lines at this end, which is devoid of the pair of notches characterizing, as a rule, the Anserine sternum’. Cnemiornis follows the rule of keelless, or rudimentally keeled, breast-bones of flightless fowl in the integrity of the bony shield. The length of each coracoid groove is 1 inch 6 lines, the greatest depth 14 line. From near the lateral end of the outer wall the pectoral ridges extend backward, slightly converging, but cease to be traceable after a course of 2 inches. The costal process (d) is quadrate, relatively thicker and more produced than in Cereopsis or Tachyeres. The outer surface, defined by a low curved ridge, is so smooth as to have suggested the remark at p. 399, Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. v. The inner surface of the base of both right and left of these processes shows a large reticulate pneumatic vacuity. The costal border indicates the same degree of longitudinal curve, convex outward, of the coextensive part of the breast-bone as in Cereopisis; but is relatively more extensive, and is traversed obliquely from within outward and backward by seven articular promi- nences for the sternal ribs. The five anterior of these are ridges expanded at the ends into articular tubercles; the sixth and seventh are represented by the inner tubercle only. A smaller tubercle (ib. fig. 3, 4 1), in advance of the broad ridges, may afford attachment to the hamapophysis of the second free rib. The breadth of this surface is shown in fig. 3. Cereopsis has but five articular prominences on each costal border. Tachyeres has seven, as in Cnemiornis. The outer surface of the sternum near the costal border is feebly concave transversely, before swelling into the convexity producing the hollow cavity of the anterior half of that bone next the thoracic abdominal cavity. It would seem that a comparison with the view of tracing affinity within the limits of the Lamellirostaal group could not profitably be made between the almost keel- less breast-bone of Cnemiornis and the deeply keeled ones in all existing members of such group; for even the sternum of the flightless Steamer-Duck has “the great development of the keel” which the experienced ornithologist Eyton adds to his osteological characters of the family Anatide*. However, there is a greater convex curve of the free border of the sternum in Cereopsis® than in Anser cygnoides* or in Tachyeres; and, in asmall degree, this approximates Zachyeres and Cereopsis to Ciconia. § 5. Limb-Bones. The coracoid (Pl. XX XVII. figs. 4-7) accompanying the collection of Cnemiornis bones now described, is of the left side, and wants only the terminal expansion fitting to the 1 Eyton, ‘Monograph on the Anatide,’ 4to, 1838, pl. 1. figs. 7-11. Clangula (fig. 4) and Puligula (fig. 5) agree with the Goosander (Mergus serrator) in the conversion of these notches into foramina. Cereopsis and Tachyeres adhere to the anserine type. 2 Hyton, in his classical Monograph (4to, 1838, p. 5), follows Vigors in making “ Anatide”’ (which suggests rather the tribe or subfamily of Ducks) the equivalent of Cuvier’s well-conceived term “ Lamellirostres,”’ * Td. Supplement to ‘ Osteologia Avium’ (4to, 1869), pl. ii, Cereopsis. 4 ibs pl 3: PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS., 265 sternal groove. The length of the bone which includes the beginning of this expansion is 3 inches 6 lines; the entire bone would be about 4 inches 6 lines in length. The extreme breadth at the middle of the shaft is 4} lines. It is thus weaker and more slender than in Cereopsis, and longer in proportion to its sternal breadth than in Tachyeres. It also differs from the coracoid in these and other Lamellirostrals in the very slight production of the tuberosity ¢ in advance of that (4) supporting the the articular surface (a) for the humerus. The tuberosity ¢ is divided from 0 by a shallow groove (d) of less than half the width of the homologous one in Cereopsis; and the tuberosity d is not present in Cereopsis, or is represented (as in fig. 8, 4) only by the produced margin of the relatively larger and deeper facet for the humerus. The process (¢) joining the median facet of the scapular articular expansion is more produced, more terminally expanded, both lengthwise and transversely; the latter expansion inclines, as a curved lamella, toward the inner or anterior division of the tuberosity ¢, in advance of the humeral joint. From the low scapular process in Cereopsis (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 8, e) a ridge of bone (ib. f) extends down to the middle of the coracoid, where it blends with the mesial border, leaving a narrow oblong interspace, 4 lines in length, near that border. This character is not present in the coracoid of Tachyeres. Such a vacuity (ib. fig. 5, /) exists in the coracoid of Cnemiornis; but its filamentary boundary is not continued from the scapular process’ (e, e'); it forms part, or is a continuation, of the sharp mesial border of the shaft of the bone; and the vacuity is a perforation of such border. An intermuscular ridge (ib. fig. 5, g) is continued in Cnemiornis more directly from the tuberosity (c), but sooner subsides upon the shaft than in Cereopsis; it is resumed at the lower third of the shaft, but nearer the lateral border, and bounds the fore part of a flat, roughish, elongate tract, which has a continuation of the lateral border (ib. fig. 7,7) for its hinder boundary. Above this tract, the shaft of the coracoid is thicker in Cnemiornis than in Cereopsis and other Anserines. The hind surface of the sternal half of the coracoid is feebly concave; the sternal articular expanded end has been broken away in my specimen. Although this coracoid is more slender, in proportion to its length, than in Cereopsis, it is thicker, and less flattened from before backward toward the sternal expansion. This proportion is still more characteristic of the coracoid of Cnemiornis, in comparison with that of Tachyeres, in which the whole shaft is more flattened than in Cereopsis. The strength of the bone in Cnemiornis relates to its office in depressing the sternum in the respiratory movements of the bird. In describing the humerus’ forming part of the collection of bones including a skull of Dinornis robustus and part of one of Aptornis, together with the tibia and other bones on which was founded the genus Cnemiornis, I stated that, “from the feeble develop- ment of its proximal processes,” such humerus “had evidently belonged to some such ‘ Zool. Trans. yol. y. pp. 396-399. 266 PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. flightless bird,” and that “it bore nearly the same proportion to the sternum as does the humerus of Notornis.” As the humerus associated with a nearly entire skeleton of Cnemiornis, discovered by the Hon. Capt. Frazer in the interior of the province of Otago, New Zealand, presents clearly distinctive characters from the one figured in Zool. Trans. vol. v. pl. 66. figs. 7-10, I am now disposed to believe that it may prove to be the humerus of an Aptornis, probably Aptornis defossor. Dr. Hector remarks that, in the humerus of Cnemiornis, “ the tuberosity (x1 4) repre- senting the pectoral ridge is not so wide” as in that above described and figured by me. I am in some doubt as to the dimension referred to, whether, viz., the “width” of the pectoral process is meant for its basal extent, or the degree in which it projects from such origin. The marked and unequivocal distinction is that, in the humerus of Cnemi- ornis, of which I have had under inspection a right and left (Pl. XX XVIII. figs. 1-6) since the reception of Dr. Hector’s Memoir, the pectoral ridge (d) is continued directly from the ecto-tuberosity (outer or radial tuberosity), whereas in Aptornis (Zool. Trans. vol. v. pl. 66. fig. 7, 5') it is divided from that tuberosity (ib. ib.) by a shallow concavity nearly 1 inch in length. The ento-tuberosity (inner or ulnar one) in Cnemiornis (Pl. XXXVIIL. figs. 1 & 2, ¢), instead of rising above the convex articular head (a) of the humerus as in Aptornis (?), does not attain its level; its expansion below such tuberosity for a pneumatic fossa (fig. 3, p), with its cribriform plate, is a more conspicuous distinction, as Dr. Hector has shown. Notwithstanding, however, the several approximations which these characteristics of the humerus of Cnemiornis make to that bone in birds of flight, the almost keelless condition of the sternum, together with the dwarfed proportions of the humerus in comparison with those of the bones of the leg, the pelvis, vertebra, and skull, confirm the conclusion, in which Dr. Hector accords with myself, that Cnemiornis was unable to fly. The existence of the Flightless Duck (Zachyeres brachypterus; Anas brachyptera, Latham) has long been known; but the humerus in that species is as long as the tibia, and the power of flight is enjoyed by the young bird, and only lost when the bulk and weight of the adult frame is acquired’. It can hardly be supposed that flight was enjoyed at any age in a lamellirostral palmiped with a humerus of only half the length and less than half the thickness of the tibia. It is half an inch less in absolute length than the humerus of Cereopsis; but the cir- cumference of the shaft is one fourth greater in Cnemiornis (it is 1 inch 6 lines in Cereopsis, 2 inches in Cnemiornis); and the muscular impressions are throughout stronger. The groove between the head (Pl. XX XVIII. figs. 1-3, a) and the entotuberosity (6) is less deep in Cnemiornis: the pectoral ridge (d) is rather less produced, and is not so ' As observed by Dr. Cunningham (Zool. Trans. vii. p. 493, pl. 60. fig. 43, humerus ; pl. 62. fig. 62, tibia). PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. 267 much bent forward. The ectocondyle (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 6, e) is broader in proportion to its length, the entotuberosity (ib. fig. 5, c) is more produced backward, and the pneumatic ridge (fig. 1,0) is more produced inward, in the humerus of Zachyeres than in that of Cereopsis and Cnemiornis. In these characters of the bone, the extinct flightless Anserine of New, Zealand more resembles the Australian than the Magellan genus. The ulna in my present illustrations of Cnemiornis belongs, like the coracoid, to the left side, It is entire (ib. figs. 7 & 8), is relatively shorter, but much thicker, than the ulna of Zachyeres, and is absolutely shorter, and relatively much shorter and thicker, than is the ulna of Cereopsis. It exceeds these bones in both species, as well as in any other existing Lamellirostral, in the definition and prominence of the parts of the exterior and convex surface of the shaft for the attachment of “ secondary ” quill-feathers and the “tectrices prime.” These marks are of two kinds, cavities and prominences. The cavities (fig. 7, 4), fourteen in number, extend in a single series along the entire shaft: they are elliptical in shape, about 3 lines by 2 lines in dimension, more feebly impressed along the middle and distal end of the shaft, some touching each other, others with intervals of half a line or a line. The prominences (ib. 7, 7) are developed from a ridge, external to the cavities, beginning one fourth of the bone’s length from its humeral end, and terminating opposite the penultimate cavity. The prominences, nine in number, are from 2 to 3 lines apart. The ridge (fig. 8, ¢) extending the articular cavity for the ulnar condyle of the humerus, and overhanging the surface of attachment of the “brachialis internus” is more produced and extensive than in Cereopsis. The olecranon (é) is relatively rather more produced; the rest of the proximal surface (fig. 9) closely accords with the anserine type. The surface (f) for the attachment ot the lateral ligament, and the larger one below (q) for the insertion of the “ brachialis anticus,” are well defined; but the latter is less deep than in Cereopsis. Both articular terminal ends are less expanded in proportion to the shaft, and especially so the distal end, than in Cereopsis. ‘The radial prominence is less produced. My specimen of the composite bone called “ metacarpus” (ib. fig. 10) is rather larger than the one figured by Dr. Hector, agreeing in this respect with the associated humerus. Like that wing-bone also, it is characterized by its breadth and thickness, which, in proportion to the length of the metacarpus, are much greater than in Cereopsis or Tachyeres. The number and nature, or homologies, of the constituents of this bone were deter- mined by its analysis in a young Ostrich, in my work ‘On the Nature of Limbs’ (1849), and in the description of the specimen No. 1367 in the ‘ Catalogue of the Osteological Specimens in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons’ (4to, p. 265). The meta- carpus in the Bird consists, like the metatarsus, of three metacarpal bones coalesced with each other and with part of the carpus. As the latter element is mainly and more directly in articular relation of support to the “‘ medius” metacarpal (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 10, 11), and at the same time presents a convex articular surface to the two non-confluent carpals of the 268 PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. proximal row, it answers to the “os magnum ” (ib. fig. 10, m). The base of the meta- carpal coalesced therewith is indicated, on the palmar side, by the prominence (1m). The stunted “index” metacarpal (11) has coalesced by its. entire length with the contiguous base of the “ medius” metacarpal (111), and its supporting carpal (m). The head of the “annularis” metacarpal is likewise indicated by the prominence (Iv) on the sternal side, where it has coalesced with the contiguous part of the base of the ‘‘ medius” (11). From this attachment the shaft of 1v bends slightly ulnad, and then runs parallel with an interspace about 14 line in breadth to near the distal end, which again coalesces with that of the “medius.” This coalescence is chiefly along the thenal side of the bones; on the opposite, anconal, or dorsal side the primitive separation is shown by a groove. The head of the index metacarpal (fig. 10, 11) is more tumid, but less extended radiad, in Cnemiornis than in Cercopsis; and the distal articulation (11') for the proximal phalanx of the index digit is less definite: such rudiment of that finger (commonly called the “thumb” by ornithologists) was probably tied by ligament to its metacarpal. The tendinal groove impressing lengthwise the anconal surface of the shaft of the mid metacarpal is less marked in Cnemiornis than in Cereopsis. The distal articulation (fig. 11) is similar in both: it is quadrate, flattened on the radial half, and swelling into a condyle on the ulnar half. The distal articular surface of the ‘‘ annularis” metacarpal (1v') shows more of the typical form, viz. two narrow condylar convexities, with a trochlear depression between them. I have not recognized phalanges in either series of Cnemiornis remains which have reached me, and have restored them in the figure of the entire skeleton (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 1) according to the analogy of Cereopsis—the radial digit or index (11) being represented by a proximal phalanx, the median digit (111) by three phalanges, and the annular digit (rv), again, by the proximal phalanx only. To the characters of the pelvis described and figured in my former monograph I am able to add, through Dr. Hector’s description, the configuration of the entire part,as shown in the restoration of the skeleton (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 1). The ischium, of which the slender continuation from the acetabulum was shown in fig. 7, 63, of pl. 64 (tom. cit.), loses thick- ness and gains vertical breadth as it recedes, and, coalescing with the hind end of the ilium, circumscribes a great ischiadic foramen, of an oval figure, nearly 3 inches long by i inch deep. ‘The pubis unites with the end of the ischium, a “ foramen ovale” inter- vening nearly 5 inches in length and 10 lines at the broadest part, with the canal for the passage of the “ obturator internus” tendon!, indicated, as usual, by a low process rising from the upper border of the pubis, and a corresponding one descending from the opposite part of the beginning of the ischium. Both processes are present in Cereopsis, as in Cnemiornis; but only the upper or ischiadic one marks out the “ obturator” notch 1 & Myology of Apteryx,” Trans. Zool. Soc. iii. 292. PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. 269 in Tachyeres*. A second small vacuity weakens the ilium above the hind part of the ischiadic foramen in Tachyeres, as in the White-eyed Pochard (Anas leucophthalmus)? ; but this character is not present in Cnemiornis or in Cereopsis. The proportion in length of the preacetabular to the postacetabular parts of the pelvis is greater in the two last-named genera than in Zachyeres. I have nothing to add to the characters of the femur, tibia, and fibula illustrated in my former memoir. The excessive development of the combined pro- and epicnemial processes, which suggested the affinity or resemblance to Colymbus, we now know to have been possessed by a species of another family of web-footed birds. The great extinct Anserine of New Zealand may have kicked its way through the dense element with a vigour and speed that would have arrested the attention of navigators more strongly, perhaps, than such action in the smaller non-volant Lamellirostral which has thereby got the name of “Steamer Duck.” The three digits whose metatarsal bones coalesce to form the “ metatarsus ” in birds are homotypes of the three metacarpals similarly fused together in the wing, viz. the second, third, and fourth. ‘The first, sometimes wanting, but more commonly present, keeps its rudimental metatarsal element free in all species with the back toe. The rough slightly depressed surface above the entotrochlea shows the usual anserine posi- tion of attachment of the back toe in Cnemiornis. The metatarsus of Cnemiornis (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 12) yields well-marked evidence of its closer affinity to Cereopsis than to Tachyeres or other Lamellirostral genera. In these the entotrochlea, or that distal condyle which supports the second or innermost * of the three anterior toes, is given off from the composite bone at a higher or more proximal level than the other two trochlear condyles (ib. fig. 14, 11): it also projects much more backward than the other condyles. In Cereopsis the entotrochlea (ib. fig. 13, 11) comes off at a lower level, nearly that of the ectotrochlea, and projects but a short way behind the line attained by the hind part of the mesotrochlea, this terminating a little behind that reached by the ectotrochlea. Thus, in Cereopsis, the three trochlez are more in accordance with the ordinary pattern in non-natatorial birds; and this is precisely the character by which Cnemiornis departs from the web-footed order in the ' According to Mr. Smit’s figure of the pelvis of the Steamer Duck in Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vii. pl. 62. fig. 59 : the originals, collected at the cost of the nation in a Government expedition, have not found their way to the National Museum of Natural History. On special application to the naturalist of the expedition of H.M.S. to the Magellan’s Strait, some bones of an immature Tuchyeres have been sent by him to the British Museum since the penning of the present paper. 2 Nyroca, Flem.; see Eyton, ‘ Monograph on the Anatide,’ 4to, 1838, p. 63, and plate. 3M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards, describing the metatarse of Cereopsis in his ‘Recherches pour servir 4 Vhistoire naturelle des Oiseaux Fossiles,’ 4to, 1867, writes of the “ trochlées digitales :’—“T’externe, au lieu d’étre fortement rejetée en arriére, comme dans les autres Anatides; se trouve presque sur le méme plan que la médiane” (p. 80). I find the “ ectotrochlea ” (supporting the, outer five-jointed toe) to have its hind border a little anterior to the plane of that of the mesotrochlea, while the entotrochlea projects as much behind that plane, but in a markedly less degree than does the internal trochlea in Tachyeres and other Anatide. VOL. 1X.—ParT 11. May, 1875. 20 270 PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. structure of its metatarse. The entotrochlea comes off at the same transverse line with the ectotrochlea (Trans. Zool. Soc. v. pl. 67. figs. 1 & 3), and shows but a feeble trace of the anserine backward production of the internal trochlea, as shown in the side view of the bone given in the present paper (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 12). The metatarse in Tachyeres conforms to the rule in Anatide, the innermost digital trochlea not only diverging from the confluent shafts at a higher level (as shown in Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vii. pl. 62. fig. 63), but being produced more backward (“ fortement rejetée en arriére”) than the other two trochlez (as shown in the side view given in fig. 14, Pl. XX XVIII). § 6. Conclusion. The sum of the comparisons instituted in the foregoing descriptions of parts of the skeleton of Cnemiornis with corresponding parts in Cereopsis and in Tachyeres weighs strongly in favour of the nearer affinity of the non-volant Anserine of New Zealand with the feebly flying Goose of Australia than with the non-volant Duck of Magellan’s Strait. This is more especially exemplified in the pelvis, the metatarsus, and the skull. The characters of shortness, breadth, and obtuseness of the beak which generically distinguish Cereopsis nove hollandiw were exaggerated in Cnemiornis, and lead me to infer a similarity of diet and terrestrial habits’ in the gigantic goose of New Zealand. In the ‘ American Journal of Science and Arts,’ vol. xlix. no. 146, March 1870, Pro- fessor O. C. Marsh reports the acquisition, from “‘ the greensand of New Jersey,” of “a portion of the shaft and distal extremity of a left tibia which indicates a species, appa- rently, of a swimming bird nearly as large as the common wild Swan (Cygnus ameri- canus, Sharpless)” (p. 206). ‘The condyles of the distal end are broader anteriorly than deep, the inner condyle being more prominent in front, and the outer one pro- jecting somewhat further behind. The intercondyloid space is wider than either condyle.” “The supratendinal bridge is well ossified;” “it is submedian in position, straight, transverse, of moderate width, and spans a deep and well-defined canal, which was traversed by the extensor tendon of the toes.” ‘The under trochlear surface is but slightly concave transversely, and has a faint median elevation, as in the tibia of the Swan.” But this elevation is present in birds of other genera, families, and orders: it is shown in many of my illustrations of the bone; and I may refer to the latest (‘Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. viii. pl. 59. fig. 2), where it is indicated in the tibia of Dinornis gravis by the letter w. With regard to another alleged anserine character, I may remark that in every bird with the ‘“supratendinal bridge well ossified,” I have found it spanning a canal that might be called “deep and well-defined,” and “ which was traversed by a tendon ;” but this I have found to be, in Anserines as in other birds, the tendon of the ' Mr. Yarrell has recorded his observation that the Cercopsis, like the semipalmated Goose, “ passes much of its time on land,” ‘ Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society of London,’ 8vo, p. 25 (January 1831). PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. 271 “tibialis anticus” (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. 1842, p. 297, pl. 35. s)', not “ the extensor tendon of the toes.” Professor Marsh admits that the lower part of his fossil tibia “ has little of the marked inward curvature characteristic of swimming birds, but is so straight that its median plane, if continued, would divide the trochlear surface nearly equally ” (ib. p. 207). He further states that “the outer margin of the canal is low and obtuse, as in most of the Gallinaceous birds” (ib. p. 206), that “on the lower surface of the inner condylar ridge there is a shallow notch, resembling in shape and position that in the tibia of some Gulls” (ib.), and that “ the shaft curves forward slightly just where it begins to expand above the lower condyles, closely resembling in this respect the tibia of the Turkey” (ib. p. 207). Nevertheless on this portion of bone is founded the genus Laornis, of the order Natatores, bearing ‘“‘a strong resemblance in many respects to the Lamellirostres and also to the Longipennes, but differing essentially from the typical forms of both these groups.” With all respect to the learned Professor of Paleontology in Yale College, I would express the strong wish felt, with myself, by many of my fellow labourers in that science, that he would accompany his descriptions, notices, and names of new genera and species of extinct animals with figures, of the natural size, of the fossils on which such are founded. Casts would be still more acceptable for European comparisons. In relation to the subject of the present memoir it is plain that if the fossil tibia, “nearly as large” as that of a Wild Swan, prove to be really anserine, it cannot be referred to the genus Cnemiornis of 1865. The species representing this anserine genus was about the same size as, or, rather, exceeded, its contemporary, also now extinct, the ralline Aptornis defossor. Both equalled in bulk the smaller species of Cassowary. The height of the back of Cnemiornis above the ground probably exceeded 2 feet; and the length of its body from beak to tail must have been at least 3 feet. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XXXYV. Fig. 1. Side view of skull of Cnemiornis. lig. 6. Side view of skull of Cereopsis. Fig. 2. Back view of ditto. Fig. 7. Back view of ditto. Fig. 3. Upper view of ditto. Fig. 8. Upper view of ditto. Fig. 4. Under view of ditto. Fig. 9. Under view of ditto. Fig. 5. Upper view of mandible. Fig. 10. Upper view of mandible. Fig. 11. Back view of base of maxilla of Cnemiorms. Fig. 12. Prefrontal portion of cranium of ditto. 1 See also ‘ Anat. of Vertebrates,’ ii. (1866) p. 108, and Alphonse Milne-Edwards, ‘ Oiseaux Fossiles de la France,’ 1867, 4to, pl. 7. figs. 1 & 2, 13, 13' (tibial antérieur). = ag e vo Sater ier ees gq dQ dg = on i 2. 33 vo. Fig. 4. Fig. 1. Figs. 2 Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Figs. 7 Fig. 1. io. 2 Fig. 2. PROFESSOR OWEN ON CNEMIORNIS. PLATE XXXVI. . Side view of third cervical vertebra, Cnemiornis calcitrans. . Idem of ditto, Cereopsis. Under view of ditto, ditto. . Side view of ditto, Tachyeres brachypterus. Under view of ditto, ditto. . Side view of twelfth cervical vertebra, Cnemiornis calcitrans. . Front view of twelfth cervical vertebra, Cereopsis. . Idem of ditto, Tuchyeres brachypterus. . Side view of ditto, Cereopsis. . Idem of ditto, Tachyeres. . Front view of second dorsal vertebra, Cnemiornis calcitrans. . Under view of ditto, ditto. . Front view of ditto, Cereopsis. . Under view of ditto, Tachyeres. . Side view of third dorsal vertebra, Cnemiornis. . Front view of ditto, ditto. . Side view of fourth dorsal vertebra, ditto. PLATE XXXVII. Under view of sternum, Cnemiornis. Fig. 5. Outer view of coracoid. Front border of ditto. Fig. 6. Scapular end of ditto. Costal border of ditto. Fig. 7. Side view of ditto. Inner view of coracoid. Fig. 8. Outer view of coracoid, Cereopsis. PLATE XXXVIII. Anconal view of humerus, Cnemiornis. Fig. 9. Proximal articular end of ulna. & 3. Views of proximal half of ditto. | Fig. 10. View of metacarpus. View of distal half of ditto. Fig. 11. Distal articular end of ditto. Proximal articular end of ditto. Fig. 12. Side view of metatarsus. Distal articular end of ditto. Fig. 15. Idem, Cereopsis. & 8. Views of left ulna, ditto. Fig. 14. Idem, Tachyeres brachypterus. N.B. All the figures of the preceding Plates are of the natural size. PLATE XXXIX. Restored skeleton of Cnemiornis calcitrans. Skeleton of Cereopsis, reduced to the same scale. at 0 eet & ROdel Griesbach Jith Mintern Bros. imp SKULL OF CNEMIORNIS RO.del. Griesbach lith Mintern Bros imp VERTEBRA OF CNEMIORNIS ee bole ~ R.O.del. Grneshach lith. Mintern Bros .irnp STERNUM OF CNEMIORNIS. Mintern Bros. imp RO-del. Griesbach lth. HUMERUS & ULNA OF CNEMIORNIS Trans Loot Soo. Ul, GIG, XHELK. 3 feat. Mmntern Bros. imp. 1. RESTORED SKELETON OF CNEMIORNIS. Pes fee ees. e220. Shao (CRIREOPSIS Lip 28 seal} IV. On the Curassows now or lately living in the Society's Gardens. By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.RS., Secretary to the Society. Read June 17th, 1873. [Puates XL.—LIII. | IN the < Proceedings’ of the Society for 1870 (p. 504 et segg.) Mr. Salvin and I gave a synopsis of the species of the Gallinaceous family Cracide, so far as they were then known to us. The various species of Curassows (Crax of Linneus), which constitute the first sub- family Cracine according to the arrangement there adopted, are many of them very common birds in captivity. Specimens are to be seen in every collection of living birds ; and this Society has from time to time possessed examples of nearly all the known species. In spite of their being so common, however, the Curassows are by no means well understood, and there has been great confusion among the different species. This has arisen, not only from the general similarity of some of the nearly allied species, but even more from the fact that in some of the species the two sexes are nearly alike in colour, whereas in other species nearly allied they are quite different. It has thus come to pass that it is rare to find these fine birds correctly determined, either in living’ collections or in museums, and that it is by no means uncommon to see the sexes of two different species associated together as male and female. With the view of diminishing this confusion as far as possible, and of rendering the de- termination of the species of Crax and their sexes more easy, 1 have had from time to time, during the last three years, figures taken of the specimens living in the Society’s gardens. With the addition of a few other figures from examples in the British Museum and in other collections, there has thus been formed a complete series of illustrations of all the certainly known species of the subfamily, together with one still imperfectly known, the publication of which will, I trust, make the somewhat obscure subject much better understood than heretofore. The following synonymy of the species, and remarks upon their history, distribution, and other points, are mainly taken from the article by myself and Mr. Salvin above spoken of, such changes only having been introduced and such additions made as various opportunities of examining living and dead specimens of Curassows during the past three years have afforded me. VOL. IX—parTiv. July, 1876 2P 274 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE CURASSOWS Genus I. Crax. 1. Crax Gtopicera. (Plate XL. ¢ et ?.) Craw globicera, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 270 (partim) ; Taylor, Ibis, 1860, p. 311; Salvin, Ibis, 1861, p. 143; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 253; Lawr. Ann. Lye. N.Y. viii. p. 12, ix. p. 139; v. Frantz. J. £. O. 1869, p. 373; Scl. et Salv. P.Z.S. 1870, pp. 513 et 838, et Nomencl. p. 135. Crax temminckii, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 287. Craz alberti 2, Fraser, P. Z. S. 1850, p. 250, tab. xxviii. (9). Crax blumenbachii, G. R. Gray, List of Gall. p. 15, et Hand-l, ii. p. 253. Crax alector, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 223; Moore, P. Z.S. 1859, p. 61. Crax rubra, Linn. S. N. i. p. 270 (2) ; Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 21 et 687 (2); Lawr. Ann. L.N. Y. vii. p. 301 (9); Bennett, Gard. & Men. Z. 8. ii. p. 225. Curasso bird, Edward’s Gleanings, pl. 295, unde, . Crax edwardsi, Reich. Tauben, p. 134. Crax pseudalector, Reichenb. Tauben, p. 181, tab. 273. f. 1516 (7). Craz albini, Lesson, Traité d’Orn. p. 484, et Reichenb. Tauben, p. 135 (?). Nitenti-nigra: ventre imo crissoque albis: criste elongate plumis nigris, apicem versus recurvis: loris parcé plumulosis: cera tuberculata et rostro toto luteis; pedibus corneis: long. tota 34, alee 18°5, caudze 15:5, tarsi4:7. Fem. castanea, ventre imo cinna- momeo: dorso superiore plus minusye nigro induto: capite cristato et cervice undique nigris, albo maculatis: alis extus caudaque nigro et ochraceo plus minusve variegatis et transfasciatis. Hab. Western Mexico (Deppe); Tehuantepec (Sumichrast); prov. Vera Cruz (Sallé and Sumichrast); Guatemala, Vera Paz and Pacific coast (Salvin); Belize (Leyland) ; Honduras (Taylor and G. Whitely); Costa Rica (v. Frantz.) ; Veragua (Arcé) ; Panama (MCleannan). Linneus’s Crax globicera is founded mainly upon the Craa curassous of Brisson (Orn. i. p. 300), which is more likely to be intended for this species than any other. Brisson mentions the tubercula ad basin rostri, rotunda, lutea—which excludes everything except the present bird and C. daubentoni. And as he says nothing whatever of the tail being tipped with white, the balance of evidence is in favour of his having intended to describe the present species. Craz rubra of Linneeus, founded upon Crax peruvianus of Brisson (op. cit. p. 305), is, there can be little doubt, intended for the female of the present bird. The first author who appears to have correctly identified these birds as male and female is Tschudi, who, in his ‘ Fauna Peruana,’ accurately describes both sexes under the name Crax tenminckit, from specimens obtained by Deppe in Western Mexico; but he is no doubt in error in supposing that this was the species that he himself saw in the wood-region of Eastern Peru, where it is represented by Craax globulosa. In the first paper on the Ornithology of Guatemala, written by Mr. Salvin and myself, we erroneously called the Guatemalan bird Craaz alector. This mistake was a? LIVING IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 275 subsequently rectified, and the bird referred to Crax globicera, which name has generally been adopted by more recent writers for the Central-American species. In Mr. G. R. Gray’s ‘List of Galline’ this Curassow is called Crax blumenbachiti, after Spix’s figure (Av. Bras. ii. t. 64). It is possible Mr. Gray may be correct in this reference, as we have seen Central-American specimens of the female nearly as dark as is represented in Spix’s figure; but if this be so, it can hardly be true, as Spix states, that his specimen was obtained at Rio. This Curassow is the only species of the genus and subfamily met with in America north of Panama. I have examined a large number of specimens from different localities between the isthmus and Southern Mexico. The male is quite constant in colour, except that in one Panama specimen in Salvin and Godman’s collection the tail shows a very narrow margin of white. The female, on the contrary, is very variable, as has been already pointed out in the diagnosis. In some specimens the wings are wholly red, in others much banded with black and cinnamomeous: in some specimens also the tail- bands are very slight, and almost evanescent ; in others they are broad and conspicuous. The upper portion of the back varies from black to chestnut. The Globose Curassow, as it is usually called, is one of the commonest species met with in living collections. Within these last ten years, as will be seen by the sub- joined list, at least twenty specimens have been received by the Society; so that we have had ample opportunity of becoming acquainted with it. List of Living Specimens of Crax globicera exhibited since 1860. a, b. Females .....-.- Presented by R. W. Keate, Esq., F.Z.8. ........ August 9, 1862. A ae : if } Presented by R. S. Newall, Esq. .........-.--- August 12, 1864. é Presented by Capt. Abbott. .....-....ses-eee August 31, 1864. eee Cae } MPrrchaseds «-ysisieieiriaccvelt= siapelebaeteeis bye lat «ieee sie November 16, 1865. g. Female .....- h. Presented by Commander Glynn, R.N........... August 20, 1866. ago ae } eed: Oe Ot Ne October 20, 1866. j- Female ...... kd: Received in exchange. ..........-2seeeceeees February 4, 1869. m, Female ........ Puvclvasede ger cia lsteieteate: « 44 So Gomerdidont abiooloa Goede osoaind May 25, 1870. Pe EE ces } indices! pee ey Soe ee July 28, 1870. p. Female ...... gq. Female .....-.. Punchaseds «.cetsloe one) oye) sie aisle oveirierWin's felons )e ve July 16, 1872. yr. Female ........ Presented by Capt. Butler ........-.+-+++++++ October 15, 1872. $ Male ..:.... ans Londinkoibe sone cannbetonn dined HOUR eooE DONG May 15, 1873. In the female specimen 7 (which died Feb. 26, 1873), Mr. Garrod informs me, the trachea was simple and without convolutions. 2P2 276 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE CURASSOWS 2. CRAX DAUBENTONI. (Plates XLI. ¢, XLII. 2.) Hocco, Faisan de la Guiane, Buff. Pl. Enl. 86. Craxz daubentoni, G. R. Gray, List of Gall. p. 15 (1867), et Hand-l. ii. p. 253; Sel. et Salv. P.Z.S. 1870, p. 516, et Nomencl. p. 185; Sclat. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 671. Crax aldrovandi, Reichenb. Tauben, p. 134, tab. 272. f. 5038 (¢) et tab. 273. f. 1518 (2). Crax globicera, Temm. Hist. Nat. des Gall. iii. pp. 12 et 686; Reichenb. Taub. p. 133, tab. 273. f, 1bi7. Crax mikani 8, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 343 (9). Nitenti-nigra: ventre imo et caude apice albis: criste elongate plumis nigris recurvis: loris plumosis: cera tuberculata et mandibula utrinque ad basin carunculata flavis: pedibus nigricantibus: long. tota 32, ale 15°5, caude 14, tarsi 4°5. Fem. mari similis, sed crista ad basin albo obsolete fasciata: ventre et tibiis albo transfasciolatis: cera et rostro nigris. Hab. Venezuela, near Caracas (Levraud); Tucacas (Wright and Warmington). This Curassow was confounded by the older authors with C. glodicera; and it must always, perhaps, remain somewhat of an open question to which bird that name should in strict propriety be applied. Mr. Gray first correctly associated the two sexes of the present bird, and in his ‘ List of Gallinze’ gave the name daubentoni to it, in consequence of the male being figured by Daubenton as the Hocco, Faisan de la Guiane, in the ‘Planches Enluminées.’ This species and its northern representative are certainly close allies, the chief difference between the two males consisting in the present bird having broad white tips to the rectrices. But the females, it will be observed, are very different. . The forest-region of Venezuela is the only locality which I know of for this Curassow. M. Levraud transmitted specimens of it in his extensive collection from Caracas, which I have examined at Paris. In 1870 we received our first living pair of this species, from Mr. James Wright, who obtained them from near Tucacas in Venezuela. In the following year Mr. A. Warmington was kind enough to bring us a male and two females from the same port, and to furnish me with the following notes on the subject. “The three Curassows (one male and two females) were captured at ‘ Maron’ near Tucacas, N. Venezuela, and at the present time are nearly two years old, having been taken from the nest when scarcely larger than a chick of two months old. They soon became perfectly tame, and would follow me about. When able to fly they made short flights, always quickly returning, and seldom alighting. At night they invariably roosted on the highest spot they could find in the home corral. They are called by the natives ‘Poru.’ Their cry is a sort of mournful prolonged whistle, and in the forest, when eight or ten are together, has a very singular effect. It is not common to see these birds on the ground. When they alight in a tree they almost invariably utter their cry, and at the same time raise the tail-feathers fan-like, thus exposing the LIVING IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 277 white plumage beneath, and offering a conspicuous and tempting mark for the sports- man. ‘They are excellent eating. I have never heard of these birds breeding in con- finement, though I cannot say they do not. The young ones are exceedingly beautiful delicate little creatures, marked very much like and having a very similar appearance to young Partridges or Quails. They become much attached to individuals who treat them kindly. These birds are common in all parts of Venezuela where there is a forest.” Herr y. Pelzeln has kindly supplied me with accurate coloured figures of his Crax mikani, from which it seems evident that the supposed male of that species is the female of Crax daubentoni, and the supposed female the female of Crax alberti. List of Living specimens of Crax daubentoni exhibited since 1860. i Berns eure \ Presented by J. Wright, Esq............... September 29, 1870. Diehl Has } Presented by A. Warmington, Esq July 11, 1871 d, e. Females...... ; cua iene s 5 y ‘ TRAUEEDS - corning ne Presented by George Hall, Esq............- September 5, 1871. g- Bemale .......3.: ID iireth” Ban cOsN acest See raoo una te October 24, 1871. 3. Crax aLector. (Plate XLIII. ¢ et 2.) Craz alector, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 269; Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 27 et 689; Vieill. Gal. d. Ois. ii. p. 6, t. 199; Cab. in Schomb. Guian, iii. p. 746; Reichenb. Tauben, p. 130; Bennett, Gardens & Men. ii. p. 9; Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 286; Gray, Gen. of B. iii. p. 486, et Hand-l. ii. p. 253; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 514, et Nomencl. p. 135. * Gallus indicus, Sloane, Jamaica, ii. p. 362 et t. 26, undé Crax sloanei, Reichenb. Tauben, p. 131 (?). Purpurascenti-nigra: ventre imo crissoque albis: criste brevis plumis nigris, versus apicem recurvis: loris nudis: cera et rostro ad basin flavis, hujus apice ceerulescente : pedibus corneis: long. tota 35, ale 14-5, caude 13:5, tarsi 4°5. Fem. mari similis, sed crista intus albo parce transfasciata. Hab. British Guiana (Schomb.); Rio Negro, Rio Vaupé, and Rio Brancho (Natt.). The species most liable to be confounded with the present Curassow are Crax globi- cera and Crax sclateri. From both of these it is distinguishable by the purple tinge of its plumage, which is very noticeable in living specimens, and is also plainly seen in skins. From C. globdicera it is likewise distinguishable by the naked lores and by the want of the protuberance on the cere; from C. sclateri by the absence of the white tips to the tail-feathers and the black thighs. It differs not only from these, but from almost all other members of the genus in the sexes being nearly alike. The patria of (. alector is Guiana, Cayenne, and the adjoining districts of Amazonia up to the Rio Negro. In Upper Amazonia it is replaced by C. globulosa. 278 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE CURASSOWS . List of living specimens of Crax alector exhibited since 1860. a. Presented by W. Duncan Stewart, Esq. ........ June 26, 1861. b,c. Presented by R. W. Keate, Gov. of Trinidad..... August 9, 1862. ° d. 1 UEC A Moen abto OM GoGo osteo GLO OC May 3, 1865. é. Presented by Mr. Beaumont. .............--- April 10, 1866. f-i. DEP onuied utoy-verapeier